Atp 45 Ede V1 e

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
WARNING AND REPORTING AND
HAZARD PREDICTION OF CHEMICAL,
BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL AND
NUCLEAR INCIDENTS (OPERATORS
MANUAL)
Edition E Version 1
JANUARY 2014
NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION
ALLIED TECHNICAL PUBLICATION
Published by the
NATO STANDARDIZATION AGENCY (NSA)
NATO/OTAN
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION (NATO)
NATO STANDARDIZATION AGENCY (NSA)
NATO LETTER OF PROMULGATION
23 January 2014
1. The enclosed Allied Technical Publication ATP-45 Edition EVersion 1,

WARNING AND REPORTING AND HAZARD PREDICTION OF CHEMICAL,
BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL AND NUCLEAR INCIDENTS (OPERATORS
MANUAL), which has been approved by the nations in the MCJSB, is promulgated
herewith. The agreement of nations to use this publication is recorded in STANAG
2103.
2. A TP-45 Edition E Version 1 is effective on a date to be promulgated by the

NSA. When made effective it shall supersede A TP-45(D), which shall be destroyed in
accordance with the local procedure for the destruction of documents.
3. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system,

used commercially, adapted, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photo-copying, recording or otherwise, without the prior permission of
the publisher. With the exception of commercial sales, this does not apply to member
nations and Partnership for Peace countries, or NATO commands and bodies.
4. This publication shall be handled in accordance with C-M(2002)60.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
RESERVED FOR NATIONAL LETTER OF PROMULGATION
I EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
II EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
RECORD OF RESERVATIONS
CHAPTER RECORD OF RESERVATION BY NATIONS
Note: The reservations listed on this page include only those that were recorded at time of
promulgation and may not be complete. Refer to the NATO Standardization Document
Database for the complete list of existing reservations.
III EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IV EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
RECORD OF SPECIFIC RESERVATIONS
[nation] [detail of reservation]

BGR Because of lack of technical devices for biological reconnaissance and taking
of samples, the Bulgarian Armed Forces will not implement the part of the
standardization document which is related to the biological weapons and the
biological incidents.
CZE CZE, as inland country, will not implement Chapter 7 Hazard prediction and
warning (coastal/sea) and merchant shipping warning.
GRC As regards the Hellenic Armed Forces units and formations that are not yet
equipped with the appropriate software and biological detector resources, the
STANAG parts that reply such resources wil be implemented gradually
through a long-term national NBC procurement programme.
HRV Croatian Armed Forces and Croatian Army don't have organized control
centers for gathering and sending NBC reports and prediction and warning of
dangerous zone.
NOR In Norway, the prediction of hazard area will mainly be based on local
weather information.
SVN Contents of ATP-45, Slovenia will implement gradually, according to the
intensity of outfitting the units with appropriate equipment and the level of
building a network of CBRN warning and reporting.
Note: The reservations listed on this page include only those that were recorded at time of
promulgation and may not be complete. Refer to the NATO Standardization Document
Database for the complete list of existing reservations.
v EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
vi EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 CBRN WARNING AND REPORTING....................................................1
SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION ....................................................................1

0101. Aim ..............................................................................................................1
0102. General........................................................................................................1
0103. Purpose of ATP-45 ......................................................................................1
0104. Classes of Weapons/Devices ......................................................................1
0105. CBRN Defence Principles ...........................................................................2
0106. CBRN Warning and Reporting ....................................................................2
SECTION II - FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES ...............................................4

0107. CBRN Warning and Reporting Areas ..........................................................4
0108. CBRN Warning and Reporting Centres .......................................................4
0109. Functions .....................................................................................................4
0110. Source Level ...............................................................................................5
0111. CBRN Collection or Sub Collection Centres Responsibilities ......................5
0112. CBRN Area Control Centre and Zone Control Centre Responsibilities .......6
SECTION III - COORDINATION..................................................................................8

0113. Importance of Coordination .........................................................................8
0114. Overlap and Duplication ..............................................................................8
0115. Clarification and Correlation ........................................................................8
0116. Area of Observation HQs ............................................................................8
0117. Civil/Military Cooperation .............................................................................8
SECTION IV PLOTTING PROCEDURES ................................................................9

0118. Release, Contamination and Hazard Areas ................................................9
0119. Definitions....................................................................................................9
0120. Plotting Techniques ................................................................................... 10
SECTION V CBRN REPORTS ............................................................................... 11

0121. CBRN 1 through CBRN 6 Reports ............................................................ 11
0122. Missile Intercept Report ............................................................................. 11
0123. Friendly Nuclear Strike Warning Report .................................................... 11
0124. Hazardous Material Warning Report ......................................................... 11
0125. Weather Reports ....................................................................................... 11
0126. CBRN Situational Report ........................................................................... 12
0127. Position Referencing ................................................................................. 12
0128. Classification and Precedence .................................................................. 13
0129. Meaning of Sets used in all CBRN Reports ............................................... 13
CHAPTER 2 METEOROLOGICAL FACTORS ...........................................................1

vii EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0201. Aim ..............................................................................................................1

0202. Meteorological Definitions ...........................................................................1
0203. Influence of Weather and Terrain on the Effectiveness of CBRN Releases 1
0204. Meteorological Data.....................................................................................4
SECTION II - CBRN CHEMICAL (BIOLOGICAL) DOWNWIND REPORTS ..............6

0205. CBRN Chemical Downwind Reports ...........................................................6
0206. Meteorological Air Stability Category Requirements ...................................7
SECTION III - CBRN BASIC WIND AND EFFECTIVE DOWNWINDS REPORTS .....9
0207. CBRN Basic Wind and Effective Downwind Reports ...................................9
SECTION IV - COMPUTATION OF EFFECTIVE DOWNWINDS, USING STANDARD

PRESSURE LEVEL WINDS ..................................................................................... 10
0208. Introduction................................................................................................ 10
0209. Assumptions .............................................................................................. 10
0210. Method ...................................................................................................... 10
0211. Procedure .................................................................................................. 10
0212. Worked Example ....................................................................................... 11
SECTION V - AREAS OF VALIDITY FOR CBRN METEOROLOGICAL DATA ...... 14

0213. Purpose ..................................................................................................... 14
0214. Explanation................................................................................................ 14
0215. Provision of Meteorological Data for Out of Area Operations .................... 15
CHAPTER 3 CHEMICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING (ON LAND).......1
SECTION I GENERAL .............................................................................................1

0301. Aim ..............................................................................................................1
0302. General........................................................................................................1
0303. Chronology ..................................................................................................2
0304. Primary Factors Influencing Hazard Predictions..........................................2
0305. Assumptions ................................................................................................2
0306. Types and Sub-types of Chemical Releases ...............................................3
0307. Procedures and Constraints ........................................................................3
SECTION II CHEMICAL WEAPON HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED

PROCEDURES ...........................................................................................................6
0308. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction - Simplified Procedures ....................6
0309. Release Area - Simplified Procedures .........................................................6
0310. Hazard Area - Simplified Procedures ..........................................................6
0311. Immediate Warning .....................................................................................9
SECTION III CHEMICAL WEAPON HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED

PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................... 10
0312. Types of Chemical Weapon Releases....................................................... 10
0313. Chemical Plotting Decision Tree ............................................................... 13
viii EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0314. Type A - Air Contaminating Attack and Downwind Hazard Area Distance
(Kilometres) "On Land" .......................................................................................... 14
0315. Type B - Ground Contaminating Attacks ................................................... 18
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS// ........................................................................................... 21
0316. Type C Chemical Agent Release of Unknown Origin ............................. 26
SECTION IV TYPE D, CHEMICAL SUBSTANCE HAZARD PREDICTION -

SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE ....................................................................................... 28
0317. General...................................................................................................... 28
0318. Release Area Simplified Procedures ...................................................... 28
0319. Hazard Area Simplified Procedures........................................................ 28
0320. Immediate Warning ................................................................................... 31
SECTION V TYPE D, CHEMICAL SUBSTANCE HAZARD PREDICTION -

DETAILED PROCEDURE ......................................................................................... 32
0321. Sub-types of Chemical Substance Releases............................................. 32
0322. Chemical Substance Type D - Plotting Decision Tree ............................ 38
0323. Type D, Sub-type 1 Point Source Release from Tank or Container ....... 40
0324. Type D, Sub-type 2 Moving Source Release from Tank or Container .... 43
0325. Type D, Sub-type 3 - Unobserved Release ............................................... 51
SECTION VI RECALCULATION OF PREDICTED DOWNWIND HAZARD AREAS

................................................................................................................................... 53
0326. General...................................................................................................... 53
0327. Calculation of the Maximum Downwind Hazard Area Distances ............... 53
SECTION VII REPORT FORMATTING INSTRUCTIONS AT THE CBRN CENTRE

................................................................................................................................... 66
0328. Reporting of Chemical Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting
System ................................................................................................................ 66
0329. Reporting CBRN 1 CHEM ......................................................................... 66
CHAPTER 4 - BIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING ....................1

0401. Aim ..............................................................................................................1
0402. General........................................................................................................1
0403. Aerosol Cloud Travel ...................................................................................1
0404. Aerosol Dissemination .................................................................................1
0405. Factors Influencing Prediction .....................................................................2
0406. Types of Releases .......................................................................................2
ix EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0407. Cases Considered .......................................................................................3

0408. Procedures ..................................................................................................3
0409. Constraints ..................................................................................................3
SECTION II - BIOLOGICAL AGENT HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED

PROCEDURES ...........................................................................................................5
0410. Release Area...............................................................................................5
0411. Hazard Area ................................................................................................5
0412. Immediate Warning .....................................................................................5
SECTION III - BIOLOGICAL AGENT HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED

PROCEDURES ...........................................................................................................6
0413. Biological Agent Hazard Areas ....................................................................6
0414. Release Areas .............................................................................................6
0415. Downwind Travel Distances for the Initial Period (First CDR) .....................8
0416. Leading and Trailing Edge Calculations ......................................................9
0417. Biological Hazard Area Predicting Decision Tree ...................................... 11
SECTION IV - PROCEDURES FOR THE INITIAL HAZARD AREA......................... 12

0418. Determining the Hazard Areas .................................................................. 12
0419. Prediction of the Initial Hazard Step by Step Procedures ....................... 14
0420. Releases from Biological Agent Bunkers or Production Facilities ............. 24
0421. Elevated Release and Extends Continously .............................................. 25
SECTION V - PROCEDURES FOR THE FIRST CDR .............................................. 27

0422. Hazard Areas for the First CDR ................................................................. 27
0423. Hazard Duration ........................................................................................ 38
0424. Times of Arrival Calculation ....................................................................... 38
SECTION VI - CALCULATION OF FURTHER HAZARD AREA .............................. 40

0425. Hazards beyond the First CDR .................................................................. 40
0426. Termination of Biological Hazard Assessment .......................................... 41
SECTION VII - CBRN BIO REPORTS 1- 6 ............................................................... 42

0427. Reporting of Biolocal Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting
System ................................................................................................................ 42
0428. Reporting CBRN 1 BIO.............................................................................. 42
CHAPTER 5 RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING ................1
SECTION I GENERAL INFORMATION ...................................................................1

0501. Aim ..............................................................................................................1
0502. Nature of Radiological Release ...................................................................1
x EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0503. Hazards from Radiological Releases ..........................................................2

0504. Radiological Hazard Areas ..........................................................................2
SECTION II RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION PROCEDURES AND

CONTRAINTS .............................................................................................................8
0505. General........................................................................................................8
0506. Procedures ..................................................................................................8
0507. Constraints ................................................................................................ 10
0508. Scope of Simplified, Detailed and Enhanced Procedures ......................... 11
SECTION III RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION SIMPLIFIED

PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................... 13
0509. General...................................................................................................... 13
0510. Immediate Warning ................................................................................... 13
SECTION IV RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION DETAILED

PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................... 24
0511. Processing and Analysing RAD Messages ............................................... 24
0512. Analyse CBRN 1 RAD Messages .............................................................. 24
0513. Reporting CBRN 2 RAD ............................................................................ 24
SECTION V RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD WARNING & REPORTING

MESSAGES .............................................................................................................. 28
0518. Examples of CBRN RAD Messages .......................................................... 28
SECTION VI RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD - EVALUATION AND CALCULATION . 34

0519. Evaluation of Radiological Information ...................................................... 34
0520. Determination of Decay Rate .................................................................... 34
0521. Determination of Dose Rate for an Arbitrary Time..................................... 34
0522. Determination of Earliest Time of Entry ..................................................... 34
0523. Approximations .......................................................................................... 35
0524. Simple Dose Estimation ............................................................................ 35
0525. Stay Time Estimation................................................................................. 35
0526. Crossing a Contaminated Area ................................................................. 36
0527. Manual Calculation of dose rate from point source ................................... 36
CHAPTER 6 NUCLEAR HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING............................1

0601. Aim ..............................................................................................................1
0602. Categories of Fallout ...................................................................................1
0603. Hazards of Fallout .......................................................................................1
0604. Height of Burst .............................................................................................1
0605. Significance of Fallout .................................................................................2
xi EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION II YIELD ESTIMATION ............................................................................3

0606. Introduction..................................................................................................3
0607. Distance from Observer to GZ.....................................................................3
0608. Distance from Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Angular Cloud
Width ..................................................................................................................4
0609. Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Cloud Top and/or Cloud
Bottom Angle ...........................................................................................................5
0610. Height of Stabilized Cloud Top and/or Cloud Bottom ..................................5
0611. Yield Estimation in Ships .............................................................................5
SECTION III FALLOUT PREDICTION IN GENERAL ..............................................6

0612. Fallout Prediction Method ............................................................................6
0613. Fallout Area Zones ......................................................................................6
0614. Significance of Fallout Ashore versus that at Sea .......................................7
0615. Prediction of Fallout from Atomic Demolition Munitions (ADM) ...................7
0616. Multiple Burst Fallout ...................................................................................7
SECTION IV - FALLOUT PREDICTION; SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE .......................8

0617. The Simplified Procedure ............................................................................8
0618. CBRN EDM .................................................................................................8
0619. Use of CBRN EDM and Template ...............................................................9
0620. Special Cases ........................................................................................... 10
SECTION V - FALLOUT PREDICTION; DETAILED PROCEDURE......................... 14

0621. The Detailed Procedure............................................................................. 14
0622. CBRN Basic Wind Message (CBRN BWM)/Forecast (CBRN BWF) ......... 14
0623. Example of a CBRN Basic Wind Message ................................................ 14
0624. Wind Vector Plot ........................................................................................ 15
0625. Fallout Calculation ..................................................................................... 16
0626. Special Case ............................................................................................. 22
SECTION VI - NOMOGRAMS - TABLES - GRAPHS ............................................... 23

0627. Disclaimer.................................................................................................. 23
SECTION VII - RECORDING AND CALCULATION OF RADIOLOGICAL

CONTAMINATION .................................................................................................... 33
0628. Locating and Reporting Radiological Contamination ................................. 33
0629. Airborne Radioactivity................................................................................ 33
0630. Measuring Radiological Data..................................................................... 34
0631. Surveys ..................................................................................................... 34
0632. Reporting Instructions................................................................................ 35
0633. Report Formatting Instructions at the CBRN Centre ................................. 36
0634. Evaluation of Radiological Information ...................................................... 37
0636. Determination of the Dose Rate for an Arbitrary Time ............................... 40
0637. Determination of the Time at which a given Dose Rate is to be Expected 41
0638. Total Dose Reduction ................................................................................ 41
0639. Total Dose Procedures .............................................................................. 42
xii EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0640. Crossing a Fallout Area ............................................................................. 45

0641. Optimum Time of Exit from Fallout Areas .................................................. 46
0642. Induced Radiation ..................................................................................... 47
0643. Decay of Induced Radiation ...................................................................... 48
0644. Dose Rate Calculations ............................................................................. 49
0645. Total Dose Calculations............................................................................. 50
0646. Transmission Factors ................................................................................ 52
0647. Crossing an Induced Radiation Area ......................................................... 52
0648. Plotting Data and Producing a CBRN 5 NUC Message............................. 53
0649. Reporting Data .......................................................................................... 55
SECTION VIII - CBRN NUC REPORTS 1- 6 ........................................................... 107

0651. Reporting of Nuclear Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting
System .............................................................................................................. 107
0652. Reporting CBRN 1 NUC .......................................................................... 107
CHAPTER 7 HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING (COASTAL/SEA) AND

MERCHANT SHIPPING WARNING............................................................................1

0701. Aim ..............................................................................................................1
SECTION II - CHEMICAL HAZARD AREA PREDICTION (COASTAL/SEA) ............2

0702. Agents at Sea or on Shorelines ...................................................................2
0703. General Procedures ....................................................................................2
0704. Prediction Procedures .................................................................................3
0705. Plotting Procedures in Case of Releases Near a Coast ..............................3
0706. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Simplified Procedure Requirements.3
0707. Downwind Hazard Area Distance (Nautical Miles) "Sea" ............................4
0708. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Detailed Procedure Requirements ...5
0709. Determination of Downwind Hazard Areas ..................................................7
0710. Change in Meteorological Conditions ..........................................................7
0711. Agent Clouds crossing the Coast Line ........................................................7
SECTION III FALLOUT HAZARD AREA PREDICTION (COASTAL/SEA) ........... 15

0712. General...................................................................................................... 15
0713. Effective Downwind Direction and Downwind Speed ................................ 15
0714. Ship's Fallout Template ............................................................................. 15
0715. Fallout Plotting........................................................................................... 15
0716. Plotting from CBRN 3 NUC ....................................................................... 16
xiii EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION IV MERCHANT SHIPPING WARNING ................................................. 21

0717. Significance of CBRN Warnings for Merchant Shipping ............................ 21
0718. MERWARN, Warnings to Merchant Ships at Sea ..................................... 21
0719. MERWARN Originating and Diversion Authorities .................................... 21
0720. Precedence of MERWARN Messages ...................................................... 21
0721. Method of Promulgation ............................................................................ 21
0722. MERWARN CHEM .................................................................................... 22
0723. MERWARN BIO ........................................................................................ 23
0724. MERWARN RAD ....................................................................................... 23
0725. MERCHANT NUC ..................................................................................... 24
0726. MERWARN DIVERSION ORDER ............................................................. 25
0727. Other Warnings ......................................................................................... 25
CHAPTER 8 FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKE WARNING (STRIKWARN) AND

MISSILE INTERCEPT REPORT (MIR) .......................................................................1

0801. Aim ..............................................................................................................1
0802. Requirement ................................................................................................1
SECTION II FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKE WARNING RESPONSIBILITIES .......2

0803. Coordinating Commander ...........................................................................2
0804. Commanders authorization .........................................................................2
0805. Warning Dissemination................................................................................2
0806. Impending Strike Warning ...........................................................................2
0807. Other Warning .............................................................................................2
0808. Message Characteristics .............................................................................2
0809. Action on Cancelled Attacks ........................................................................3
0810. Reporting STRIKWARN ..............................................................................3
0811. CBRN 3 Reports..........................................................................................3
SECTION III EXAMPLE STRIKWARN MESSAGES ...............................................4

0812. Example of STRIKWARNs ..........................................................................4
SECTION IV - TROOP WARNING AND PROTECTION FOR FRIENDLY USE OF

NUCLEAR WEAPONS................................................................................................6
0813. Friendly Force Protection Level ...................................................................6
0814. Minimum Safe Distance Considerations ......................................................6
0815. STRIKWARNing and Unit Actions ...............................................................7
SECTION V - DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM SAFE DISTANCES FOR MULTIPLE

FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKES ................................................................................8
0816. Nuclear Weapons Packages .......................................................................8
0817. MSD Box .....................................................................................................8
0818. MSD Polygons .............................................................................................8
0819. Description of MSD Regions .......................................................................8
0820. Multiple STRIKWARN Messages ................................................................9
xiv EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION VI BALISTIC MISSILE INTERCEPT REPORT ..................................... 10

0821. General...................................................................................................... 10
0822. Reporting Coordinating Responsibility....................................................... 10
0823. MIR Distribution ......................................................................................... 10
0824. Warnings ................................................................................................... 10
0825. Message Characteristics ........................................................................... 10
0826. Simplified Hazard Prediction Calculation ................................................... 10
0827. Detailed Hazard Prediction Calculation ..................................................... 11
0828. Hazard Area Prediction Chemical Warhead Interception ....................... 12
0829. Hazard Area Prediction Nuclear Warhead Interception .......................... 15
0830. Reporting CBRN MIR ................................................................................ 16
CHAPTER 9 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL RELEASE WARNING TO FRIENDLY

FORCES (HAZWARN) ...............................................................................................1

0901. Aim ..............................................................................................................1
SECTION II OPERATIONAL PLANNING AND RESPONSIBILITIES .....................2

0902. Operations Planning Process ......................................................................2
0903. Hazard Estimation and Warning Responsibilities ........................................2
0904. Planning ......................................................................................................3
0905. Determination of Units to be Warned...........................................................3
0906. Hazard Estimate and Warning Timeliness...................................................3
0907. Other Warnings ...........................................................................................3
0908. Message Characteristics .............................................................................4
0909. Warning Cancellation ..................................................................................4
0910. Reporting HAZWARN ..................................................................................4
ANNEX A CBRN OPERATIONAL SYMBOLS ...........................................................1
ANNEX B CONVERSION TABLE...............................................................................1
ANNEX C CBRN MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT INSTRUCTIONS ................................1
SECTION I - CBRN MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT.........................................................1
SECTION II - LEGAL ENTRIES FOR CIS USE ...................... ..................................20
SECTION III - CBRN MESSAGES, SETS AND OCCURRENCE MATR.................. 35
SECTION IV - CBRN MESSAGE VALIDATION TABLES . .......................................43
ANNEX D ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS/LEGAL ENTRIES/SETS ........................1
ANNEX E LEXICON ....................................................................................................1

xv EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
xvi EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category.......................................................................................7
Table 2 - 2. Stability Category Adjustment ...............................................................................................8
Table 2 - 3. Layers allocated to Standard Pressure Levels, Cloud Base (Bottom) Parameters for the
seven Yield Groups ....................................................................................................................... 13
Table 2 - 4. Weighting Factors applied to Wind Speeds in Knots to obtain the EDW Speed in Knots 13
Table 2 - 5. Weighting Factors applied to Wind Speeds in Knots to obtain EDW Speed in km/h ....... 13
Table 3 - 1. Summary of Types and Cases of Chemical Weapons Release Hazard Areas ................. 12
Table 3 - 2. Type A, Case 2, Downwind Hazard Area Distance ........................................................... 16
Table 3 - 3. Downwind Hazard Area Distance (km) versus Wind Speed (km/h) and Air Stability, on
LAND ............................................................................................................................................. 17
Table 3 - 4. Downwind Hazard Area Distance (km) versus Wind Speed (km/h) and Air Stability, on
LAND ............................................................................................................................................. 17
Table 3 - 5. Type B, Probable Time Required before Mask Removal after a release .......................... 18
Table 3 - 6. Type D - Summary of Chemical Substances Release Hazard Areas ................................ 34
Table 3 - 7. Recalculation - Summary of Sub-types and Cases ........................................................... 54
Table 3 - 8. CBRN 1 CHEM - Example ................................................................................................. 66
Table 3 - 9. CBRN 2 CHEM - Example ................................................................................................. 67
Table 3 - 10. CBRN 3 CHEM - Example ............................................................................................... 68
Table 4 - 1. Summary of Types and Cases of Biological Releases Hazard Areas ..................................7
Table 4 - 2. CBRN 1 BIO - Example ...................................................................................................... 43
Table 4 - 3. CBRN 2 BIO - Example ..................................................................................................... 44
Table 4 - 4. CBRN 3 BIO - Example ..................................................................................................... 45
Table 5 - 1. Type of Radiological Incident, Description and Template Source Term ...............................4
Table 5 - 2. Types and Cases of Radiological Releases..........................................................................7
Table 5 - 3. CBRN 1 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 28
Table 5 - 9. Values for D at different distances (d) up to 100 m Isotope is not specified ................... 37
Table 5 - 10. Dose - Activity conversion factor ...................................................................................... 38
Table 5 - 11. Distance Coefficient ......................................................................................................... 39
Table 6 - 1. Angular Variation as a Function of Effective Wind Speed and Yield for the Northwest
European Area .............................................................................................................................. 19
Table 6 - 2. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:50 000, Wind Speed in km/h ....................................... 27
Table 6 - 3. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:50 000, Wind Speed in Knots ...................................... 27
Table 6 - 4. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:100 000, Wind Speed in km/h ..................................... 27
Table 6 - 5. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:100 000, Wind Speed in Knots .................................... 28
Table 6 - 6. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:250 000, Wind Speed in km/h ..................................... 28
Table 6 - 7. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:250 000, Wind Speed in Knots .................................... 29
Table 6 - 8. Transmission Factors/Protection Factors ........................................................................... 31
Table 6 - 9. Examples of CBRN 4 NUC Reports ................................................................................... 37
Table 6 - 10. Radii of Induced Contamination ....................................................................................... 48
Table 6 - 11. Soil Types for Induced Radiation Calculations ................................................................ 49
Table 6 - 12. Normalizing Factors (Correction to H + 1 hour) ............................................................... 60
Table 6 - 13. CBRN 1 NUC Example ............................................................................................... 107
xvii EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

Table 7 - 1. Downwind Hazard Area Distance versus Wind Speed (KTS) and Air Stability, SEA ..........5
Table 7 - 2. Downwind Hazard Area Distance versus Wind Speed (KTS) and Air Stability, SEA ..........5
Table 7 - 3. Example Chemical Prediction Data Sheet (CPDS) ...............................................................6
Table 8 - 1. CBRN STRIKWARN..............................................................................................................3
Table 8 - 2. Single Airburst (Minimum Safe Distance (MSD) 1 and MSD 2) ............................................4
Table 8 - 3. Single Airburst (Only MSD 2 Transmitted) ............................................................................4
Table 8 - 4. Multiple Bursts (All Airbursts) ................................................................................................4
Table 8 - 5. Multiple Bursts (3 Surface Bursts) .........................................................................................5
Table 8 - 6. Multiple Bursts (3 Surface) and MSD 1 and MSD 2 ..............................................................5
Table 8 - 7. Relationship between MSD and protection ...........................................................................6
Table 8 - 8. Downwind hazard area distance (km) in case of missile intercept .................................... 11
Table 8 - 9. CBRN MIR - Example ........................................................................................................ 16
Table 9 - 1. CBRN HAZWARN - Example ................................................................................................5
Table A - 1. Filed Types and Description of Symbols ..............................................................................3
Table A - 2. Example CBRN Related Incident and Unit Symbols ............................................................4
Table B - 1. Conversion Table and Distance Conversion Factors ...........................................................1
Table B - 2. Conversion Table, Degrees to Mils .......................................................................................2
Table C - 1. Legal Entries for Type of Substances.20
Table C - 2. Legal Entries for Substance Name or IUPAC Isotope Name..21
Table C - 3. List of Radionuclides Commonly used for Industrial,Medical and Research Applications 23
Table C - 4. Occurrence Matrix for Common Message Heading .37
Table C - 5. Occurrence Matrix for CBRN Defence Messages ....38
Table C - 6. Type and Means of Delivery versus Type of Substance Container . .44
Table C - 7. Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Container ........ .45
Table C - 8. Type of Persistency versus Type of Substance Container ............... .45
Table C - 9. Type of Substance (or Type of Source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR) versus Type of
Substance Container.....................................................................................................................46
Table C - 10. Type of Substance versus Type of Substance-Release-Height ..... .47
Table C - 11. Type of Substance (or Type of Source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR) versus Type of
Persistency.48
Table C - 12. Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Persistency.49
Table C - 13. Type of CBRN Report versus Type of Substance Container ......... .49
Table D - 1. List of Abbreviation, Acronym, Legal Entries and Sets . 1
xviii EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 - 1. Chemical, Biological, Radiological or Nuclear Incident .......................................................3

Figure 1 - 2. Release, Contamination and Hazard Areas........................................................................9
Figure 2 - 1. Typical Effects of Terrain and Structures on Wind Patterns ................................................4
Figure 2 - 2. DELTAM Yield Group Wind Vector Plot........................................................................... 12
Figure 2 - 3. Areas of Validity for the Northern Hemisphere ................................................................ 16
Figure 2 - 4. Areas of Validity for the Southern Hemisphere ................................................................ 17
Figure 3 - 1. Simplified Procedures Case 1 - Chemical Weapon Hazard Area, Wind Speed 10 km/h 7
Figure 3 - 2. Simplified Procedures Case 2 - Chemical Weapon Hazard Area, Wind Speed > 10 km/h 9
Figure 3 - 3. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree........................................... 13
Figure 3 - 4. Type A, Case 1 - Wind Speed 10 km/h........................................................................... 15
Figure 3 - 5. Type A, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h.......................................................................... 16
Figure 3 - 6. Type B, Case 1 - Wind Speed 10 km/h........................................................................... 19
Figure 3 - 7. Type B, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h.......................................................................... 20
Figure 3 - 8. Type B, Case 3 - Wind Speed 10 km/h.......................................................................... 21
Figure 3 - 9. Type B, Case 4 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h.......................................................................... 22
Figure 3 - 10. Type B, Case 5 - Any Dimension of Release Area > 2 km. Wind Speed 10 km/h ..... 24
Figure 3 - 11. Type B, Case 6 - Any Dimension of Release Area > 2 km. Wind Speed > 10 km/h ..... 25
Figure 3 - 12. Type C, Case 1 Chemical Agent release of Unknown Origin ...................................... 26
Figure 3 - 13. Simplified Procedures, Type D, Case 1 .......................................................................... 29
Figure 3 - 14. Simplified Procedures, Type D, Case 2 .......................................................................... 30
Figure 3 - 15. Type D, Chemical Substance Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree ....................... 39
Figure 3 - 16. Type D, Sub-type 1; Case 1 - Point Source, Wind Speed 10 km/h ............................. 42
Figure 3 - 17. Type D, Sub-type 1; Case 2 - Point Source, Wind Speed > 10 km/h ............................. 42
Figure 3 - 18. Type D, Sub-type 2 Daytime (Unstable) Line source Hazard Distance Reduction
Factor ............................................................................................................................................ 44
Figure 3 - 19. Type D, Sub-type 2 Night time (Neutral or Stable) Line source Hazard Distance
Reduction Factor ........................................................................................................................... 46
Figure 3 - 20. Type D, Sub-type 2, Case 1 - Wind Speed 10 km/h .................................................... 48
Figure 3 - 21. Type D, Sub-type 2, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h .................................................... 50
Figure 3 - 22. Type D, Sub-type 3, Case 1 ............................................................................................ 51
Figure 3 - 23. Recalculation, Type A, - From 10 km/h to > 10 km/h................................................... 55
Figure 3 - 24. Recalculation from Type A Case 2 to Type A Case 1 - From > 10 km/h to 10 km/h .. 58
Figure 3 - 25. Recalculation, Type A - From > 10 km/h to 10 km/h.................................................... 59
Figure 3 - 26. Recalculation, Type A - From > 10 km/h to 10 km/h.................................................... 61
Figure 3 - 27. Recalculation, Type A, Case 2 - Change in Downwind Direction by >30..................... 62
Figure 3 - 28. Recalculation, Type A, Case 2 - Change in Stability Category and/or Downwind Speed
...................................................................................................................................................... 63
Figure 3 - 29. Recalculation, Type B, Case 6 - Change in Downwind Direction > 30 ......................... 65
Figure 4 - 1. Simplified Procedures, Biological Substance Hazard Area ................................................5
Figure 4 - 2. Downwind Travel Distances Initial Period (First CDR) ................................................. 10
Figure 4 - 3. Biological Incident Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree .......................................... 11
Figure 4 - 4.Type P Case 1, Point Release Wind Speed 10 km/h ............................................... 12
Figure 4 - 5. Type R Case 1, Line Release Wind Speed 10 km/h................................................ 13
Figure 4 - 6. Type P Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h .............................................. 14
Figure 4 - 7.Type R Case 2, Line Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h................................................. 14
Figure 4 - 8. Type P Case 1, Point Release Wind Speed 10 km/h .............................................. 15
Figure 4 - 9. Type P Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h .............................................. 16
Figure 4 - 10. Type Q Case 1, Point Release Wind Speed 10 km/h ............................................ 18
Figure 4 - 11. Type Q Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h ............................................ 19
Figure 4 - 12. Type R Case 1, Line Release Wind Speed 10 km/h.............................................. 20
Figure 4 - 13. Type R Case 2, Line Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h ............................................. 22
Figure 4 - 14. Types S, Unobserved Release .................................................................................... 23
Figure 4 - 15. Extended Duration Release ........................................................................................... 25
xix EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 4 - 16. Elevated Release (Combined Areas BWR/CDR) .......................................................... 26

Figure 4 - 17. Single Hazard Area Type P Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h ............ 27
Figure 4 - 18. Step 1 ............................................................................................................................. 28
Figure 4 - 19. Step 2 ............................................................................................................................. 28
Figure 4 - 20. Step 3 ............................................................................................................................. 29
Figure 4 - 21. Step 4 ............................................................................................................................. 29
Figure 4 - 22. Step 5 ............................................................................................................................. 30
Figure 4 - 23. Step 6 ............................................................................................................................. 30
Figure 4 - 24. Step 7 ............................................................................................................................. 31
Figure 4 - 25. Step 8 ............................................................................................................................. 32
Figure 4 - 26. Step 6 ............................................................................................................................. 33
Figure 4 - 27. Step 7 (a) ....................................................................................................................... 33
Figure 4 - 28. Step 7 (b) and Step 8 ..................................................................................................... 34
Figure 4 - 29. Step 7 (c) and Step 8 ..................................................................................................... 34
Figure 4 - 30. Step 2 ............................................................................................................................. 35
Figure 4 - 31. Step 3 ............................................................................................................................. 36
Figure 4 - 32. Step 4 (a) ....................................................................................................................... 36
Figure 4 - 33. Step 4 (b) ....................................................................................................................... 37
Figure 4 - 34. ........................................................................................................................................ 40
Figure 4 - 35. ........................................................................................................................................ 40
Figure 4 - 36. ........................................................................................................................................ 41
Figure 4 - 37. ........................................................................................................................................ 41
Figure 5 - 1. Hazard Area Template for RAD Releases with exposed radiation sources or extended
releases, Wind Speed 10 km/h .....................................................................................................5
Figure 5 - 2. Hazard Area Template for RAD Releases with exposed radiation sources or extended
releases Wind Speed > 10 km/h ...................................................................................................6
Figure 5 - 3. Warning and Reporting Flow Chart - Radiological Incidents ...............................................9
Figure 5 - 4. Decision Sheet for Simplified Procedure for RAD ............................................................ 14
Figure 5 - 5. TYPE F, Case 1, Damaged Source with Dispersion Wind Speed 10 km/h ................ 15
Figure 5 - 6. TYPE F, Case 2: Damaged Source with Dispersion Wind Speed > 10 km/h................ 16
Figure 5 - 7. TYPE F, Case 3, Exposed/Unshielded Radiation Sources .............................................. 17
Figure 5 - 8. TYPE G, Case 1, Radiological Dispersion Device Wind Speed 10 km/h ................... 18
Figure 5 - 9. TYPE G, Case 2, Radiological Dispersion Device Wind Speed > 10 km/h ................... 19
Figure 5 - 10. TYPE F, Case 3, Exposed Unshielded Radiation Sources ............................................ 20
Figure 5 - 11. TYPE H, Case 1, Severe Release from Nuclear Power Plant ........................................ 21
Figure 5 - 12. TYPE H, Case 2 Moderate Release from Nuclear Power Plant ..................................... 22
Figure 5 - 13. TYPE H, Case 3 Release from other Nuclear Facilities ................................................. 22
Figure 5 - 14. TYPE I: Detection of unobserved incident, reported using CBRN 4 RAD ...................... 23
Figure 5 - 15. Decision Chart for Comparison of CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 RAD Messages ..................... 25
Figure 6 - 1. Fallout Template with Fallout Prediction Plot ...................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
Figure 6 - 2. Wind Vector Plot ............................................................................................................... 17
Figure 6 - 3. Wind Vector Plot with Cloud and Stem Radial Lines (50 KT) ........................................... 17
Figure 6 - 4. Wind Vector Plot with expanded Radial Lines .................................................................. 18
Figure 6 - 5. Radials Lines, Zone I and Zone II Arcs.20
Figure 6 - 6. Cloud Radius Circle and Tangent Lines ........................................................................... 21
Figure 6 - 7. Detailed Fallout Prediction Plot and CBRN 3 NUC ........................................................... 22
Figure 6 - 8. Yield Estimation, Angular Cloud Width and Flash-to-Bang-Time/Distance to Ground Zero
...................................................................................................................................................... 24
Figure 6 - 9. Yield Estimation, Angle to Top/Bottom of Cloud and Flash-to-Bang-Time/Distance to
Ground Zero .................................................................................................................................. 25
Figure 6 - 10. Stabilized Cloud and Stem Parameters (H+10 minutes) ................................................ 26
Figure 6 - 11. Determination of Zone I, Downwind Distance ................................................................. 30
Figure 6 - 12. Total Dose Received in an Induced Area ....................................................................... 32
Figure 6 - 13. Decay Rate Determination (Measurement of Slope) ...................................................... 39
Figure 6 - 14. Fallout Decay Nomogram ............................................................................................... 41
Figure 6 - 15. Total Dose (Fallout)......................................................................................................... 43
Figure 6 - 16. Total Dose Received in an Induced Area ....................................................................... 51
xx EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 17. Fallout Pattern plotted from Survey Data ........................................................................ 54

Figure 6 - 18. Stabilized Cloud and Stem Parameters (Graph) ............................................................ 56
Figure 6 - 19. Safety Distance as a Function of Weapon Yield ............................................................. 57
Figure 6 - 20. Decay Rate Determination (Measurement of Slope) ...................................................... 59
Figure 6 - 21. Overlay for Determination of Decay Rate ....................................................................... 59
Figure 6 - 22. Graphical Method for Determining Normalization Factor ................................................ 61
Figure 6 - 23. Graphical Method for Determining Normalization Factor ................................................ 62
Figure 6 - 24. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 0.2 ................................................................................... 63
Figure 6 - 43. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 0.2 ............................................................................................ 82
Figure 6 - 61. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 2.0 .......................................................................................... 100
Figure 6 - 62. Multiplication Factor ...................................................................................................... 101
Figure 6 - 63. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type I ........................................................................ 102
Figure 6 - 64. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type II ....................................................................... 103
Figure 6 - 65. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type III ...................................................................... 104
Figure 6 - 66. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type IV ..................................................................... 105
Figure 7 - 1. Graph for Determination of Air Stability Category (SEA) .....................................................4
Figure 7 - 2. Ship's Chemical Template (example) ..................................................................................9
Figure 7 - 3. Chemical Downwind Hazard Area Plot (Simplified Procedures ....................................... 10
Figure 7 - 4. Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, Wind Speed 10 knots or more ....................... 11
Figure 7 - 5. Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, Wind Speed 5 knots or less or variable ......... 12
Figure 7 - 6. Recalculation of Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, after Change in Downwind
Direction at Point B ....................................................................................................................... 14
xxi EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 7 - 7. Ships Fallout Template..................................................................................................... 18

Figure 7 - 8. Fallout Plotting, using Ships Template ............................................................................. 19
Figure 8 - 1. STRIKWARN for a Single Burst ...........................................................................................7
Figure 8 - 2. Example plot of multiple burst STRIKWARN .......................................................................9
Figure 8 - 3. Example plot of multiple burst STRIKWARN under manoeuvre restrictions .......................9
Figure 8 - 4. Example plot of Intercept Point ......................................................................................... 12
Figure 8 - 5. Example plot of Intercept Point and Predicted Target Point ............................................. 13
Figure 8 - 6. Example plot of IP and PTP and Downwind Direction ...................................................... 13
Figure 8 - 7. Example plot of Missile Intercept Hazard Area ................................................................. 14
Figure 8 - 8. Example plot of Missile Intercept Hazard Area ................................................................. 15
Figure A - 1. Icon-Base Symbol................................................................................................................1
Figure A - 2. Placement of modifiers for CBRN incidents ........................................................................2
xxii EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CHAPTER 1
CBRN WARNING AND REPORTING
SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION
0101. Aim
1. The aim of Chapter 1 is to describe CBRN warning and reporting procedures.
0102. General
1. Defence against Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear (CBRN) weapons has
traditionally been treated as a single subject area within NATO military doctrine publications. This
approach derives from: the wide geographic areas that may be affected by such attacks; the large
numbers of personnel potentially at risk; the similarity of some hazard impacts at the individual level;
certain commonalties in protection measures; and the supposed novelty of each of these classes of
science-derived weapons. It must also be recognized that CBRN weapons and their means of delivery
are subject to continuous development, with consequent alterations to their employment
characteristics and impacts. Finally, the nature of military operations is itself in a period of rapid
change, led in part by shifting public perceptions of acceptable risk and increasing concerns about
environmental hazards.
0103. Purpose of ATP-45
1. The purpose of this publication is to prescribe the CBRN procedures to be followed by Land,
Air and Naval forces for the:
a. Reporting of all chemical, biological or radiological attacks and nuclear detonations and
resulting contamination.
b. Predicting and warning of hazard areas from CBRN incidents.
c. Contributing to the evaluation of CBRN information in order to complete the common

operational picture for the commander.
d. Warning of friendly nuclear strikes and the interception of an adversary incoming missile.
e. Transmitting of advanced hazard warning of a potential CBRN agent or Toxic Industrial

Materials (TIM) release.
f. Interchange of reports, quoted in a., b., c., d. and e. above, as required.
0104. Classes of Weapons/Devices
1. The 4 established classes of CBRN weapons/devices together with analogous risks and the
unique distinguishing characteristics of each are:
0105. Chemical. A chemical weapon/device is an item of materiel that projects, disperses, or

disseminates a chemical substance. Depending upon volume and dissemination means,
chemical attacks may be expected to encompass lesser areas of ground than nuclear fallout or
biological attacks whilst the time-to-effect will lie between the instantaneous impact of a
nuclear detonation and the delayed onset of biological agent effects.
1-1 EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
a. Biological. A biological weapon/device is an item of materiel, which projects, disperses, or

disseminates a biological agent including arthropod vectors. Depending upon the volume of
substance employed and the means of dissemination, the area of effect may be comparable to
or even greater than that encompassed by the residual radiation from a low yield nuclear
weapon.
b. Radiological. A radiological device is designed to employ radioactive material by disseminating

it to cause destruction, damage or injury by means of the radiation produced by the decay of
such material.
c. Nuclear. A nuclear weapon is a complete assembly (i.e. implosion type, gun type or
thermonuclear type) in its intended ultimate configuration which, upon completion of the
prescribed arming, fusing and firing sequence, is capable of producing the intended nuclear
reaction and release of energy. This form of words points towards the 2 distinctive features of
such weapons as compared to chemical and biological weapons: their effects derive from
physical energy and some of this is released in the form of radioactivity.
0106. CBRN Defence Principles
1. The principles for the application of CBRN defence measures in support of Joint Force
operations are as follows:
a. Intelligence Assessment. A current, comprehensive and accurate intelligence assessment of

the potential CBRN threat and Toxic Industrial Hazards (TIH) in a Joint Operations Area (JOA)
provides the essential underpinning or foundation for all other measures. This assessment
must be regularly updated.
b. Force Preparation. The components of the Joint Force need to be well prepared for CBRN
Defence in terms of the appropriate doctrine, equipment, procedures, organization and
training. These CBRN Defence measures need to be prepared before deployment so that the
necessary operational capability is present in-theatre. Such preparations are also to deter
potential adversaries from considering the use of CBRN weapons or TIM.
c. Risk Management. A complete response to the wide range of potential CBRN risks is
unrealistic. Risks need to be anticipated, planned for, recognized and managed so that
freedom of action can be maintained across the JOA.
d. Flexibility, Integration and Co-ordination. The CBRN threat can be diverse; hence the Joint
Force response needs to be comprehensive, flexible and coordinated. In addition, the CBRN
defence posture must be coherent across all components of the force, and flexible enough to
meet the diverse needs of all elements. Where possible, integration of capability needs to be
extended to embrace the Host Nation and other in-theatre agencies and forces.
e. Sustainability. CBRN incidents may place additional burdens on the sustainability of the Joint
Force. CBRN Defence will require additional logistic resources and attacks may degrade the
functioning of the supply chain. The Joint Force logistic plan will need to address the inherent
vulnerability of fixed assets and facilities to CBRN incidents at entry points into theatre and on
lines of communication (LoC) by the use of protection and redundancy.
0107. CBRN Warning and Reporting
1. CBRN incidents and resulting contamination can have a significant effect on any military
operation, be it on land, in the air or at sea, and a decisive influence on a commander's decisions and
estimates.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CBRN
Substances
TIM
(TIC, TIR, TIB) Environmental
CBRN Hazards
Agents
Counter
Force
CBRN Targeting
Device
TIM
CBRN Release
Weapon
EIH
CBRN Incident
Incident
Supported
EIH
CBRN
Management
Hazard
Management Supported
CBRN Defence Others
Figure 1 - 1. Chemical, Biological, Radiological or Nuclear Incident
Note. TIM Toxic Industrial Material

TIC Toxic Industrial Chemical
TIB Toxic Industrial Biological
TIR Toxic industrial Radiological
EIH Environmental Industrial Hazard
2. In order to enable commanders at all levels to assess the impact of CBRN incidents on plans
and decisions, they must be provided with timely, accurate and evaluated information on these
incidents. Collection, evaluation and exchange of information on CBRN incidents form an extremely
important part of CBRN defence. To ensure timely provision of the most accurate data on CBRN
incidents and the resulting hazard areas, a CBRN warning and reporting capability is required. It is the
responsibility of commanders at all levels that plans take into account CBRN defence and that
directives and Standing Operating Procedures (SOPs) are available and that these fully meet the
requirements of this Allied Tactical Publication (ATP) and their respective commands.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION II - FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
0108. CBRN Warning and Reporting Areas
1. In order to organize reporting and define responsibilities, the following areas and zones will be
established:
a. Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear Area of Observation. A CBRN Area of

Observation is a geographical area normally based on the boundaries of a nation state or
theatre of operations within which CBRN warning and reporting is conducted under the
supervision of a CBRN Area Control Centre (CBRN ACC). A single area of observation may
be divided into a number of subordinate Zones of Observation.
b. Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear Zone of Observation. A CBRN Zone of

Observation is a geographical sub-division of a CBRN Area of Observation.
0109. CBRN Warning and Reporting Centres
1. Inside the above areas and zones, the following CBRN functions will be established:
a. Source Level;
b. CBRN Sub Collection Centres (CBRN SCC);
c. CBRN Collection Centres (CBRN CC);
d. CBRN Zone Control Centres (CBRN ZCC); and
e. CBRN Area Control Centres (CBRN ACC).
2. The CBRN warning and reporting functions and responsibilities should not be confused with
the normal chain of command. The exchange of CBRN information will of course follow the chain of
command, but neighbouring units are to make arrangements for mutual exchange of CBRN
information through lateral lines of communications and directives to this effect should be contained in
command SOPs. The mutual exchange of CBRN information through lateral lines of communications
should be executed at the lowest possible level.
0110. Functions
1. CBRN Warning and Reporting Centres (CBRN WRC) must be established at all levels of
command. The type of CBRN WRC will depend on the unit role and its organization:
a. National. (CBRN ACC and CBRN ZCC will be established at national commands. Each NATO
nation will normally have at least one CBRN Area of Observation, with the national border as
boundaries. In water areas, of common interest (i.e. English Channel) the middle line is
defined as the borderline. The national authorities must appoint an appropriate command(s) to
be the CBRN ACC for that designated area of observation. Each area of observation is sub-
divided into Zones of Observation, and appropriate commands must be appointed to assume
responsibilities as CBRN ZCCs.
b. NATO Commands. Normally, NATO Commands will not establish CBRN ACCs and CBRN
ZCCs, as these are territorially dependent. The senior CBRN CC in Out of Area Operations
may assume the duties of the CBRN ACC. In this case, the responsibilities of a CBRN ACC
are given to a NATO command. NATO units may be engaged in operations, e.g. under the
United Nations, where national interests may create a dual chain of information resulting in a
reporting requirement to both NATO and national authorities.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
c. Other Commands. At all NATO and subordinate National Commands, CBRN CCs or CBRN
SCCs must be established down to at least Brigade level, in accordance with national
directives.
0111. Source Level
1. CBRN observation posts, survey and reconnaissance teams, sites, units and sub units, or any
other agency below ZCC, CC or SCC, fall into this category.
2. All source level elements must have an appropriate number of personnel trained and qualified
to perform efficiently and rapidly the tasks listed below:
a. Report the initial enemy use of CBRN weapons by the most expeditious means available in
accordance with directives and SOPs (CBRN 1).
b. Report immediately any CBRN incident and subsequent data to the respective CBRN Centre
(CBRN 1/4).
c. Disseminate timely warnings of predicted CBRN hazard areas (CBRN 3) to enable forces to
increase their CBRN state of readiness, to conduct monitoring and to prepare for
reconnaissance, survey and decontamination.
d. Report detection data, monitoring, reconnaissance and survey results to the respective CBRN
Centre (CBRN 4).
e. Submit detailed information on CBRN incidents on request (CBRN 6).
0112. CBRN Collection or Sub Collection Centres Responsibilities
1. The CBRN CC or CBRN SCC is responsible for the receipt, consolidation and evaluation of
reports of CBRN incidents, and the resultant contamination within the area of operation of the CC or
the SCC. Furthermore, the agency is responsible for the production and dissemination of appropriate
reports and warnings in accordance with SOPs, including exchange of information with adjacent
centres.
2. CBRN SCC may be established below CBRN CCs where the organization and the chain of
command require a sub division on CBRN centre levels. The establishment of SCCs enables
commanders to define organization and allocate warning and reporting responsibilities to a certain
level.
3. The CBRN CC or CBRN SCC will execute the tasks with regard to their area of operation for
such CBRN incidents that have or may have influence on their units or sub units' operations. CBRN
reports generated by CBRN CC or CBRN SCC will normally be indicated in set ALFA (Local Incident
Serial Number) field 2 (see Annex C).
4. All CBRN SCCs or CBRN CCs must therefore have an appropriate number of personnel
equipped, trained and qualified to perform efficiently and rapidly the following tasks:
a. Report the initial enemy use of CBRN weapons by the most expeditious means available in
b. Clarify, consolidate and evaluate CBRN incident data reported from source level or from other
CBRN centres or agencies (CBRN 1, CBRN 2 and CBRN 4).
c. Calculate detailed CBRN hazard areas including recalculations as a result of significant

weather changes. Pass the appropriate warnings to units likely to be affected (CBRN 3). The
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
calculations for the predicted hazard area must be reevaluated every 2 hours. However, the
situation can suddenly change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction
becomes essential. Units currently affected and those previously affected must be notified that
they are in (or are no longer in) the hazard area.
d. Direct survey efforts within their area of operations.
e. Analyze survey and monitoring results and pass information on the actual contaminated areas
to units likely to be affected (CBRN 4 and CBRN 5).
f. Request and provide detailed information on CBRN incidents as directed (CBRN 6).
g. Exchange CBRN information with appropriate national military and civilian authorities as
arranged by directives and SOPs.
h. Naval CBRN agencies provide information to merchant shipping on predicted CBRN

contamination (MERWARN CBRN Effective Downwind Message (EDM) and MERWARN
CBRN 3).
0113. CBRN Area Control Centre and Zone Control Centre Responsibilities
1. CBRN Area Control Centre. The CBRN ACC is responsible for coordination of all activities of
CBRN Centres in a given area of observation. The CBRN ACC is responsible for:
a. The final deconfliction, correlation, clarification and consolidation of CBRN reports.
b. Evaluation of enemy or unidentified CBRN incidents in the area.
c. The exchange of information with national military and civilian authorities as required.
d. Tactical evaluations of the CBRN situation in its own and adjacent areas.
2. CBRN reports generated by a CBRN ACC will normally be indicated in set ALFA (Official
Incident Serial Number) in field 1 and 2 (See Annex C).
3. CBRN ACCs must furthermore be able to make final filtering and correlation of all CBRN
incidents in the Area of Observation.
4. The CBRN ACC may be responsible for the organization and the implementation of sampling
and identification of biological and chemical agents in accordance with relevant Allied Engineer
Publications (AEP).
5. CBRN Zone Control Centres. The CBRN ZCC may be established at national land or naval
commands, at territorial commands, or lower levels of commands. The CBRN ZCC is responsible for
the receipt, consolidation and evaluation of reports of CBRN incidents, and the resultant contamination
within the zone of observation. Furthermore the CBRN ZCC is responsible for the production and
dissemination of appropriate warnings and reports in accordance with SOPs, including exchange of
information with adjacent zones.
6. CBRN reports generated by a CBRN ZCC will normally be indicated in set ALFA (Local
Incident Serial Number) in field 2. (See Annex C).
7. CBRN ACC and CBRN ZCC. The CBRN ACC or CBRN ZCC will execute the tasks within the
CBRN Area of Observation or Zone of Observation and to all CBRN incidents within that area or zone.
8. When operating in areas where the CBRN Area of Observation and the Zone of Observation
are not defined beforehand, the CBRN ACC and CBRN ZCC responsibilities must be assigned to
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
suitable agencies, and appropriate SOPs must be established, agreed to and exercised by the
involved commands.
9. CBRN ACCs and CBRN ZCCs must have an appropriate number of personnel equipped,
trained and qualified to perform efficiently and rapidly the tasks listed below:
a. Report the enemy use of CBRN weapons by the most expeditious means available in
b. Clarify, correlate, consolidate and evaluate CBRN incident data reported from other centres or
agencies (CBRN 1, CBRN 2 and CBRN 4).
c. Transmit promptly CBRN warnings to adjacent HQs or agencies when predicted hazard areas
extend beyond their own area of responsibility (CBRN 3).
d. Exchange CBRN information with appropriate national military and civilian authorities as
arranged by directives and SOPs.
e. Organize and coordinate the CBRN warning and reporting system within their area or zone of
observation.
f. Submit reports to higher HQs and adjacent agencies as required.
10. CBRN ACCs must furthermore be able to make final filtering and correlation of all CBRN
incidents in the Area of Observation. In addition, the CBRN ACC may be responsible for the
organization and the implementation of sampling and identification of biological and chemical agents in
accordance with relevant AEP.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION III - COORDINATION
0114. Importance of Coordination
1. The importance of coordination, for contingency planning at all levels of the CBRN warning
and reporting organization, is paramount. This planning has to aim at providing CBRN information
rapidly where it is required and at reducing duplication of reports to an acceptable level.
0115. Overlap and Duplication
1. For functional and operational reasons, the areas of responsibility of NATO Army, Air and
Navy forces overlap. Also the areas of responsibility of Territorial Army, civil defence and forces not
assigned to NATO may overlap or even be identical. Consequently, CBRN reports will inevitably be
duplicated, particularly in the case of a nuclear detonation. Therefore, commanders at all levels are to
ensure that their plans are fully coordinated with all neighbouring CBRN centres in order to avoid
duplication of reports by correlation and to ensure rapid and efficient exchange of useful CBRN
information. CBRN Warning and Reporting plans must be available and state the requirement for
CBRN reports to be submitted between units.
0116. Clarification and Correlation
1. It is mandatory that CBRN reporting manuals and SOP include procedures for clarification and
correlation to cope with duplicate reports received in a CBRN centre. Reporting manuals and
regulations must also provide for discrimination between enemy and NATO strikes, as NATO units,
which are not warned of a NATO strike may be expected to report the detonation, assuming it to be an
enemy strike. To obtain a final filtering and correlation for all CBRN incidents, this responsibility must
be allocated to a particular agency for a particular area. CBRN SOPs must therefore define CBRN
Areas of Observation and CBRN Zones of Observations.
0117. Area of Observation HQs
1. Area of Observation HQs are to maintain direct communication with regional HQs and/or
appropriate units of the national civil defence organizations concerned. Information on nuclear bursts
on shore targets and predictions of the land areas, which will probably be affected by fallout, is to be
passed to Area of Observation HQs and/or relevant CBRN Centres. In the same manner, information
on CBRN hazards is to be exchanged between Area of Observation HQs.
0118. Civil/Military Cooperation
1. Cooperation and coordination between the NATO CBRN warning and reporting system and
the national military and civil systems is an important strengthening factor to the common defence
effort of NATO. The details of information exchange depend upon national policy and the structure of
the national forces and the civil defence organization. Commanders must delegate authority to the
appropriate levels of command for negotiating agreements and arrangements with corresponding
national armed forces and/or civil defence authorities. Warning information should be exchanged at
the lowest level possible.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION IV PLOTTING PROCEDURES
0119. Release, Contamination and Hazard Areas
1. The procedures for hazard plotting are divided into three general areas: simplified, detailed
and enhanced. This section provides a comparison of these areas in relationship to each other, the
CBRN release area and areas of contamination.
2. CAUTION. All drawing except nomograms in the nuclear chapter must be considered NOT
DRAWN TO SCALE.
Hazard Area
(enhanced)
Hazard Area
(detailed)
Hazard Area
(simplified)
Release Area
Attack Area
Contaminated Area
Hazard Area
(actual)
Figure 1 - 2. Release, Contamination and Hazard Areas
0120. Definitions
1. Attack Area. The identified location of an intentionally created CBRN incident.
2. Release Area. The area predicted to be initially affected by the release of a CBRN hazard.
3. Contaminated Area. The area where a CBRN agent or TIM in solid or liquid form is actually
present.
4. Hazard Area. An area in which unprotected personnel and materiel may be affected by a
agent or TIM. Note: The hazard area may be defined as the result of a prediction or may be defined
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
based upon measurements of contamination (CBRN 4, 5). These hazard areas are the result of CBRN
incidents.
Note: The release area size and the downwind distance depend on the type of release and on the
weather and terrain. Both the release area and the area downwind of the release are
included in the hazard area.
0121. Plotting Techniques
1. Simplified Procedures. Simplified procedures are those procedures intended to be manually

performed by a CBRN defence staff immediately upon receipt of a message indicating a new CBRN
incident. These procedures, covered within ATP-45, will be as simple as possible and deal only with
the first initial message(s), without taking into consideration recalculation in accordance with upcoming
weather periods.
2. Detailed Procedures. Detailed procedures are those procedures intended to be performed

manually or by an automated system using one or more messages. The procedures, covered within
ATP-45, are only as complicated and time consuming as required for essential CBRN Warning and
Reporting (W&R) capability. The output can be updated upon receipt of new information.
3. Enhanced Procedures. Enhanced procedures are those procedures intended to be

performed only by an automated system due to complexity and/or time requirements. The output is
immediately updated upon receipt of new data and is controlled by an operator. Enhanced procedures
are covered within AEP-45.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
1
SECTION V CBRN REPORTS
0122. CBRN 1 through CBRN 6 Reports
1. The six standard CBRN messages allow the passage of information relating to a CBRN
incident. Specific C, B, R or N messages will be dealt with in their respective chapter.
a. CBRN 1 - Observers report, giving basic data.
b. CBRN 2 - Report for passing the evaluated data from collected CBRN 1 reports.
c. CBRN 3 - Report for immediate warning of predicted contamination and hazard areas.
d. CBRN 4 - Report for reporting detection data and passing monitoring and survey results. This
report is used for two cases.
(1) Case one, used if an attack is not observed, and the first indication of contamination is by
detection.
(2) Case two, used to report measured contamination as a part of a survey or monitoring
team.
e. CBRN 5 - Report for passing information on areas of actual contamination.
f. CBRN 6 - Report for passing detailed information on CBRN incidents.
0123. Missile Intercept Report
1. Missile Intercept Report (MIR) provides warning on the interception of an adversary incoming
missile and the associated predicted hazard area.
0124. Friendly Nuclear Strike Warning Report
1. Friendly nuclear Strike Warning (STRIKWARN) reports provide information on an imminent

nuclear strike from friendly forces and the associated Minimum Safe Distance (MSD).
0125. Hazardous Material Warning Report
1. Hazard Warning (HAZWARN) reports provide warning of the possibility of a significant CBRN
release caused by either friendly or an adversary action.
0126. Weather Reports
1. Weather reports provide detailed weather information such as temperature, humidity, wind-
speed, wind direction, precipitation and stability that must be obtained to determine the effects of a
CBRN hazard on surrounding environment of the incident.
1
This section includes CBRN Message Text Formats (MTF) as published in APP-11 (NATO Message
Catalogue). The information is included for readability purposes only; the sole reference for NATO Text
Messages being APP-11.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0127. CBRN Situational Report
1. Aim. The CBRN Situation Report (SITREP) is a free text but templated report for providing a
summary of CBRN activity relating to possible or actual CBRN incidents, including what if and
planning scenarios.
2. Purpose. The report is to be forwarded by CBRN Staffs, as necessary, to Commanders and

Staffs at whatever level who are not specifically involved with CBRN, to inform them of the general
CBRN situation and activities.
3. Procedure. The CBRN Staff will generate a CBRN SITREP as a result of specific CBRN
related activity or other information from all Staff branches or other relevant information from
subordinate units. CBRN SITREPs may be required to support planning processes and to update
Commanders. CBRN reach back information can also be transmitted using the SITREP template.
4. Template. The information contain within the SITREP will determine its classification.
Example
CBRN SITREP
GENTEXT/CBRN SITREP/.
1. SITUATION
1.A. SUMMARY OF CBRN 2/5 MESSAGES AND OTHER SUPPORTING ACTIVITIES IN THE
REPORTING PERIOD
1.B. CONSEQUENCES OF THE CBRN INCIDENTS TO INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM
ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS, CASUALTY AND DAMAGE ESTIMATES
2. INTELLIGENCE (J2)
2.A. INFORMATION ON ADVERSARY CBRN CAPABILITIES AND INTENTIONS. WEATHER AND
TERRAIN WILL ALSO BE CONSIDERED WITH REGARD TO SUITABLE CONDITIONS FOR CBRN
INCIDENT(S)
2.B. CBRN WEAPON AND DEVICE THREAT LEVEL
2.C. TIM THREAT LEVEL
3. OPERATIONS (J3/5/7)
3.A. A SUMMARY OF THE INFLUENCE ON CURRENT AND PLANNED ACTIVITIES THAT CBRN
INCIDENT(S) WILL/MAY HAVE ON FORCE PROTECTION AND OPERATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS
3.B. CBRN DRESS STATE
4. LOGISTICS (J4). A SUMMARY OF THE INFLUENCE ON CURRENT AND PLANNED ACTIVITIES
THAT CBRN INCIDENT(S) WILL/MAY HAVE ON FORCE PROTECTION AND OPERATIONAL
EFFECTIVENESS. THIS IS TO INCLUDE THE IMPACT ON OPERATIONS IN THE REAR AREA
AND MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE INCIDENT(S)
5. COMMUNICATIONS (J6). SPECIFIC IMPACTS OF INCIDENT(S) ON
COMMUNICATIONS/MEANS
6. PERSONNEL (J1). ASSOCIATED CBRN INFORMATION RELATING TO PERSONNEL.
7. CIMIC (J9). APPROPRIATE CIMIC CO-ORDINATING ACTIVITIES RELATED TO CBRN
INCIDENTS
8. LEGAL AND IO. LEGAL AND IO CONSIDERATIONS MAY BE COVERED HERE
9. RECOMMENDATIONS. A SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDED RISK MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES
AND MITIGATING ACTIONS.
0128. Position Referencing
1. When using CBRN standard message formats locations must be identified in World Geodetic
System (WGS) WGS84 by geographical coordinates (latitude and longitude (LAT/LONG)), standard
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates, in accordance with the Military Geographic
Reference System (MGRS) or by geographical name.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
2. SOPs or software must provide for any situation where the use of differing systems may cause
confusion.
0129. Classification and Precedence
1. Unless the CBRN message contains specific operational information, e.g. effects on troops, all
such messages should be unclassified. However, when a STRIKWARN is sent the information
contained in sets DELTAW and FOXONEW will not be sent in plain language unless the time of
initiating the warning message is such that no compromise of security is involved and unless its
passage in plain language is essential to personnel safety. Only coding systems, which meet NATO
security criteria, are to be used.
2. CBRN 1 messages reporting the FIRST adversary use of CBRN weapons or devices must be
given precedence FLASH (Z). All other messages should be given a precedence, which reflects the
operational value of the contents. Normally IMMEDIATE (O) would be appropriate.
3. Once a CBRN incident occurs, the number of CBRN messages will be substantial. CBRN
defence staffs must prepare their SOPs carefully in order to avoid an unnecessary load on the
communication systems.
0130. Meaning of Sets used in all CBRN Reports
1. Each type of CBRN message is comprised of a sequence of sets and has a unique identifier.
Each set contains a sequence of fields. The format for the sets, fields, allowable entries and
conditionalities are explained in Annex C.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CHAPTER 2
METEOROLOGICAL FACTORS
0201. Aim
1. The aim of this chapter is to describe the meteorological factors that influence the hazard
resulting from a CBRN release and to describe the different meteorology messages used for predicting
the associated hazard areas.
0202. Meteorological Definitions
1. In CBRN defence it is essential that a facility be readily available to provide up-to-date

meteorological data being actual or forecast weather. This information is required for hazard prediction
calculations and the protection of anyone downwind. The following lists the most commonly used
meteorological terms within ATP-45:
a. Downwind Direction. The mean surface downwind direction towards which, the airborne cloud
travels in the hazard area. The optimal measuring height should be 10 m above the ground in
open terrain averaged over a period of 10 minutes.
b. Downwind Speed. The mean surface downwind speed in the hazard area. The optimal
measuring height should be 10 m above the ground in open terrain averaged over a period of
10 minutes.
c. Air Stability Category. The stability category is normally reported in the CBRN CDR. If it must
be determined locally use Table 2 - 1 and Table 2 - 2.
2. When above listed measurements are taken, the results will be the actual Downwind Direction,
the Downwind Speed and the Air Stability Category at the time and location of the measurement.
When the values are given in a CBRN Chemical Downwind Message (CDM), they will represent
average values for the given CBRN CDM area in the given 2 hour period.
0203. Influence of Weather and Terrain on the Effectiveness of CBRN Releases
1. Detailed weather information such as temperature, humidity, wind-speed, wind direction,

precipitation and stability must be obtained to determine the effects of a CBRN hazard on surrounding
environment of the incident. Two main questions must be answered:
a. What effect will weather have on the employment of CBRN weapons/devices and/or how will it
affect the spread of CBRN hazards?
b. Over the next 72 hours, when is the weather favourable or unfavourable for the use of CBRN
weapons/devices?
2. Further, a predominant wind can switch direction in a matter of minutes to hours. These
directional shifts occur, for example, as a result of: changing large-scale weather conditions; the onset
of mountain slope, valley drainage and sea breeze flows; and the change of air stability due to heating
or cooling of the earths surface.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
3. Weather. The following provides greater details on the different weather phenomena:
a. Temperature. The rate of evaporation of a liquid chemical agent or toxic industrial chemical
varies with the temperature. High temperatures will increase the rate of evaporation while
lower temperatures will decrease it. Initially, the vapour hazard of both persistent and non-
persistent agents will be greater at higher temperatures, while the duration of the liquid
contamination and vapour hazard will be shorter. Lower temperatures will have just the
opposite effect. It should be noted that lower temperatures may actually reduce or even
eliminate casualty potential. However, a contact hazard may remain for several days or weeks.
On the other hand, temperature is not expected to have any significant effect on the hazard
area resulting from a biological, radiological or nuclear release.
b. Air Stability Category. The air stability category describes the degree of mixing of a released
agent with the air in the lower atmosphere. There are three general air stability categories:
(1) Stable. Under stable conditions there is little mixing and thus higher concentrations, and
the agent cloud will be effective over long distances.
(2) Neutral. Neutral conditions, the intermediate range for mixing, are most common.
(3) Unstable. Under unstable conditions there is strong mixing and thus shorter hazard
distances.
c. Wind. The wind speed and direction will affect the spread of CBRN contaminates. High winds
can increase the rate of evaporation of liquid chemical agents and the rate at which chemical
clouds are dissipated. The effect on persistent agents is variable. Large spill (Greater than
1500 litres or kilograms but equal to or less than 50000 litres or kilograms) non-persistent
agent releases are most effective in winds not exceeding 28 km/h. Small spill (200 litres or
kilograms or less) non-persistent agent releases are most effective in winds not exceeding 10
km/h.
d. Humidity and Precipitation. Humidity and precipitation alter the effects of chemical agents in
different ways. High humidity, for example, will increase the effectiveness of blister agents, but
will not directly affect the effectiveness of nerve agents. Humidity will alter the effects of
biological agents in different ways. Very low humidity will decrease the effectiveness by
increasing the rate at which agents dry out from atmospheric exposure. Heavy or continuous
rain will wash away liquid chemical contamination, and light rain after a liquid release can
cause the recurrence of a contact hazard. Rain after a blister or persistent nerve agent
release will temporarily increase the evaporation rate, thus increasing the vapour hazard.
Snow reduces the evaporation rate of liquid chemical agents, thus reducing the vapour hazard
in the release area. Heavy or continuous rain will locally reduce nuclear and biological
contamination by washing it out of the air.
e. Inversion Layers. In most cases the concentration of the agent will decrease with increasing
height and reach a low concentration (miosis for chemical) at approximately 800 metres
altitude. Normally there will be no risk above 3000 metres above ground. Certain
meteorological conditions in the atmosphere, known as inversion layers are associated with
stable conditions specified in the CBRN Chemical Downwind Report (CDR) under the term
"stability category". Stable conditions usually occur at night or in the morning under conditions
of clear skies and low wind speed but will also result any time the ground or water surface is
cooler than the air above it. An elevated inversion layer occurs when the surface inversion
layer decays. With both inversion and elevated inversion layers the concentration of the agent
will be higher within the layer than with no inversion. The concentration of the agent will be
very small above the layer. If the height of the top of any inversion layer is lower than 800
metres, this will be indicated in the CBRN CDR by the letter "A" appearing in the coded
"significant weather phenomena". If the height of the top is lower than 400 metres, letter "B" is
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
to be used, if lower than 200 metres, letter "C". These letters signify the lowest safe altitudes
for aircraft to avoid airborne contamination.
f. Sunlight and Air Exposure. Most biological agents will lose their viability or toxicity with time
after exposure to the atmosphere. Most biological agents will have a greater rate of loss of
viability or toxicity when exposed to bright sunlight.
g. Land and Sea Breeze Plotting Procedures Considerations:
(1) A sea breeze is the movement inland of the cooler sea air. On the other hand, as the sun
sets, cooling begins and since land cools more rapidly than water a higher air pressure is
created over it relative to that over water and the air begins to flow down the pressure
gradient toward the sea. This land and sea breeze weather phenomenon creates a
situation where differences over ground and water temperatures along a coastline lead to
a change in wind speed and direction that cannot be represented at the resolution
provided in a CDM.
(2) The land and the sea breeze (winds) eventually get elevated and pushed back in a large-
scale direction, leading to an unpredictable downwind direction for the contaminant cloud.
This weather phenomenon can lead to the requirement to recalculate the hazard area for
certain release types.
(3) In a land and sea breeze condition, a biological release, chemical release, nuclear reactor
incident, radiological dispersion, biological bunker/production facility, chemical stockpile or
TIM transport/storage release and elevated accidental release require recalculation if
downwind direction changes by 30 degrees or more, the downwind speed changes from
less than or equal to 10 km/h to greater than 10 km/h, or the downwind speed changes
from greater than 10 km/h to less than or equal to 10 km/h. Meteorological conditions for
following CDM time periods should be noted and will be used to determine the downwind
distance.
(4) For plotting purposes, land and sea breeze conditions necessitating recalculation as
mentioned above would be treated in the same manner as recalculation procedures
covered in chemical, biological chapters.
4. Impact of Terrain. The path and speed of an airborne cloud is considerably influenced by the
nature of the terrain in the downwind area. Contaminant clouds can flow over rolling terrain, down
valleys and around structures such as in urban terrain. Dangerous concentrations may persist in
hollows, depressions and trenches. The contaminant clouds tend to go over or around obstacles such
as hills, but tend to be retarded by rough ground, tall grass and bushes. Flat terrain allows for an even,
steady movement. The movement of air around buildings and other structures is very complicated and
such movement patterns may be very different, depending on building shape, relative heights and
other factors. Figure 2 - 1 provides an outline of the typical terrain effects.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Wind direction
Figure 2 - 1. Typical Effects of Terrain and Structures on Wind Patterns
0204. Meteorological Data
1. Hazard Prediction Weather Requirement. Current meteorological data are a vital

prerequisite for CBRN downwind hazard prediction. It is the task of a CBRN Centre to predict CBRN
hazard areas resulting from CBRN incidents. For this purpose the CBRN Centre must have the
necessary meteorological information. The meteorological service will collect data and distribute the
messages described below:
a. CBRN Chemical (Biological) Downwind Report (CBRN CDR). A CBRN Chemical Downwind
Report is either a CBRN Chemical Downwind Message (CBRN CDM) or a CBRN Chemical
Downwind Forecast (CBRN CDF). These are messages containing basic meteorological
information for predicting chemical vapour hazard areas (see Chapter 3), biological aerosol
(see Chapter 4) and radioactive particles (see Chapter 5). The CBRN CDR is an ADP
formatted message used to accommodate either the CBRN CDM or the CBRN CDF message
when transmitted (see Annex C).
b. CBRN Basic Wind Report (CBRN BWR). A CBRN Basic Wind Report is either a CBRN Basic
Wind Message (CBRN BWM) or a CBRN Basic Wind Forecast (CBRN BWF). These are
messages containing basic meteorological data to be used for fallout prediction (see Chapter
6). The CBRN BWR is an ADP formatted message used to accommodate either the CBRN
BWM or the CBRN BWF when transmitted (see Annex C).
c. CBRN Effective Downwind Report (CBRN EDR). A CBRN Effective Downwind Report is
either a CBRN Effective Downwind Message (CBRN EDM) or a CBRN Effective Downwind
Forecast (CBRN EDF). These are messages containing information on downwind speed and
downwind direction (towards which the wind is blowing) for each of seven pre-selected
weapon yields (see Chapter 6). The CBRN EDR is an ADP formatted message used to
accommodate either the CBRN EDM or the CBRN EDF message when transmitted (see
Annex C).
2. Special Case CBRN CDM. The CBRN Centre uses the CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 reports and the
CDR weather information for the downwind hazard area prediction. However, should the local
situation such as topography and size of the release indicates that the use of the locally measured
weather information would be more appropriate, then proceed with using the locally measured weather
information for the downwind hazard area prediction calculation. In that case a special form of a CBRN
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CDM could be used to document and report the local weather. Line ZULUM of this CDM will contain
"Observation time" and "Effective Date-time valid from" as the same time and an "Effective Date-time
valid to", which is only 30 minutes later than the observation time. The area of validity shall be reduced
to the place of observation to indicate that it is a point measurement (AREAM with more than 10
characters). The message will only contain a line WHISKEYM as actual weather information. The
following is an example:
AREAM/NDEL12341234//
ZULUM/231100ZNOV2008/231100ZNOV2008/231130ZNOV2008//
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/070/022/4/15/-/-/1//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION II - CBRN CHEMICAL (BIOLOGICAL) DOWNWIND REPORTS
0205. CBRN Chemical Downwind Reports
1. National and/or NATO directives must ensure the provision of applicable CBRN CDRs, and
national or local SOPs must list directives for the observation and dissemination of local weather
information. For more accurate hazard area estimates, a record of actual local meteorological
conditions should be maintained and disseminated. The meteorological data contained in CDRs will
be used for chemical and biological downwind hazard prediction procedures.
a. Transmission. The CBRN CDM and CDF are transmitted at least 4 times a day, and each
message is valid for a 6 hour period. Each 6 hour period of the CDM is subdivided into three 2
hours periods. The CBRN CDM can be sent down as far as source level.
b. CDM and CDF Content. The CBRN CDM and CDF contains the following information:
(1) Area of validity.
(2) Date-time groups for time of observation, time valid from and time valid to.
(3) Units of measurement.
(4) Downwind direction and downwind speed.
(5) Air stability category.
(6) Surface air temperature.
(7) Relative Humidity.
(8) Significant weather phenomena.
(9) Cloud coverage.
c. Validity and Format. The CBRN CDM contains weather information valid for 6 hours, but the
period of validity for the CDF is more than 6 hours ahead. The CBRN CDM and CBRN CDF
can be contained in a data format called the CBRN CDR. The detailed format for the CBRN
CDR is explained in Annex C.
d. Sample Content of a Computer Generated CBRN CDM/CDF.
AREAM/NDEL1//
ZULUM/231100ZNOV2010/231200ZNOV2010/231800ZNOV2010//
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/070/022/4/15/-/-/1//
XRAYM/075/025/4/13/9/6/2//
YANKEEM/080/028/4/12/8/-/2//
e. Local Meteorology. Local meteorology should be assimilated into the CDM. Weighting should
be assigned for each local observation based on confidence in how well it represents the
region.
f. CDM Area Selection. The CBRN CDM used in calculations is based on the location in
FOXTROT. If multiple FOXTROT locations exist, the mean location should be determined and
the CBRN CDM provided for that location. If the single FOXTROT or mean location lies on the
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
border between two CDM areas, calculate hazard areas for both CDM areas and connect the
outer points of hazard areas to cover the worst case.
0206. Meteorological Air Stability Category Requirements
1. If detailed meteorological information is not available, the air stability category should be
determined by using Table 2 - 1, and this category should be adjusted using Table 2 - 2. The identified
air stability category will form the basis for the determination of the maximum downwind hazard area
distance.
Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category
Morning (AM) Afternoon (PM)
Condition of sky Condition of sky
No More Overcast No More Overcast
Sun Sun
clouds/ than half clouds/ than half
Elevation Elevation
Less than covered Less than covered
Angle Angle
half half
covered covered
< 4 S S N > 46 U U N
> 4 - 32 N N N > 35 - 46 U N N
> 32 - 40 U N N > 12 - 35 N N N
> 40 U U N > 5 - 12 S N N
U = Unstable N = Neutral S = Stable < 5 S S N
Enter with: - Time of day.

- Degree of cloud coverage.
- Sun elevation angle (night less than 4 degrees).
Note 1: The stability category found in this table must be adjusted by using Table 2 - 2.
Note 2: The sun elevation table contains basic information. Nations may convert the table into a
suitable format for their own use.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 2 - 2. Stability Category Adjustment

Stability Category from
Specific ground (terrain) and Weather influences Table 2 - 1
U N S
Dry to slightly moist surface. U N S
Wet surface (i.e. after continuous rain) or dew. N N S
Frozen surface or partly covered with snow, ice or hoarfrost. N S S
Surface completely covered with snow. S S S
Continuous rainfall (no shower activity). N N N
Haze or mist (visibility 1 - 4 km). N N S
Fog (visibility less than 1 km). N S S
Desert Daytime or tropical environment U U U
Desert nightime S S S
Downwind speed more than 18 km/h. N N N
2. Table 2 - 2 is used for adjustment of the stability category found from Table 2 - 1, taking into
account influences of surface and weather. All ten conditions of terrain and weather listed in Table 2 -
2 must be checked, and in case of doubt the most stable category is to be chosen.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION III - CBRN BASIC WIND AND EFFECTIVE DOWNWINDS REPORTS
0207. CBRN Basic Wind and Effective Downwind Reports
1. The necessary meteorological data for the preparation of fallout prediction, be for the
simplified procedure or the detailed procedure, will be available in the format of a CBRN EDR or a
CBRN BWR.
2. The CBRN EDR is either a CBRN EDM or a CBRN EDF that contains information on
downwind speed and downwind direction (towards which the wind is blowing). The CBRN EDR is
used to calculate simplified fallout hazard prediction areas.
3. A CBRN EDM can be produced at CBRN Centres and meteorological centres from the CBRN
BWM or by use of standard pressure level winds. The use of the CBRN EDM affords the subordinate
commands direct and immediately usable means to estimate the fallout hazard with the least possible
delay.
4. A CBRN EDF is produced at designated meteorological centres from computer originated

forecast winds. The CBRN EDF is designed for planning purposes at NATO commands and higher
national commands. It may be used at lower levels (CBRN Collection or CBRN Sub Collection
Centres) only if actual wind data or CBRN EDM are not available. Chapter 6 provides the necessary
details for the preparation and interpretation of CBRN EDM and CBRN EDF. The format of the CBRN
EDF is the same as the format of the CBRN EDM. The detailed format for the CBRN EDR is explained
in Annex C.
5. A CBRN BWR be either a CBRN BWM or a CBRN BWF meteorological message contains
information on the wind conditions, i.e. wind directions (from which the wind is blowing) and wind
speeds in a number of layers from the surface of the earth to 30000 m altitude. Additionally, the zone
of validity and time of measuring are stated. Chapter 6 provides the complete details on the production
and interpretation of CBRN BWM and CBRN BWF. The detailed format for the CBRN BWR is
explained in Annex C.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION IV - COMPUTATION OF EFFECTIVE DOWNWINDS,

USING STANDARD PRESSURE LEVEL WINDS
0208. Introduction
1. There may occur cases where units, in particular naval ships, cannot obtain the meteorological
information normally used for fallout prediction, i.e. the "CBRN Basic Wind Message" (CBRN BWM)
and the "CBRN Effective Downwind Message" (CBRN EDM). It may however be possible for the unit
to obtain basic wind data, which are generally available from meteorological sources (airbases, MET-
ships or mobile weather stations) and make use of this data for the computation of effective downwind
direction and effective downwind speed. This method of computation involves the use of "Standard
Pressure Level Winds" as described below.
0209. Assumptions
1. The method assumes that the standard pressure level winds used are representative mean
vector winds for contiguous layers of air, and that for any Standard Level (SL) the top of the layer is
defined by the level (identified by the letter n in the equation):
SL n+1 - SL n SL n + SL n+1
SL n + =
2 2
and the bottom of the layer by the level:
SL n - SL n -1 SL n + SL n-1
SL n - =
2 2
0210. Method
1. The layers of the air, or parts thereof, are combined to form a total layer from the surface to
the nuclear Cloud Bottom (CB) height for a particular weapon yield. The layers allocated to each
standard pressure level, and the nuclear cloud bottom parameters for the seven weapon yields, which
are normally contained in a CBRN EDM are covered in Chapter 6. The method involves the vector
addition of the winds representing the layers up to and including the nuclear CB height, appropriately
weighted to account for:
a. The thickness of the layer associated with the standard pressure level; and
b. The differing densities of the layers.
2. The weighting factors are given in Table 2 - 4 and Table 2 - 5, and are applied to the wind
speeds given in units of knots, to obtain an effective downwind (EDW) speed in knots or in kilometres
2
per hour (km/h) respectively. In the absence of the 1000 hecto Pascal (hPa) wind data, the surface
wind data should be used. The reciprocal of the wind directions (adding or subtracting 180 degrees)
contained in the meteorological wind data information must be used in the wind vector addition. A
wind vector plot must be constructed for each of the seven yield groups.
0211. Procedure
a. Obtain the meteorological data containing the direction and wind speed for each of the
standard pressure levels.
2
1 hecto Pascal = 1 millibar (mbar), therefore, 1000 hPa = 1000 mbar
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
b. Convert all wind directions to downwind directions by adding or subtracting 180 degrees.
c. Select the weapon yield or yields, for which the effective downwind direction and speed are to
be computed.
d. By using Table 2 - 4 and Table 2 - 5, select the weighting factors which must be applied to the
reported wind speed for each standard pressure level related to the selected yield group. The
weighting factors in Table 2 - 4 are to be used to obtain the EDW speed in knots, and Table 2 -
5 is used to obtain the EDW speed in km/h.
e. To prepare the wind vector plot, label ground zero (GZ). From GZ draw the 1000 hpa wind
vector. The direction of the vector must be the corrected direction, and the length of the vector
is the wind speed in knots multiplied by the weighting factor for the 1000 hpa standard
pressure level and the selected yield. Any map scale may be used.
f. From the end of the 1000 hpa vector, draw the 850 hpa vector using the same procedure, and
proceed by drawing all the vectors needed for the particular weapon yield group.
g. Draw a line from GZ to the end of the last vector.
h. Measure the angle between Grid North (GN) and the line from GZ to the CB height, clockwise.
The measured number of degrees is the effective downwind direction for the selected weapon
yield.
i. Measure the length of the line from GZ to CB. The length (the same map scale as used for the
construction of the wind vector plot) gives the effective downwind speed for the selected
weapon yield.
0212. Worked Example
1. Given: Meteorological (MET) information containing the following standard pressure level wind
data:
Surface 250 08 knots

850 hpa 300 10 "
700 hpa 300 10 "
500 hpa 320 15 "
400 hpa 290 10 "
300 hpa 270 15 "
200 hpa 280 15 "
150 hpa 290 20 "
100 hpa 320 25 "
2. Problem: Compute effective downwind data for weapon yield group DELTAM (31 KT - 100
KT). The effective downwind speed must be in knots.
a. Convert the wind directions given in the MET information, by adding or subtracting 180
degrees:
Surface 070
850 hpa 120
700 hpa 120
500 hpa 140
400 hpa 110
300 hpa 090
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
b. Calculate the wind vector lengths by multiplying the wind speed for each standard pressure
level by the appropriate weighting factor. As the wind speed is wanted in units of knots, the
weighting factors for each standard pressure level are to be found from Table 2 - 4. Use the
horizontal column for weapon yield group DELTAM:
1000 hpa (or surface) 0.12 * 08 knots = 0.96 knots

850 hpa 0.22 * 10 " = 2.2 "
700 hpa 0.26 * 10 " = 2.6 "
500 hpa 0.20 * 15 " = 3.0 "
400 hpa 0.13 * 10 " = 1.3 "
300 hpa 0.07 * 15 " = 1.05 "
c. Construct the wind vector plot. In this example the map scale 1 NM = 2 cm is used (Figure 2 -
2).
(1) Label GZ and the GN line.
(2) From GZ draw the first vector in direction 070 degrees, the length being 1.92 cm.
(3) From the end of the first vector, draw the second in direction 120 degrees and 4.4 cm
long. Proceed in this manner, thus completing the wind vector plot for the DELTAM
weapon yield group.
(4) Draw the line from GZ to the end of the 300 hpa vector, and measure the direction of this
line to be 117 and the length of the line to be 21.2 cm, equal to 10.6 knots.
d. Solution. For the DELTAM weapon yield group the effective downwind direction is 117, and
the effective downwind speed is 10.6 knots.
Figure 2 - 2. DELTAM Yield Group Wind Vector Plot
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 2 - 3. Layers allocated to Standard Pressure Levels,

Cloud Base (Bottom) Parameters for the seven Yield Groups
Standard Level Allocated Nuclear Cloud Weapon
Pressure Height Layer Base Yield KT Group
3 3 3
hpa 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet
1000 00,3 00,0 - 02,5
850 04,8 02,5 - 07,4
700 09,9 07,4 - 14,1 08,5 2 A
14,1 5 B
500 18,3 14,1 - 21,0
400 23,6 21,0 - 26,8 24,9 30 C
300 30,1 26,8 - 32,1 30,5 100 D
250 34,0 32,1 - 36,4 36,1 300 E
200 38,8 36,4 - 41,8
150 44,7 41,8 - 48,9 44,3 1 MT F
100 53,2 48,9 - 56,9 51,8 3 MT G
Table 2 - 4. Weighting Factors applied to

Wind Speeds in Knots to obtain the EDW Speed in Knots
Nuclear Standard Pressure Levels (hpa)
Yield Cloud
Group Bottom
3
10 Feet 1000 850 700 500 400 300 250 200 150 100
A 08,5 0,33 0,56 0,11
B 14,1 0,21 0,36 0,43
C 24,9 0,14 0,24 0,29 0,22 0,11
D 30,5 0,12 0,22 0,26 0,20 0,13 0,07
E 36,1 0,11 0,20 0,23 0,18 0,13 0,09 0,06
F 44,3 0,10 0,18 0,21 0,17 0,11 0,09 0,06 0,06 0,02
G 51,8 0,10 0,17 0,20 0,16 0,10 0,08 0,06 0,06 0,05 0,02
Table 2 - 5. Weighting Factors applied to

Wind Speeds in Knots to obtain EDW Speed in km/h
Nuclear Standard Pressure Levels (hpa)
Yield
Cloud
Group
Base km 1000 850 700 500 400 300 250 200 150 100
A 2,6 0,61 1,04 0,20
B 4,3 0,39 0,67 0,79
C 7,6 0,26 0,45 0,53 0,41 0,20
D 9,3 0,23 0,40 0,47 0,37 0,25 0,13
E 11,0 0,21 0,36 0,43 0,33 0,24 0,17 0,11
F 13,5 0,19 0,33 0,39 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,11 0,04
G 15,8 0,18 0,32 0,37 0,29 0,20 0,15 0,11 0,10 0,10 0,03
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION V - AREAS OF VALIDITY FOR CBRN METEOROLOGICAL DATA
0213. Purpose
1. The purpose of this Section is to delineate the areas of validity for CBRN meteorological
information.
0214. Explanation
1. The grid is developed as follows:
a. The latitudinal bands have a height of 10.
b. The longitudinal sectors have a width of 10.
c. Each quadrangle created by the intersection of a band and a sector is designated by 4

alphabetic letters. The nomenclature is developed as follows:
(1) Beginning at the equator on the northern hemisphere the bands are labelled with an N
(North) followed by an alphabetical letter (the letter I intentionally omitted) in ascending
order to the North.
(2) Beginning at the equator on the southern hemisphere the bands are labelled with an S
(South) followed by an alphabetical letter (the letter I is intentionally omitted) in ascending
order to the south.
(3) Beginning with the sector east of the Greenwich meridian the sectors are labelled with an
E (East) followed by an alphabetical letter (the letters I and O are intentionally omitted)
in ascending order towards the East.
(4) Beginning with the sector West of the Greenwich meridian the sectors are labelled with a
W (West) followed by an alphabetical letter (the letters I and O are intentionally omitted)
in ascending order towards the West.
d. An area is then defined by the label of the band followed by the label of the sector. Thus all
areas on the northern hemisphere begin with an N, while those on the southern hemisphere
begin with an S.
e. These rather large areas of validity can be subdivided repeatedly to allow for higher precision
by applying the following procedure as shown in Figure 2 - 3 for the quadrangle marked with a
dot:
(1) The current quadrangle is subdivided into four sub quadrangles by using one half of the
current sector and bandwidth respectively.
(2) The four sub quadrangles are numbered clockwise from 1 to 4, beginning with the
Northeast sub quadrangle.
(3) The number of the sub quadrangle to be referred to is appended to the current reference.
f. This procedure can be repeated to define even smaller areas by adding further digits in the
same manner. In the example only two subdivisions were carried out to define a quadrangle
referenced as NDEL13 of 2.5 x 2.5. A diagram for the southern hemisphere is shown in
Figure 2 - 4.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
g. All quadrangles must face north in order to have the sub quadrangles numbered the same way
on both the northern and the southern hemispheres.
0215. Provision of Meteorological Data for Out of Area Operations
1. For out of Area operations the appropriate weather agency will be identified and tasked by the
appropriate NATO Command.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 2 - 3. Areas of Validity for the Northern Hemisphere

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 2 - 4. Areas of Validity for the Southern Hemisphere
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CHAPTER 3
CHEMICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING (ON LAND)
SECTION I GENERAL
0301. Aim
1. This chapter covers the chemical prediction procedures for operations on land. It provides
information on the location and the extent of the hazard area and the duration of the hazard resulting
from releases of chemical substances being accidental or from an attack. This provides the necessary
information for commanders to warn their units. However, if actual surveys alter the initial data used for
determination of the release the CBRN 2 CHEM and/or the CBRN 3 CHEM must be changed or
updated.
0302. General
1. Chemical agents are likely to be employed to produce casualties (non-persistent), or to

contaminate ground and/or equipment (persistent). Both may have a similar effect on personnel
depending upon factors such as volume, dissemination means, meteorological conditions.
2. After an attack by chemical agents, two types of hazard can be encountered by personnel
dependent on their position relative to the release area. These are a liquid hazard, a vapour hazard or
both a liquid and a vapour hazard.
a. Liquid Hazard. Liquid agents may under very cold conditions completely stop evaporating and
result in an all-clear survey. However, a hazard can be recreated when temperatures rise.
Personnel in an area contaminated with liquid chemical agents will be exposed to a hazard
that varies according to:
(1) The type and amount of agent disseminated.
(2) The method of dissemination.
(3) The local climatic conditions.
(4) The nature of the terrain.
(5) The time lapse after the contamination.
b. Vapour Hazard. All chemical agents present a vapour or aerosol hazard to personnel
downwind of the release area. The area covered by this hazard may be estimated by using
prediction techniques. The actual downwind distance covered by a toxic cloud will depend on
the type and amount of agent disseminated, the method of dissemination, the climatic
conditions and the terrain.
c. Non persistent Agents. Most non persistent agents are disseminated mainly as vapour, but
some of the agent types may leave unevaporated liquid in shell or bomb craters for either
hours or days depending upon the climatic conditions and the munitions type. Craters should
be avoided until CBRN RECCE or SIBCRA teams have proved the absence of a liquid hazard.
d. Persistent Agents. Persistent agents are disseminated as liquid and present a vapour hazard
as well as a contact hazard. This hazard will last for several hours to days depending on the
terrain, climatic conditions and munitions type.
e. Thickened, Non persistent. Thickened, non persistent agents may have to be treated as
persistent, ground contaminating agents. Blister agents are normally classified as persistent
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
agents. Some agents however, are very volatile and should be treated as non persistent, but
still ground contaminating agents.
3. Border areas. Some agents normally classified as non persistent may behave as persistent
agents in very cold environments. On the other hand, persistent agents in very hot environments may
behave such as non persistent agents. Liquid from both non persistent and persistent agents may
freeze at low temperatures e.g. HD freezes at temperatures below 14C, and can present a delayed
hazard to personnel when the temperature rises.
0303. Chronology
1. Unprotected personnel in a release area will be exposed to the chemical agent hazards unless
they take immediate protective action at the first indication of an attack.
2. The actual dimensions of the downwind hazard area will depend on factors such as the means
of delivery, the category of agent, the type of attack, and on weather and terrain. That said, the cloud
arrival time at positions downwind of the attack point or area will be calculated using the downwind
speed.
3. The ability to provide timely warning to personnel downwind of the point or area of attack will
depend on the time taken to learn of the attack, the time taken to predict a downwind hazard area and
the time required to transmit the warning to those in the hazard area.
0304. Primary Factors Influencing Hazard Predictions
1. The prediction of a release and/or hazard area is dependent upon factors such as:
a. The means of delivery;
b. The type of release; and
c. The meteorological factors.
2. The means of delivery and the type of chemical containers are listed in Annex C, paragraphs
C012 and C013.
0305. Assumptions
1. It is assumed, that once chemical warfare has been initiated, personnel in areas attacked by
aircraft or missiles, or coming under artillery or other bombardments, will immediately and
automatically carry out appropriate chemical defence drills, whether or not a chemical alarm has been
given.
2. An attacked unit will attempt to alarm all friendly forces in the immediate vicinity, using the
procedures prescribed in STANAG 2047 (Emergency Alarms of Hazard or Attacks (CBRN and air
attacks only)).
3. In fixed installations, and in other cases, where established communications and/or alarms are
available, these can also be used.
4. Units and installations alarmed in this way should not promulgate the alarm beyond their own
area.
Note: As soon as a commander/CBRN centre realises that completion and submission of a
CBRN 3 CHEM would not warn a unit in the hazard area in time, he/it will attempt to pass
the alarm by the most expeditious means available.
5. CBRN Collection/Sub Collection Centres will use CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 reports to provide
timely warning to units and/or installations in the predicted downwind hazard area. Due to climatic and
geographical variations, the lateral limits of the predicted hazard area are normally to be defined by an
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
angle of lateral spread 30 on either side of the forecast downwind direction. If more detailed
information is available, use Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category and Table 2 - 2. Stability
Category Adjustment. The hazard area prediction will be less reliable as the distance from the point of
emission increases.
6. Units in the downwind hazard area, warned by a CBRN Collection/Sub Collection Centre, will
not raise an alarm outside their own area, but will submit a CBRN 4 CHEM in accordance with SOPs
on the actual arrival of the chemical agent cloud.
7. The limiting dosages of agents assumed in establishing the procedures for hazard area
prediction, while not sufficient to create casualties immediately, may cause later effects, i.e. miosis
from nerve agents.
8. Determine the downwind hazard area distance:
a. If no more detailed information is available, go to Table 3 - 2;
b. If more detailed information is available regarding agent type, means of delivery and wind
speed use the Table 3 - 3; Table 3 - 4 and or the equations in AEP-45.
9. Hazard prediction and reporting of a munition found leaking or suspected leaking on the
battlefield will be carried out in accordance with Type D sub-case 1 procedures.
0306. Types and Sub-types of Chemical Releases
1. Chemical releases can be divided into 4 types:
a. Type A Chemical Weapon. A release following a attack with a air contaminating (non-
persistent) chemical agent;
b. Type B - Chemical Weapon. A release following a attack with a ground contaminating

(persistent) chemical agent;
c. Type C Chemical Agent Release of Unknown Origin. Detection of a chemical agent following
a unobserved release; and
d. Type D - Chemical Substance Releases. There are three Sub-types of releases under Type D:
(1) Sub-type 1 - Point Source Release from Tank or Container. Release resulting from a
stationary tank or container (this Sub-type includes leakage from bulk storage of chemical
agents and leaking chemical munitions);
(2) Sub-type 2 - Moving Source Release from Tank or Container. Release from a leaking tank
or container on the move, resulting in the dispersion of a chemical over an extended
distance; and
(3) Sub-type 3 - Chemical Substance Unobserved Release. Procedures to be used for the
calculation of a hazard area following the detection of a chemical substance after an
unobserved release.
0307. Procedures and Constraints
1. Procedures. The FIRST CBRN 1 CHEM message report will be sent with the precedence
FLASH (Z). All other messages should be given a precedence, which reflects the operational value of
the contents. Normally IMMEDIATE (O) would be appropriate.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
a. Record and update the following information:
(1) Weather information from relevant CBRN CDRs, which may contain both forecast data
and measured data;
(2) Weather information from local measurements/observations, which may contain both data
before and during the chemical cloud passage period; and
(3) A database of local meteorology measured during the chemical cloud passage period.
b. Record terrain features (wooded areas, mountains, plains, etc.), which may influence the
direction and speed of chemical release clouds.
c. Select, in accordance with national directives, the weather information to be used and
calculate the predicted downwind hazard area.
d. On receipt of CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM estimate the meteorological parameters for
the release area and downwind of the release area.
e. A CBRN 3 CHEM may be generated and considered for distribution whenever a chemical
release has taken place. If detection equipment is available this report will most likely be
generated from one or more CBRN 1, 2 or 4 CHEM reports. However, when the release has
not been identified by detection equipment, the CBRN 3 CHEM report will most likely be
generated from multiple CBRN 1 or 2 CHEM reports based on observers.
f. The CBRN 3 report informs on the prediction of a downwind hazard area. This prediction is
safe sided to ensure that a militarily significant hazard will not exist outside of the predicted
hazard area. The CBRN 3 report is reevaluated every two hours. However, the situation can
suddenly change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes
essential. Units currently affected and those previously affected must be notified that they are
in (or are no longer in) the hazard area.
g. When using the Emergency Response Guidebook (ERG) as the source for distances the ERG
ISOLATION DISTANCE will equate to the release area radius (r) and the PROTECTIVE
ACTION DISTANCE will equate to the hazard area radius.
2. Constraints:
a. When calculating the predicted downwind hazard area from chemical releases, many factors
will affect the accuracy of the prediction. Some of these factors are:
(1) Type of and amount of chemical substance(s);
(2) Type of and amount of delivery or storage system(s);
(3) Type of and amount of agent container(s);
(4) Terrain composition ;
(5) Type of surface(s);
(6) Vegetation(s);
(7) Air stability;
(8) Surface air temperature;
(9) Relative humidity;
(10) rain, clouds etc. and
(11) Changes to any of these factors.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
b. Some of these factors are not considered when using the procedures in this chapter, unless
evaluated and estimated manually by the user.
c. The procedures shown in this chapter are based on the limited amount of information available
at the time of the incident.
d. To be able to make more accurate predictions, more information about the listed factors has to
be available and more sophisticated methods have to be used for prediction. Such procedures
are described in AEP-45.
e. The initial hazard area is considered valid until additional information is available. When
significant changes in weather conditions occur, a recalculation of the hazard prediction
detailed procedure must be carried out (see Section VI).
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION II CHEMICAL WEAPON HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES
0308. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction - Simplified Procedures
1. The simplified procedure is primarily used for immediate warning. As soon as possible the
detailed procedures must be carried out. A typical situation where simplified procedures will be used is
when the substance type and persistency are not known.
0309. Release Area - Simplified Procedures
1. The release area is drawn as a circle of 2 km radius, centred at the release location.
2. Where multiple release locations are reported in set FOXTROT, draw a 2 km radius circle for
each location. A CBRN 1 having multiple FOXTROT locations is not necessarily related to a line
source because:
a. The information about a line release may be missing in the message; or
b. The message may be a report of 2 point releases.
0310. Hazard Area - Simplified Procedures
1. Case 1 - Wind Speed Less than or Equal to 10 km/h. Since the wind speed is considered
light and the direction can vary often, the downwind hazard area distance (DHD) is plotted as a circle
of 10 km radius. This also applies when wind direction is reported as variable (VAB in CDR).
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA32//
ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/-/6/1//
CBRN 1 CHEM
BRAVO/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/-//
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/AA//
GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/TS:V/P/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
CBRN 2 CHEM
ALFA/BEL/001/001/C//
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010/-//
INDIA/SURF/TS:V/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CBRN 3 CHEM
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010//
INDIA/SURF/SN:GA/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/2KM/3-10DAY/10KM/2-6DAY//
PAPAX/030700ZAPR2010/MGRS:31UDS8750050000//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
GENTEXT/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES CALCULATION. DETAILED
PROCEDURES CALCULATION TO FOLLOW//
DHD
r = 10 km Release Area
r = 2 km
Figure 3 - 1. Simplified Procedures Case 1 - Chemical Weapon Hazard Area,

Wind Speed 10 km/h
(1) Estimate the release area from a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM.
(2) Plot a point at the approximate centre of the release area.
(3) Draw the release area as a circle with a radius equal to 2 km centred at the release point.
(4) Draw the hazard area as a circle with a radius equal to 10 km centred at the release point.
(5) Prepare CBRN 3 CHEM messages for units and installations within the hazard area.
(6) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Release, Location of Release and Substance.
(7) Transmit CBRN 3 CHEM messages to units and installations within the hazard area in
accordance with SOPs.
2. Case 2 - Wind Speed Greater than 10 Km/h. The wind direction will be more stable,
therefore, draw a line in the downwind direction starting at the release location of length equal to 10
km, which is the DHD. Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the
downwind direction. Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance starting at
the release location equal to 4 km (2 X radius circle). Draw two lines from the upwind end of the
downwind direction line to the perpendicular line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and
bottom of the release area circle.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA32//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/015/4/10/4/6/1//
CBRN 1 CHEM
BRAVO/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/-//
INDIA/SURF/TS:V/P/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
CBRN 2 CHEM
FOXTROT/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
CBRN 3 CHEM
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAX/030700ZAPR2010/MGRS:31UDS8650048300/MGRS:31UDS8550050000/MGRS:31UDS
8650051700/MGRS:31UDS9760057900/MGRS:31UDS9740041800//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES CALCULATION.
DETAILED PROCEDURES CALCULATION TO FOLLOW//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Hazard Area
GN
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR. 090
30
2 km Max DHD = 10 km
Figure 3 - 2. Simplified Procedures Case 2 - Chemical Weapon Hazard Area,

Wind Speed > 10 km/h
(3) Draw the release area as a circle with a radius equal to 2 km centred at the release point.
(4) Draw the hazard area as a line equal to a line in the downwind direction starting at the
release location of length equal to 10 km centred at the release point.
(5) Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind
direction.
(6) Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance starting at the
release location equal to twice the radius of the release area circle.
(7) Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular
line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle.
(8) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM messages to units and installations within the
hazard area in accordance with SOPs.
0311. Immediate Warning
1. This simplified procedure mentioned above is for immediate warning only. As soon as possible
the detailed procedure discussed below must be carried out.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION III CHEMICAL WEAPON HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED PROCEDURES
0312. Types of Chemical Weapon Releases
1. There are three Types of releases:
a. Type A Air Contaminating Attack. Release following an attack with an air contaminating
(non-persistent) chemical agent.
b. Type B Ground Contaminating Attacks. Release following an attack with a ground

contaminating (persistent) chemical agent.
c. Type C Chemical Agent Release of Unknown Origin. Detection of a chemical agent following
an unobserved release.
Notes:
(1) Type A attack is considered the immediate, short period worst-case attack scenario
because it is an immediate hazard. Assume a Type A attack if:
- Liquid agent cannot be observed or;
- No passive methods or indicators confirm the hazard to be a persistent agent.
(2) For Blood Agents, the release area is similar to Type A, Case 1, (a circle of 1 km
radius) but with no hazard area. Alternatively, plot on the map the attack information in
accordance with national directives.
2. These Types are further subdivided into Cases based on radius of release area, air stability
and the wind speed. These are outlined in the table below. Procedures for determining the downwind
hazard are detailed in the following paragraphs.
3. The earliest time of arrival (ETA) for a chemical cloud can be computed by using the
downwind distance path and the wind speed for each time period multiplied by 1.5. The distance to the
points considered must be measured from the downwind edge (outer edge for Case 1) of the release
area.
4. The latest time of arrival (LTA) for a chemical cloud can be computed by using the downwind
distance path and the wind speed for each time period multiplied by 0.5. Arrival times are computed
using these adjusted wind speeds and the downwind travel distances for each time period. The
distance to the points considered must be measured from the upwind edge (circle centre for Case 1)
of the release area. The following formula will be used to estimate the latest time of arrival (LTA) for
Type A for a chemical cloud or vapour to arrive at a point of interest.
Note:
1. Only ETAs need to be calculated and sent for warnings only.
2. ETAs in minutes to be added to the time of Release.
3. ETAs and LTAs to be converted to DTG.
4. ETAs to be round down.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
5. LTAs to be round up.

6. For Case 1 use wind speed of 10 km/h.
5. A line should be drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, which passes through
the location of unit or installation. For the time period containing the location of unit or installation, the
distance along the downwind path to the perpendicular line is divided by the adjusted wind speed. For
previous time periods the downwind travel distance is divided by the adjusted wind speed. For
previous time periods the downwind travel distance is divided by the adjusted wind speed. The earlist
arrival time or latest time of arrival is the sum of the contributing times; from the last time period back
through the time period containing the release. Some residual airborne cloud mass may remain behind
the area contained between the leading and trailing edges.
6. Calculated arrival times are used for warning only. The actual arrival can only be determined
by detection.
E.g. Point of interest is 12 km away from the centre of the release, the wind 8 km/h, therefore 10
km/h must be used in this example.
12 km X 60 = 48 minutes for the ETA to the point of interest.

(10 km/h X 1.5)
12 km
(10 km/h X 0.5) X 60 = 144 mins = 2 hr and 24 minutes for the LTA to the point of interest.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 3 - 1. Summary of Types and Cases of Chemical Weapons Release Hazard Areas
Radius of
Wind Hazard
Types Cases Type of Containers Release Figures
Speed Distance
Area
BML, BOM, RKT, SHL,

10 (1)
1 MNE, NKN, surface = 1 km 10 km
km/h
A burst MSL
(Non (2)
10 km/
Persistent BML, BOM, RKT, SHL,
Agents) > 10 15 km/
2 MNE, NKN, surface = 1 km
km/h 30 km/
burst MSL
50 km
BML, SHL, MNE,

10 (1)
1 surface burst RKT and = 1 km 10 km
km/h
MSL
BML, SHL, MNE,

> 10
2 surface burst RKT and = 1 km 10 km
km/h
MSL
BOM, NKN, air burst 10 (1)

3 = 2 km 10 km
RKT and MSL km/h
(Persistent BOM, NKN, air burst > 10

4 = 2 km 10 km
Agents) RKT and MSL km/h
10 (1)
5 SPR, GEN = 1 km 10 km
km/h
> 10
6 SPR, GEN = 1 km 10 km
km/h
C Detection after
unobserved release
1 10 km
(CBRN 4 CHEM
(Unobserved) message)
Notes for Table 3 - 1:

(1) Apply when wind direction and speed is less than or equal to 10 km/h or wind
direction is reported as variable (VAB).
(2) See Table 3 - 2.

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0313. Chemical Plotting Decision Tree
Chemical Attack
YES Observed? CBRN 1 NO
Blood Agent? YES
NO
NO YES
Is it persistent?
Type A Type B
Not known Determine Radius

at Release Area
(Delivery Means)
NO Liquid Agent? YES
BML, SHL, MNE, BOM, NKN, Airburst SPR (Tank) and GEN Blood Agent
Surface Burst RKT and MSL RKT and MSL (Aerosol),
Release Area is 1 km Release Area is 2 km Release Area is 1 km
IAW national directives

Wind Speed >10 km/h Wind Speed >10 km/h Wind Speed >10 km/h Wind Speed >10 km/h
Recommend 1 km
Release Area radius
NO YES NO YES NO YES NO YES
Type C Detection
Type A Case 1 Type A Case 2 Type B Case 1 Type B Case 2 Type B Case 3 Type B Case 4 Type B Case 5 Type B Case 6 after Unobserved
Attack (CBRN 4 Chem
message)
1 km Rel. radius 1 km Rel. radius 1 km Release radius 2 km Rel. radius 2 km Release radius 1 km Release 1 km Release radius
10 km Haz. radius 10 km Haz. radius 10 km DHD 10 km Haz. radius 10 km DHD radius 10 km DHD
1 km Rel. radius
10 km Radius circle
Determine DHD in km around centre of
detection location
Type of Container
Stability Probable time after ground contamination at which
1, 2, 3 4 5, 6, 7 Unmasking Procedures may be carried out.
U N S
Calculate validity time Daily Mean Surface Within Release Area Within Hazard Area
Shell, Bomblet, Mines 10 30 50 Air Temp (Number of Days) (Number of Days)
(SHL, BML, MNE)
Total Distance (template) km X 60 (mins)
Surface Burst Missile, Bombs, 0.5 X Windspeed <10C 3 to 10 days 2 to 6 days
Rockets, and unknown munitions 15 30 50 11-20C 2 to 4 days 1 to 12days
(MSL, BOM, RKT, NKN) >20C up to 2 days up to1 day
20081101 Flowcharts for Chemical Releases ATP-45(D)
Figure 3 - 3. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0314. Type A - Air Contaminating Attack and Downwind Hazard Area Distance (Kilometres)
"On Land"
1. Chemical weapon attacks involving the release of chemical agents creating an air
contaminating (non-persistent) hazard will be realized when an adversary uses bomblets (BML),
bombs (BOM), rocket (RKT), shell (SHL), Mine (chemical filled only) (MNE), not known (NKN), and
surface burst missile (MSL).
2. Type A can be further subdivided into two Cases:
a. Case 1. Wind speed less than or equal to 10 km/h or wind direction is considered variable
(also reported as VAB).
b. Case 2. Wind speed is greater than 10 km/h.
3. The following information is required:
a. CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM; and
b. Detailed MET information e.g. CBRN CDM, or similar information.
Note: If detailed MET information is not available, the air stability category should be determined
by using (Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category, and this category should be
adjusted using Table 2 - 2. Stability Category Adjustment). The downwind direction and
downwind speed must be measured locally.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/001/C//
DELTA/271630ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:33UUB2060030000/AA//
INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/01KM/-/10KM/-//
PAPAX/271630ZAPR2010/MGRS:33UUB2060030000//
YANKEE/105DGT/009KPH//
ZULU/4/18C/9/-/2//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/ TYPE A, CASE 1//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Release Area
DHD r = 1 km
r = 10 km
Figure 3 - 4. Type A, Case 1 - Wind Speed 10 km/h
(1) Obtain the location of the attack from the relevant CBRN CHEM message(s) and plot it on
the map.
(2) Draw a circle, radius 1 km, around the centre of the attack location. The area within this
circle represents the release area.
circle represents the hazard area.
(4) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to those units and installations within the hazard
area in accordance with SOPs.
Attack, Location of Attack and Agent.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
DELTA/271647ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:32UPG5600075000/AA//
INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAX/271600ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UPG6740079100/MGRS:32UPG5570075900/MGRS:32UPG
5500075200/MGRS:32UPG5520074200/MGRS:32UPG5380065700//
ZULU/4/15C/8/-/0//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE A, CASE 2//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Note: In order that a recipient of a CBRN 3 CHEM be able to plot the downwind hazard easily
and quickly, set GENTEXT/CBRNINFO may contain the type, case and the downwind
hazard area distance.
Hazard Area
TN
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR. 105
30
1 km DHD = 30 km
Figure 3 - 5. Type A, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h
the map.
(2) From the centre of the attack location, draw a GN line.
(4) Using the valid CBRN CDM, or from locally measured data, identify the air stability
category (Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category and Table 2 - 2. Stability
Category Adjustment), the downwind direction and the downwind speed.
(5) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction.
(6) Determine the downwind hazard area distance:
(a) If no more detailed information is available, go to the following table using the
appropriate air stability category and means of delivery.
Table 3 - 2. Type A, Case 2, Downwind Hazard Area Distance

Distance from centre of release area along
Type of Container downwind axis, when stability condition is:
U N S
Shell, Bomblets and Mines.
10 KM 30 KM 50 KM
(SHL, BML, MNE)
Surface burst Missiles, Bombs, Rockets, and
15 KM 30 KM 50 KM
Unknown Munitions. (MSL, BOM, RKT, NKN)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(b) If more detailed information is available regarding agent type, means of delivery and
wind speed use the tables Table 3 - 3 and Table 3 - 4 or the equations in AEP-45.
(7) Plot the maximum downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the
downwind line.
(8) From the maximum downwind distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind
direction line. Extend the line either side of the downwind direction line.
(9) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area, 2 km. This is equal
to twice the radius of the release area.
(10) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the maximum downwind distance line.
(See (8) above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the downwind line.
(11) The hazard area is taken to be the area bounded by:
(a) The upwind edge of the release area circle.
(b) The two 30 tangents.
(c) The maximum downwind distance line.
(12) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the predicted hazard
(13) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Attack,
Location of Attack and Agent.
Table 3 - 3. Downwind Hazard Area Distance Table 3 - 4. Downwind Hazard Area Distance
for SARIN and SOMAN (km) versus Wind for SARIN and SOMAN (km) versus Wind
Speed (km/h) Speed (km/h)
and Air Stability, on LAND and Air Stability, on LAND
Size of Release : SML Size of Release :LRG

STABILITY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DOSE STABILITY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DOSE
WIND <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 5 5 LCt50 WIND <1 5 5 5 10 10 10 LCt50
11 17 5 5 10 10 15 15 15 ICt5 11 17 10 20 25 40 50 45 35 ICt5
km/h 5 10 10 15 20 25 20 MIOSIS km/h 15 25 40 55 65 60 45 MIOSIS
WIND <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND <1 5 5 5 5 10 LCt50
18 26 5 5 5 10 15 20 ICt5 18 26 10 15 25 35 50 55 ICt5
km/h 5 5 10 15 20 25 MIOSIS km/h 15 20 35 50 70 75 MIOSIS
WIND <1 <1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND <1 5 5 5 LCt50
27 36 5 5 10 10 ICt5 27 36 10 20 30 40 ICt5
km/h 5 10 10 15 MIOSIS km/h 15 25 40 60 MIOSIS
WIND <1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND <1 5 5 LCt50
37 45 5 5 10 ICt5 37 45 15 25 35 ICt5
km/h 5 10 15 MIOSIS km/h 25 35 55 MIOSIS
WIND <1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND <1 5 5 LCt50
46 54 5 5 10 ICt5 46 54 15 20 30 ICt5
WIND <1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND <1 5 5 LCt50
55 63 5 5 5 ICt5 55 63 10 20 30 ICt5
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Note: When information concerning type of containers is not available, use the figures for
missiles, bombs and unknown munitions.
0315. Type B - Ground Contaminating Attacks
1. Chemical weapon attacks involving the release of chemical agents creating a ground
contaminating (persistent) hazard will be realized when an adversary uses BML, SHL, MNE, Surface
burst RKT, BOM, NKN, Air burst RKT, SPR, GEN and MSL. Type B can be further subdivided into six
cases:
a. Case 1. BML, SHL, MNE, Surface burst RKT and MSL with wind speed less than or equal to
10 km/h or wind direction is considered variable (also reported as VAB).
b. Case 2. BML, SHL, MNE, Surface burst RKT and MSL with wind speed is greater than 10
km/h.
c. Case 3. BOM, NKN, Air burst RKT and MSL with wind speed less than or equal to 10 km/h or
wind direction is considered variable (also reported as VAB).
d. Case 4. BOM, NKN, Air burst RKT and MSL with wind speed is greater than 10 km/h.
e. Case 5. SPR and GEN with wind speed less than or equal to 10 km/h or wind direction is
considered variable (also reported as VAB).
f. Case 6. SPR and GEN with wind speed is greater than 10 km/h.
2. The following information is required:
a. CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM;
b. The daily mean surface temperature; and
c. Detailed Met information e.g. CBRN CDM, or similar information.
3. The daily mean surface temperature is needed for the estimation of the probable time after
which personnel may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no
more chemical hazard (Table 3 - 5).
Table 3 - 5. Type B, Probable Time Required before Mask Removal after a release
Daily mean surface air Within release area Within hazard area
temperature (number of days) (number of days)
< 10 C 3 to 10 2 to 6
10 - 20 C 2 to 4 1 to 2
> 20 C up to 2 up to 1
Assumptions:
2
The estimates assume ground contamination densities up to 10 g/m .
In making hazard estimates, vapour has been considered to be the determining factor within
the release area as well as in the downwind hazard area. The duration of hazard from contact
with bare skin is, however, difficult to predict. The duration can only be determined by the use
of chemical agent detection or confirmation devices.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
When temperatures are considerably lower than 0 C, the duration of contamination may be
longer than indicated in the table. The absence of vapour does not preclude the presence of
contamination.
Daily mean surface air temperature may be obtained from local MET sources.
The air stability category is not considered in Type B hazard prediction. The maximum
downwind distance is always 10 km.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
DELTA/271630ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:33UUB2060030000/AA//
GOLF/OBS/-/-/SHL/-//
INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/01KM/2-4 DAY/10KM/1-2 DAY//
PAPAX/271630ZAPR2010/MGRS:33UUB2060030000//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 1//
DHD Release Area

r = 10 km r = 1 km
Figure 3 - 6. Type B, Case 1 - Wind Speed 10 km/h
the map.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(6) Using Table 3 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel
may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no more
chemical hazard.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
DELTA/271650ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNH2500001000/AA//
GOLF/OBS/-/-/SHL/-//
INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAX/271600ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UNH3710002000/MGRS:32UNH2500002000/MGRS:32UNH
2410001500/MGRS:32UNH2410000500/MGRS:32UNG3010090000//
Hazard Area
GN
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR. 120
30
1 km DHD = 10 km
Figure 3 - 7. Type B, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h
the map.
(2) From the centre of the attack location, draw a GN Line.
(5) Plot the 10 km downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind
line.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(6) From the 10 km downwind distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind direction
line. Extend the line either side of the downwind direction line.
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the 10 km downwind distance line. (See
(6) above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the downwind line.
(9) Using Table 3 - 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel
chemical hazard.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/BEL/A234/001/C//
FOXTROT/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/EE//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
DHD
r = 2 km
Hazard Area
Figure 3 - 8. Type B, Case 3 - Wind Speed 10 km/h
the map.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
chemical hazard.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
DELTA/181730ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNH3200001000/EE//
INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAX/181700ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UNH4410005100/MGRS:32UNH3160002900/MGRS:32UNH301
0001600/MGRS:32UNG3040099700/MGRS:32UNG3860089900//
ZULU/4/16C/-/-/2//
Hazard Area
TN
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR. 110
30
2 km DHD = 10 km
Figure 3 - 9. Type B, Case 4 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h
the map.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(2) Estimate the centre of the release area, and draw a circle, radius 2 km around that centre
point.
(3) From the centre of the release area, draw a GN Line.
(5) Plot the 10 km downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind
line.
(6) From the 10 km downwind distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind direction
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the 10 km downwind distance line (See (6)
above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the downwind line.
chemical hazard.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA12//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/-/6/1//
CBRN 3 CHEM
DELTA/031330ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG4200062000/EE/MGRS:32UNG4350062000/EE//
GOLF/SUS/-/-/SPR//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAX/031300ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UNG4200062000/MGRS:32UNG4350062000//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
GN
DHD
r = 10 km
Release Area Release Area

r = 1 km r = 1 km
Hazard Area
Figure 3 - 10. Type B, Case 5 -

Any Dimension of Release Area > 2 km. Wind Speed 10 km/h
(1) Estimate the release area from a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM and plot a point at
each extreme end.
(2) Connect the end points to form one or more attack lines.
(3) Draw a 1 km radius circle around each end point.
(4) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the
attack line, to designate the release area.
(5) Draw a 10 km radius around each 1 km circle at the end points.
attack line, to designate the hazard area.
chemical hazard.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA43//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/155/015/4/10/-/6/1//
CBRN 3 CHEM
DELTA/031350ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:33UUC3300006000/EE/MGRS:33UUC3700006100/EE//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
GOLF/OBS/-/-/SPR/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAX/031300ZAPR2010/MGRS:33UUB3500094100/MGRS:33UUB3000994000/MGRS:33UUC320
0006100/MGRS:33UUC3260006900/MGRS:33UUC3660007000/MGRS:33UUC3760006900/MGRS:3
3UUC4750000000//
GN GN
Release Area
30 30
Downwind Direction 155

30
30
DHD 10 KM
Hazard Area
B A
Figure 3 - 11. Type B, Case 6 -
Any Dimension of Release Area > 2 km. Wind Speed > 10 km/h
(1) Estimate the release area from the CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM and plot it on a
map.
(2) Identify and mark the extremities of the estimated release area, and connect the end
points to form one or more attack lines.
(3) Using the extremities as centre points, draw circles, radius of 1 km, around each point.
Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the
attack line, to designate the release area.
(4) Draw a Grid North line from the centre of each circle.
(5) Consider each circle as a separate release area and carry out the following procedure for
each release area:
(a) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction.
(b) Plot the 10 km downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the
downwind line.
(c) From the 10 km downwind distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind
direction line. Extend the line either side of the downwind direction line.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(d) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area, 2 km. This is
equal to twice the radius of the release area.
(e) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the 10 km downwind distance line.
(See (5) (c) above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the downwind line.
(f) Draw a line connecting the downwind corners of the 2 vapour hazard areas (Points
"A" and "B".
chemical hazard.
0316. Type C Chemical Agent Release of Unknown Origin
1. The following hazard prediction plotting procedures will be used for the calculation of a hazard
area following the detection of a chemical agent after an unobserved release. Type C, has only one
case (Case 1).
Hazard Area
Release Area
DHD
r = 10 km
Figure 3 - 12. Type C, Case 1 Chemical Agent release of Unknown Origin
(1) Obtain the location of detection from the relevant CBRN 4 CHEM message (set QUEBEC)
and then plot it on the map.
(2) Draw a circle with a 10 km radius around the centre of the detection location. The area
within this circle represents both the release area and the hazard area.
(3) Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the predicted hazard
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(4) If a new CBRN 4 CHEM message, that cannot be allocated to a strike, specifies a location
outside of the hazard area, repeat procedures for the new location.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION IV TYPE D, CHEMICAL SUBSTANCE HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED

PROCEDURE
0317. General
1. Chemical agents and TIC, which are commonly used in industrial processes, are stored and
transported in various tanks and containers depending on their physical conditions. They also present
a wide range of hazards, e.g. toxic, corrosive, flammable, oxidizing etc. and often there is a
combination of hazards. Some chemicals are unstable and might react violently with water, with other
chemical substances, or on changes of the temperature and pressure. TICs can be handled as solids,
liquids or gases. In order to simplify the handling of gases they are often liquefied. This is attained
either by storing them under pressure or at low temperature. Further, on industrial sites, TICs are
stored in various stationary tanks that can contain several hundred tons of chemicals. The tanks are
often connected to extensive pipe-systems. Chemicals are also transported in ships both in chemical
tankers and in pressurized tanks onboard ships and barges. Transportation of TICs is embraced by
international regulations supervised by the United Nations.
2. The potentially largest hazard arises from toxic and/or corrosive gases stored under pressure.
Due to the pressure a release is rapidly disseminated into the atmosphere both in gaseous and
aerosolized form. Such a chemical cloud could travel with the wind several kilometres. Liquids,
especially when volatile, can also create toxic clouds e.g. by evaporation from a pool of spilled
chemicals. A special hazard arises when chemicals are set on fire or released into a fire.
3. These hazards arising from chemical substances release scenarios have been reviewed to
reduce the very large number of possible release scenarios. These scenarios, which do not involve a
chemical weapon attack, are covered herein under the type D.
0318. Release Area Simplified Procedures
2. Where multiple release locations are reported in set FOXTROT, draw a 1 km radius circle for
each location. A CBRN 1 having multiple FOXTROT locations is not necessarily related to a line
source because:
a. The information about a line release may be missing in the message; or
b. The message may be a report of 2 point releases.
0319. Hazard Area Simplified Procedures
1. Case 1 - Wind Speed Less than or Equal to 10 Km/h. The hazard area is plotted as a circle
of 3 km radius. This also applies when wind direction is reported as variable (VAB). The distance of 3
km represents the fact that most releases will fall within 1 km. Worst-case distances would lead to
unrealistically long distances in most cases. The distance of 3 km creates some time (12 min at
windspeed 15 km/h) to take action if more information should indicate a longer distance. The 3 km
distance is also used for other cases with uncertain circumstances, such as substance unknown.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM with ONE FOXTROT LOCATION

DELTA/122030ZDEC2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG5000050000/AA//
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/CON/SMLCHEM//
INDIA/SURF/NKN/NKN/-/-//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1KM/-/3KM/-//
PAPAX/122000ZDEC2010/MGRS:32UNG5000050000//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES CALCULATION. DETAILED
CBRN 3 CHEM with Moving Source

DELTA/122030ZDEC2010/122035ZDEC2010//
FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG5000050000/AA/MGRS:32UNG6500050000/AA//
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/CON/SMLCHEM//
INDIA/SURF/NKN/NKN/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1KM/-/3KM/-//
PAPAX/122000ZDEC2010/MGRS:32UNG5000050000/MGRS:32UNG6500050000//
GN
DHD
r = 3 km
Release Area Release Area

Release Area r = 1 km r = 1 km
DHD r = 1 km
r = 3 km
Hazard Area
Hazard Area
Wind Speed 10 km/h

Wind Speed 10 km/h
Figure 3 - 13. Simplified Procedures, Type D, Case 1
2. Case 2 - Wind Speed Greater than 10 Km/h. Draw a line in the downwind direction starting
at the release location of length equal to 3 km. Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line
perpendicular to the downwind direction. Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a
distance starting at the release location equal to 2 km. The length of this line is twice the radius of the
release area. Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular
line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle. These two
lines will be at a 30 angle from the downwind direction line. Substance type and persistency not
known.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM with ONE FOXTROT LOCATION

DELTA/122030ZDEC2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG5000050000/AA//
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/CON/SML//
INDIA/SURF/NKN/NKN/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1KM/-/3KM/-//
PAPAX/122000ZDEC2010/32UNG4950049140/MGRS:32UNG4900050000/MGRS:32UNG495005087
0/MGRS:32UNG5300052880/MGRS:32UNG5300047110//
CBRN 3 CHEM with MULTIPLE FOXTROT LOCATION

DELTA/281000ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:32VMH7470038800/EE/MGRS:32VMH7490038800/EE//
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/CON/SML//
INDIA/SURF/NKN/NKN//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/01KM/96HR/3KM/48HR//
PAPAX/280900ZAPR2010/MGRS:32VMH8460031800/MGRS:32VMH8460032900/MGRS:32VMH856
0033500/MGRS:32VMH8460034100/MGRS:32VMH8470045600/MGRS:32VMH7420039600/MGRS:3
2VMH7400039500/MGRS:32VMH7390039400/MGRS:32VMH7380039300/MGRS:32VMH738003920
0/MGRS:32VMH7370039100/MGRS:32VMH7370038900/MGRS:32VMH7370038800/MGRS:32VMH7
360026600/MGRS:32VMH8360032400/MGRS:32VMH8460031800//
GENTEXT/-//
GN
Hazard Area
Release Area
1 km
GN
30 30
30
Release Area
30
DOWNWIND DIR. 090 30
DHD = 3 km
30
1 km DHD = 3 km
Hazard Area
B A
Wind Speed > 10 km/h Wind Speed > 10 km/h
Figure 3 - 14. Simplified Procedures, Type D, Case 2
(1) Estimate the release area from a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM and plot a point at the
approximate centre of the release area.
(2) Draw a 1 km radius circle around that point.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(3) Draw a line in the downwind direction starting at the release location of length equal to 3
km.
direction.
release location equal to 2 km, which is twice the length of the release area radius.
1. This simplified procedure mentioned above is for immediate warning only. As soon as possible
the detailed procedure discussed below must be carried out.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION V TYPE D, CHEMICAL SUBSTANCE HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED PROCEDURE
0321. Sub-types of Chemical Substance Releases
1. Due to the differences in release types, hazard prediction methodology for detailed procedures
must be broken down into three Sub-types.
a. Sub-type 1 - Point Source Release from Tank or Container. Release resulting from a stationary
tank or container (this Sub-type includes leakage from bulk storage of chemical agents and
leaking chemical munitions);
b. Sub-type 2 - Moving Source Release from Tank or Container. Release from a leaking tank or
container on the move, resulting in the dispersion of a chemical over an extended distance; and
c. Sub-type 3 - Chemical Substance Unobserved Release. Procedures to be used for the

calculation of a hazard area following the detection of a chemical substance after an unobserved
release.
2. The earliest time of arrival (ETA) for a chemical cloud for Type D can be computed by using the
downwind distance path and the wind speed multiplied by 1.5. The distance to the points considered
must be measured from the downwind edge of the release area.
3. The latest time of arrival (LTA) for a chemical cloud Type D can be computed by using the
downwind distance path and the wind speed multiplied by 0.5. Arrival times are computed using
these adjusted wind speeds and the downwind travel distance. The distance to the points considered
must be measured from the upwind edge of the release area. The following formula will be used to
estimate the latest time of arrival (LTA) for Type D for a chemical cloud or vapour to arrive at a point
of interest.
Note:
1. Only ETAs need to be calculated and sent for warnings only.
2. ETAs in minutes to be added to the time of Release.
3. ETAs and LTAs to be converted to DTG.
4. ETAs to be round down.
5. LTAs to be round up.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
the location of unit or installation. The distance along the downwind path to the perpendicular
line is divided by the adjusted wind speed. Some residual airborne cloud mass may remain
behind the area contained between the leading and trailing edges.
by detection.
E.g. Point of interest is 12 km away from the centre of the release, the wind 8 km/h, therefore 10
km/h must be used in this example.
12 km X 60 = 48 minutes for the ETA to the point of interest

(10 km/h X 1.5)
12 km
(10 km/h X 0.5) X 60 = 144 mins = 2 hr and 24 minutes for the LTA to the point of interest
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 3 - 6. Type D - Summary of Chemical Substances Release Hazard Areas
Stability Point Source

Wind Speed D1 CBRN 3 D2 CBRN 3
Type of Release Size of Release Prediction Method Case Example UN/ID
(U or N/S) (km/h) Graphic Graphic 3
1017 - Chlorine
Unstable Simplified
Procedures 10 km/h 1
(U)
Immediate
All Sizes Release Area N/A
Warning Neutral or 1 km
Stable > 10 km/h 2
(N or S) Hazard Area
3 km
ERG UN/ID 10 km/h 1 Release Area

(Green-Bordered 60 m
Unstable Pages)
Point Release (U)
Hazard Area
Sub-type 1 > 10 km/h 2
Small SMALL - DAY 400 m
(D1)
200 litres
and 10 km/h 1
(SML) ERG UN/ID Release Area
Neutral or (Green-Bordered 60 m
Moving Release Stable Pages)
Sub-type 2 (N or S) Hazard Area
(D2) > 10 km/h 2
SMALL - NIGHT 1.5 km
Medium ERG UN/ID Release Area

Unstable
(Green-Bordered 10 km/h 1 500 m
(U)
> 200 litres Pages)
3
IAW ERG 2012 Table 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
1017 - Chlorine
1500 kg Hazard Area
(MED) LARGE - DAY 3.0 km
> 10 km/h 2

Stable Pages)
> 10 km/h 2
LARGE - NIGHT 7,9 km

(Green-Bordered 500 m
Large Unstable Pages)
(U)
Hazard Area
> 10 km/h 2
> 1500 kg 2 x LARGE - DAY 6 km
50000 kg
(LRG)
Or ERG UN/ID 10 km/h 1 Release Area
Unknown Neutral or (Green-Bordered 500 m
Release Size Stable Pages)
> 10 km/h 2
2 x LARGE - NIGHT 15,8 km
ERG UN/ID Release Area

Extra Large Unstable
(Green-Bordered 10 km/h 1 500 m
(U)
Pages)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
1017 - Chlorine
> 50000 kg Hazard Area
(XLG) 6 x LARGE - DAY 18 km
> 10 km/h 2

Stable Pages)
6 x LARGE - NIGHT > 10 km/h 2 47,4 km
Notes: 1. Moving Source Hazard Area Distance Reduction Factor. See paragraph 0324 for the procedures to establish the reduction factor to determine the
downwind hazard area distance value for a moving source.
2. If there is a FIRE, or if a FIRE is Involved. Go directly to the appropriate guide (orange-bordered pages) in the ERG for the identified UN/ID substance,
and use the evacuation information shown under PUBLIC SAFETY. This distance will be used to replace the isolation distance found in the Table of Initial
Isolation and Protective Action Distances (green-bordered pages). The Hazard Area distance will remain the same as per the distances found in the green-
bordered pages.
Unobserved Release Area and
Release N/A N/A Hazard Area N/A N/A N/A N/A
Sub-type 3 (D3) 3 km
Substance Simplified Procedure
Unknown 10 km/h 1
Release Area
Or N/A N/A 1 km N/A
> 10 km/h 2
ERG or UN/ID Hazard Area
Not Available 3 km
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
1017 - Chlorine
Release Area 10 km/h 1

Unknown 1.6 km
Substance on
N/A N/A N/A
Fire or Release
into Fire Hazard Area
> 10 km/h 2
3 km
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0322. Chemical Substance Type D - Plotting Decision Tree
Observed? CBRN
Moving Release Sub Type 2
Go to Next Page
NO
YES
Determine the Size of Release
Point Release Sub Type 1 NO Table of Initial Isolation and Protective Action Distances
(Green Bordered Pages)
Small 200lts = ERG Small Spill
Medium >200lts 1500kg = ERG Large Spill
YES Large >1500kg 50000kg = ERG 2x Large Spill
Extra Large >50000kg = ERG 6x Large Spill
Substance Identified Unknown Size = ERG 2x Large Spill
NO YES
Substance on Fire or
released into Fire
NO YES
Determine Stability
Release Area 1km Release Area 1.6 km Unstable (U) Neutral or Stable (N/S)
Hazard Area 3 km Hazard Area 3 km ERG Day Values ERG Night Values
Unobserved Release Sub Type 3

3 km Radius Circle around
centre of detection location Wind Speed >10km/h Wind Speed >10km/h Wind Speed >10km/h Wind Speed >10km/h
NO YES NO YES NO YES NO YES
If there is a FIRE, or if a FIRE IS INVOLVED, go directly to the

appropriate guide (orange-bordered pages) and use the evacuation
information shown under PUBLIC SAFETY, for Release Area distances.
20080414 Type D Flow Cart - Hazard Area distance will remain as per green pages.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 3 - 15. Type D, Chemical Substance Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0323. Type D, Sub-type 1 Point Source Release from Tank or Container
1. The release from a tank or a container may be intended or accidental. The size of the hazard
area resulting from a release from a damaged container, tank, or pipe connected to a tank is mainly
depending of three factors (in addition to the meteorological factors):
a. The properties of the chemical substance;
b. The amount of chemical substance released; and
c. The size of the break or burst.
2. Although not critical, it is important to identify the actual chemical substance involved. This can
be attained by using the 4-digit UN ID number or CAS number, which is displayed on placards on
containers and tanks and should be stated in field 2 of set INDIA. The ID number (or the name of the
substance, if known) can then be used to find the appropriate procedure in the ERG. This also applies
to releases from bulk storage of chemical agents or leaking chemical agent munitions. (Chemical
agents hazard distances for Type D are listed under ID number 2810 in the green section of ERG).
3. The size of the release should be stated in field 5 of set GOLF as follows:
a. Small release (SMLCHEM) 200 litres or less;
b. Medium release (MEDCHEM) more than 200 litres but 1500 kg or less (equal to ERG large
spill);
c. Large release (LRGCHEM) More than 1500 kg but 50000 kg or less (equal to 2 x ERG large
spill); and
d. Extra large release (XLGCHEM) 50000 kg or more (equal to 6 x ERG large spill).
Notes:
Normal practice when dealing with values greater than 200 litres shows that weight is
used as the unit of measurement.
A conversion factor of 1.0 can be used between litres and kg (e.g. 50 kg corresponds to
50 litres)
4. The procedures for Sub-type 1 is as follows:
a. Stability Category. Using the valid CBRN CDR, or from locally measured data, identify the air
stability category (Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category and Table 2 - 2. Stability
Category Adjustment):
(1) Unstable (U) use the day values in ERG (green section);
(2) Stable (S) use night values; and
(3) Neutral (N), use night values.
b. Release Area. The release area is assumed to be a circle having a radius equal to the
isolation distance from the ERG (green section). For small releases use ERG small spill
values. For medium and larger releases, use ERG large spill values. If the distance is not
found in the green section of the ERG, the orange section should be used. If the ID
number or the ERG is not available, use a radius of 1000 m. As soon as possible when
more information is available, a different radius may be specified in GENTEXT. Draw the circle
of the specified radius centred at the release location.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
c. Spill Size Correction Factors. The hazard area will be calculated using the following size
correction factors as guidelines for spill sizes:
(a) Small Release use ERG small spill values;
(b) Medium Release use ERG large spill values;
(c) Large Release Multiply the ERG large spill values by 2;
(d) Extra Large release Multiply the ERG large spill values by 6; and
(e) Unknown release size Multiply the ERG large spill values by 2.
d. Water-Reactive Substances. These are substances that produce toxic vapour upon contact
with water. If the substance is released into water (specified in set MIKER) and ERG classifies
it as a water-reactive material, use the appropriate distances in ERG green section to
determine release area and downwind hazard area distance (DHD).
e. Fire - Chemical Substances Considerations. When chemicals are set on fire or released into
fire many different substances may arise as products of the combustion process. These
substances could be toxic even if the involved chemicals are not. Many chemical substances
will also react violently to heat. Although a downwind hazard may arise there could also be
hazards independent of wind conditions, e.g. from exploding tanks or containers. If there is a
fire, or if a fire is involved, the release area is assumed to be a circle with radius equal to the
ISOLATE distance obtained from the Fire information text in the ERG orange pages, under the
Public Safety, Evacuation section irrespectively of the size and container type. If the ID
number or the ERG is not available, use a distance of 1600 m. For the hazard area
calculations follow the procedures as stated below.
f. Hazard Area Calculation:
(1) Case 1 - Wind Speed Less than or Equal to 10 km/h. The hazard distance is equal to the
protective action distance obtained from the ERG (green section) using the ID number and
the size of the release. If the distance is not found in the green section of the ERG,
the orange section should be used. If the ID number or the ERG is not available, use
a distance of 3 km. The distance of 3 km represents the fact that most releases will fall
within 1 km. Worst-case distances would lead to unrealistically long distances in most
cases. The distance of 3 km creates some time (12 min at windspeed 15 km/h) to take
action if more information should indicate a longer distance. This also applies when wind
direction is reported as variable (VAB).
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Release
Area
Hazard
Area
Figure 3 - 16. Type D, Sub-type 1; Case 1 - Point Source, Wind Speed 10 km/h
(2) Case 2 - Wind Speed Greater than 10 km/h. Draw a line in the downwind direction starting
at the release location of length equal to the downwind hazard area distance. Draw a line
at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind direction. Extend
the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance equal to twice the release
area radius. Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the
perpendicular line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release
area circle.
Hazard Area
GN
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR. 110
30
X km DHD = Y km
Figure 3 - 17. Type D, Sub-type 1; Case 2 - Point Source, Wind Speed > 10 km/h
(3) Determine the air stability category for a valid CBRN CDR.
(4) Determine the wind speed for a valid CBRN CDR.
(5) Determine the transport container.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(6) Determine the isolation distance from the ERG table 1(green section). If the distance is
not found in the green section of the ERG, the orange section should be used. If the ID
number or the ERG is not available, use a radius of 1 km.
(7) Draw a circle of the specified radius from the previous step centred at the release point.
(8) Determine the downwind hazard area distance according to the size of the release. Apply
the size correction factors if applicable.
(9) Draw a line in the downwind direction starting at the release location of length equal to
ERG protective action distance.
direction.
release location equal to twice the radius of the release area circle.
0324. Type D, Sub-type 2 Moving Source Release from Tank or Container
1. Moving Source Hazard Area Distance Reduction Factor. There is a relationship between the
hazard distances for point and line sources depending on the relationship between the point source
hazard distance and the length of the line source. If the length of the release is known (start and end
point) and the substance and amount is known there can be an estimation of the hazard area distance
using the ERG PROTECT area distance values. If the length of the release is unknown i.e. if the end
or the start point is unknown, use a 3 km distance. The distance of 3 km represents the fact that most
releases will fall within 1 km.
2. Stability Category. Using the valid CBRN CDR, or from locally measured data, identify the air
stability category (Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category and Table 2 - 2. Stability Category
Adjustment):
a. Unstable (U) use the day values in ERG (green section); and
b. Stable (S) and Neutral (N), use night values.
3. The relationship between the hazard distances for point and line sources is shown in the
diagrams below and a few scenarios are presented.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Unstable conditions (ERG daytime)
Figure 3 - 18. Type D, Sub-type 2 Unstable (ERG daytime) Line source Hazard Distance Reduction Factor
Note: The possibility to reduce the hazard area distance for a line source is dependant on the point source hazard distance and the length of the
line source. When the line source length falls between two pre-established curved lines presented in the Hazard Distance Reduction
Factor graph, use the lower value. For example, with an observed moving source for a distance of 3.4 km proceed to use the 3 km line
source.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Example
Sub-type 2
Sulphur dioxide MED (200-1500 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under
Unstable (ERG daytime) conditions:
4
(1) From the ERG green pages extract the point source hazard distance (km) from the
DAY column within the LARGE SPILLS column. In this case the extracted value is
5.6 km. (ID number 1079 from green pages).
(2) Enter the graph on the horizontal axis at the 5.6 km distance.
(3) Draw a vertical line until it intersects the desired curve (in this case select the 3 km
curved line).
(4) From this intersected point, draw a horizontal line to the left until it intersects the
vertical axis of the graph.
(5) Extract the reduction factor. In this case .52. The hazard area distance can be
reduced to .52 in other words 52 % of the point source value extracted from the ERG.
(6) Multiply the point source hazard distance radius by the reduction factor .52. In this
case 5.6 km X .52 = 2.912 km. The new distance (2.912 km) represents the line
source hazard area distance.
Sulphur dioxide XLG (> 50.000 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under
Unstable (ERG daytime) conditions :
Use the ERG value multiplied by 6 (33.6 km). If the length of the release is 3 km the hazard distance
can be reduced to 90 % of the point source value. Therefore, in this example the hazard area radius is
30.24 km, i.e. [(5.6 km X 6) X .9 = 30.24 km].
Chlorine LRG (1500-50000 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under Unstable
(ERG daytime) conditions:
Use the ERG value multiplied by 2 (6 km). If the length of the release is 3 km the hazard distance can
be reduced to 54 % of the point source value. Therefore, in this example the hazard area radius is
3.24 km, i.e. [(3 km X 2) X .54 = 3.24 km].
4
IAW ERG 2012
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Neutral or Stable conditions (ERG Night time)
Figure 3 - 19. Type D, Sub-type 2 Neutral or Stable (ERG Night time) Line source Hazard Distance Reduction Factor
Note: When the line source length falls between two pre-established curved lines presented in the Hazard Distance Reduction Factor graph, use
the lower. For example, with an observed moving source for a distance of 3.4 km proceed to use the 3 km line source.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Example
Subtype 2
Sulphur dioxide MED (200-1500 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under
Neutral or Stable (ERG nighttime) conditions:
(1) From the ERG green pages extract the point source hazard distance (km) from the
NIGHT column within the LARGE SPILLS column. In this case the extracted value
is 11 km.
(2) Enter the graph on the horizontal axis at the 11 km distance.
(3) Draw a vertical line until it intersects the desired curve (in this case the 3 km curved
line).
(4) From this intersected point, draw a horizontal line to the left until it intersects the
vertical axis of the graph.
(5) Extract the reduction factor. In this case .33. The hazard area distance can be
reduced to .33 in other words 33 % of the point source value extracted from the ERG.
(6) Multiply the point source hazard distance radius by the reduction factor .33. In this
case 11 km X .33 = 3.63 km. This new distance (3.63 km) represents the line source
hazard area distance.
Sulphur dioxide XLG (> 50000 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under
Neutral or Stable (ERG nighttime) conditions:
Use the ERG value multiplied by 6 (66 km). If the length of the release is 3 km the hazard distance can
be reduced to 80 % of the point source value. Therefore, in this example the hazard area radius is
52.8 km, i.e. [(11 km X 6) X .8 = 52.8 km].
Chlorine LRG (1500-50000 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under Neutral
or Stable (ERG nighttime) conditions:
Use the ERG value multiplied by 2 (15.8 km). If the length of the release is 3 km the hazard distance
can be reduced to 44 % of the point source value. Therefore, in this example the hazard area radius is
6.952 km, i.e. [(7.9 km X 2) X .44 = 6.952 km].
4. The procedures for Sub-type 2 are as follows:
a. Release Area. If the length of the release from a leaking tank or container on the move
resulting in the dispersion of a chemical over an extended distance is known (start and end
point) and the substance and amount is known, the operator can then estimate the predicted
release area distance using the ERG isolation distance value. For small releases use ERG
small spill values. For medium and larger releases, use ERG large spill values. If the ID
number or the ERG is not available, use a radius of 1000 m. As soon as possible when more
information is available, a different radius may be specified in GENTEXT. In computer
generated messages, the release area radius can be formatted as: RDS: XXXM or RDS:
XXXKM, always using three digits for the radius.
b. Hazard Area:
(1) Case 1 - Wind Speed Less than or Equal to 10 km/h. The hazard distance is calculated
using the protective action distance obtained from the ERG (green section), the ID
number, taking into consideration the size of the release multiplied by the respective size
correction factor when appropriate and the length of the release (start and end point)
applying the corresponding day condition reduction factor. If the distance is not found in
the green section of the ERG, the orange section should be used. If the ID number or the
ERG are not available, use a distance of 3 km multiplied by the respective size correction
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
factor and by the corresponding day condition reduction factor. This also applies when
wind direction is reported as variable (VAB). If the hazard area distance after reduction
factor calculations is smaller then the release area distance then use the release area
distance as the hazard area distance value.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA12//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/008/6/10/-/6/1//
CBRN 1 CHEM
BRAVO/MGRS:32UNG4250062000/-//
DELTA/030130ZAPR2010/-//
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/TNK/LRGCHEM//
INDIA/-/1017/-/-//
MIKER/LIQUID/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/CHLORINE//
CBRN 3 CHEM
DELTA/030130ZAPR2010/-//
INDIA/SURF/1017/-/-//
MIKER/LIQUID/-//
PAPAA/500M/-/6636M/- //
PAPAX/030000ZAPR2010/-//
GN
GN
DHD
r = 6636 m
Release Area
r = 500 m
Hazard Area
Figure 3 - 20. Type D, Sub-type 2, Case 1 - Wind Speed 10 km/h
(1) Estimate the release area from a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM and plot a point at
each extreme end.
(2) Connect the end points to form one or more release lines.
(3) Draw a circle around each end point using the Isolation value extracted from the ERG as
the radius.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
release line, to designate the release area.
(5) Draw a circle around each of the release area circle at the end points using the ERG
protective action distance multiplied by the respective size correction factor and by the
corresponding Stable (6) condition reduction factor. In this case for ERG night time
condition and a moving source length of 3 km (8 km X 2) X .43 = 6.88 km.
release line, to designate the hazard area.
(2) Case 2 - Wind Speed Greater than 10 km/h. Using the values obtained in the Case 1
calculation, draw a line in the downwind direction starting at the release location of length
equal to the downwind hazard area distance. Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction
line perpendicular to the downwind direction. Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind
direction a distance equal to twice the release area radius. Draw two lines from the upwind end
of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular line at the other end, which are tangent to
the top and bottom of the release area circle. If the hazard area distance after reduction factor
calculations is smaller then the release area distance then use the release area distance as
the hazard area distance value.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA12//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/155/015/6/10/-/6/1//
CBRN 1 CHEM
BRAVO/MGRS:32UNG4250062000/-//
DELTA/030130ZAPR2010/-//
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/TNK/LRGCHEM//
INDIA/-/1017/-/-//
MIKER/LIQUID/-//
CBRN 3 CHEM
DELTA/030130ZAPR2010/-//
INDIA/SURF/1017/-/-//
MIKER/LIQUID/-//
PAPAA/500M/-/6636M/-//
PAPAX/030000ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UNG4140062000/MGRS:32UNG4200062600/MGRS:32UNG450
0062600/MGRS:32UNG5090058600/MGRS:32UNG4420055100/MGRS:32UNG4780055100//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE D, SUB-TYPE 2, CASE 2, CHLORINE//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
GN GN
Release Area
30 30
30
30
DHD 6.636 KM
Downwind Direction 155
Hazard Area
B A
Figure 3 - 21. Type D, Sub-type 2, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h
(1) Estimate the release area from the CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM and plot a point on
a map.
(2) Identify and mark the extremities of the estimated release area, and connect the end
points to form one or more release lines.
(3) Using the extremities as centre points, draw circles around each end point using the
Isolation value extracted from the ERG as the radius.
(5) Draw a GN line from the centre of each circle.
(6) Consider each circle as a separate release area and carry out the following procedure for
each release area:
(a) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction.
(b) Plot the downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind line
using the ERG protective action distance multiplied by the respective size correction
factor and by the corresponding day condition reduction factor.
(c) At the downwind distance point, draw a line at right angles to the downwind direction
(d) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area, twice the
release area radius.
(e) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the perpendicular line drawn from the
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
downwind distance line. (See (6) (c) above). These lines will form a 30 angle either
side of the downwind line.
(7) Draw a line connecting the downwind corners of the 2 vapour hazard areas (Points "A"
and "B").
0325. Type D, Sub-type 3 - Unobserved Release
1. The following hazard prediction plotting procedures will be used for the calculation of a hazard
area following the detection of a chemical substance after an unobserved release. Type D, Sub-type
3, has only one case (Case 1).
Release Area and Hazard Area

r = 3 km
Figure 3 - 22. Type D, Sub-type 3, Case 1
(1) Obtain the location of detection from the relevant CBRN 4 CHEM message (set QUEBEC)
and then plot it on the map.
(2) Draw a circle with a 3 km radius around the centre of the detection location. The area
within this circle represents both the release area and the hazard area. The distance of 3
km represents the fact that most releases will fall within 1 km. Worst-case distances
would lead to unrealistically long distances in most cases. The distance of 3 km creates
some time (12 min at wind speed 15 km/h) to take action if more information should
indicate a longer distance. The 3 km distance is also used for other cases with uncertain
circumstances, such as substance unknown.
(3) Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the predicted hazard
(4) If a new CBRN 4 CHEM message, that cannot be allocated to a release, specifies a
location outside of the hazard area, repeat procedures for the new location.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Attack, Location of release and substance.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION VI RECALCULATION OF PREDICTED DOWNWIND HAZARD AREAS
0326. General
1. The following procedures will be used to recalculate predicted downwind hazard areas after
significant weather changes for Type A and Type B only. Recalculation procedures do not apply to
Type C or Type D hazards. CBRN 3 CHEM messages must be revised when significant weather
changes are considered to have occurred. These are:
a. A change in the general air stability category. This applies only to Type A, Case 2, attacks.
b. The downwind direction changes by 30 degrees or more (only for Type A and B attacks).
c. The wind speed:
(1) Increases from less than or equal to 10 km/h to more than 10 km/h (only for Type A).
(2) Decreases from more than 10 km/h to less than or equal to 10 km/h (only for Type A and
B attacks).
d. Should any of the 3 situations above occur, then the downwind hazard plots and the
associated CBRN 3 CHEM messages must be revised. Combinations of changes may occur.
Recalculation must be carried out in accordance with the principles listed below.
e. Should the downwind hazard change from a Case 1 to a Case 2, the hazard area circle will
remain to warn units that residual hazards may exist within this area, but a new downwind
direction hazard area for a case 2 should be plotted to identify the new primary hazard area for
the current 2 hour CDR period.
0327. Calculation of the Maximum Downwind Hazard Area Distances
1. When significant weather changes occur, or are predicted, the following procedure for Type A
attacks should be used to determine:
a. The distance the chemical agent cloud will have travelled prior to the change by using this
formula:
d1 = u1 x t1,
where
d1 = distance travelled prior to change in weather conditions.
u1 = downwind speed prior to change in weather conditions.
t1 = time elapsed between the time of attack and the end of the current CDR time period.
Note: If the distance travelled, as calculated above, is equal to or exceeds the original
maximum downwind hazard area distance, then recalculation is not required.
Measure the distance d 1 along the downwind line and mark it. If that point is outside of the
current CDR area, get the CDR for the area containing the new point and get the weather
conditions for the next time period. Compare these weather conditions with those used for the
current CDR time period and determine if significant weather changes are predicted.
The distance the chemical cloud will travel after the change by using:
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
d2 = H2 - d1
where
d2 = remaining hazard distance.
H2 = maximum hazard distance under the conditions prevailing after the change.
d1 = distance travelled prior to change in weather conditions.
Notes :
If the second time period has a wind speed 10 km/h, always draw a circle with a radius of 10
km (as if d 2 = 10 km)
In constructing the hazard area, it must be kept in mind that the maximum hazard distance,
valid during either set of weather conditions, must not be exceeded. If d 2 0, recalculation is
not required.
2. The following table summarizes the Types and Cases that require recalculation due to
changes specified above.
Table 3 - 7. Recalculation - Summary of Sub-types and Cases
Type A Type B
CHANGES OF:
Case 1 Case 2 Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5 Case 6
Wind Speed from:

X X X X
> 10 km/h to 10 km/h
Wind Speed from:
X X X X
10 km/h to > 10 km/h
Wind Direction: > 30 DEG X X X X
Stability Category X
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
3. Type A, Case 1 changing to a Type A, Case 2. (Increase in wind from 10 km/h to > 10
km/h).
Example Example
CBRN CDM CBRN 2 CHEM
AREAM/NFEA12// ALFA/DNK/A234/005/C//
ZULUM/230800ZAPR2010/230900ZAPR2010/ DELTA/231030ZAPR2010/-//
231500ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32VNH4500095600
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// /AA//
WHISKEYM/140/008/4/06/8/-/2// GOLF/OBS/CAN/-/SHL/24//
XRAYM/140/012/4/10/8/-/2// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-//
YANKEEM/150/014/4/14/8/-/2// MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
Example GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/
CBRN 3 CHEM TYPE OF AGENT CONFIRMED BY
ALFA/DNK/A234/005/C// CHEMICAL DETECTION KIT//
FOXTROT/MGRS:32VNH4500095600/AA//
GOLF/OBS/CAN/-/SHL/24//
INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAX/230900ZAPR2010/MGRS:32VNH4500
095600//
PAPAX/231100ZAPR2010/MGRS:32VNH4230
098500/MGRS:32VNH4650099400/MGRS:32
VNH8100087200/MGRS:32VNH4790058500/
MGRS:32VNH4110094600//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
Figure 3 - 23. Recalculation, Type A, - From 10 km/h to > 10 km/h
(1) Calculate d 1 .
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(2) Draw a circle around the centre of the original release area. Radius d 1 . The area inside
this circle represents the new release area.
Note: If d 1 > 10 km then use: d 1 = 10 km.
(4) From the centre of the release draw a Grid North line.
(5) From where the downwind direction line cuts the new release area circle, measure and
mark the distance d 2 on the downwind direction line.
(6) From the d 2 distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind direction line, and
extend it either side of the downwind direction line.
(7) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area by 2 x d 1 . This is
equal to twice the radius of the new release area.
(8) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines which are tangents to the new release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the right angle line resulting from e.(6).
(9) Prepare and transmit the revised CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the new
predicted hazard area.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
4. Type A, Case 2 changing to a Type A, Case 1. (Decrease in Wind from > 10 km/h to 10
km/h).
Example Example
AREAM/NFEB43// ALFA/DNK/A234/005/C//
ZULUM/281400ZAPR2010/281500ZAPR2010/28210 DELTA/281615ZAPR2010/-//
0ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UPG3870076400/AA//
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/12//
WHISKEYM/090/018/4/14/8/-/2// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-//
XRAYM/090/008/4/10/8/4/2// MIKER/-/-//
YANKEEM/090/006/2/06/8/4/2// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/
Example SYMPTOMS OF NERVE
CBRN 3 CHEM AGENT POISONING//
FOXTROT/MGRS:32UPG3870076400/AA//
GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/12//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAX/281500ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UPG382007550
0/MGRS:32UPG3770076400/MGRS:32UPG3820077
300/MGRS:32UPG5220085300/MGRS:32UPG52200
67400//
PAPAX/281700ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UPG518008640
0/MGRS:32UPG6160079800/MGRS:32UPG5840068
500/MGRS:32UPG5220068300/MGRS:32UPG52200
67400/MGRS:32UPG5080068200/MGRS:32UPG466
0068100/MGRS:32UPG4540071400/MGRS:32UPG3
820075500/MGRS:32UPG3770076400/MGRS:32UP
G3820077300/MGRS:32UPG4580081600//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION BASED
ON CHANGE IN WIND SPEED AS OF 281700Z//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 3 - 24. Recalculation from Type A Case 2 to

Type A Case 1 - From > 10 km/h to 10 km/h
5. Type A, Attack, change in Wind Speed from > 10 km/h to 10 km/h.
Example Example
281500ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UMG8920076400/A
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// A//
WHISKEYM/120/014/4/06/8/-/2// GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6//
XRAYM/120/009/4/10/8/-/2// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-//
YANKEEM/130/007/4/14/8/-/2// MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
FOXTROT/MGRS:32UMG8920076400/AA//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAX/280900ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UMG883
0075900/MGRS:32UMG8830076900/MGRS:3
2UMG8920077400/MGRS:32UMG978007740
0/MGRS:32UMG9270068400//
0082900/MGRS:32UNG0480076000/MGRS:3
2UNG0110064800/MGRS:32UMG894006480
0/MGRS:32UMG8580076000//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION
BASED ON CHANGE IN WIND SPEED AS
OF 281100Z//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 3 - 25. Recalculation, Type A - From > 10 km/h to 10 km/h
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
6. Type A, Attack, change in Wind Speed from > 10 km/h to 10 km/h.
Example Example
281500ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UMG8920076400/AA//
WHISKEYM/120/014/4/06/8/-/2// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-//
XRAYM/120/009/4/10/8/-/2// MIKER/-/-//
YANKEEM/130/007/4/14/8/-/2// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
FOXTROT/MGRS:32UMG8920076400/AA//
MIKER/-/-//
0075900/MGRS:32UMG8830076900/MGRS:3
2UMG8920077400/MGRS:32UNG1400077400
/MGRS:32UNG0080054400//
0076900/MGRS:32UMG8910077400/MGRS:3
2UNG1090077400/MGRS:32UNG1630070100
/32UNG162622/32UNG088562/32UMG99157
0/MGRS:32UMG88200756//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION
BASED ON CHANGE IN WIND SPEED AS OF
281100Z//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 3 - 26. Recalculation, Type A - From > 10 km/h to 10 km/h
(1) Calculate d 1 .
(2) From the centre of the original release area, measure the distance d 1 along the downwind
line and mark it.
(3) Using that point as the centre, draw a circle with a 10 km radius, until it intersects the two
30 tangents from the original plot. (See Figure 3 - 24).
(4) If the circle does not intersect the tangent lines, draw a line at right angles to the
downwind direction line at the d 1 distance and mark the intersections with the tangent
lines. From these points draw two new tangents to the 10 km radius circle (See Figure 3 -
26).
7. Type A, Case 2 Attack with a change in the Downwind Direction.
Example Example
AREAM/NFEB43// ALFA/DNK/A234/010/C//
ZULUM/280800ZAPR2010/280900ZAPR2010/2 DELTA/281245ZAPR2010/-//
81500ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG8850041900/EE//
WHISKEYM/090/012/2/06/-/-/2// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-//
XRAYM/090/014/2/08/-/-/2// MIKER/-/-//
YANKEEM/140/015/2/08/-/-/2// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG8850041900/EE//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UNG88000
41000/MGRS:32UNG8750041900/MGRS:32UN
G8800042800/MGRS:32UNG9200045000
/MGRS:32UNG9200038700//
PAPAX/281300ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UNG90400
44600/MGRS:32UNG9200045100/MGRS:32UP
G0720039500/MGRS:32UNG9130026400/MGR
S:32UNG8900040400/MGRS:32UNG88000410
00/MGRS:32UNG8750041900/MGRS:32UNG8
800042800/MGRS:32UNG8930043500//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/CONFIRMED BY
DETECTOR KIT. RECALCULATION BASED
ON CHANGE IN WIND DIRECTION AS OF
281300Z//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 3 - 27. Recalculation, Type A, Case 2 -

Change in Downwind Direction by >30
(1) Calculate d 1 .
(2) From the centre of the original attack measure the distance d 1 on the downwind line
before the change in direction, and mark it.
(3) Draw a line at right angles to the downwind line through the point d 1 until it meets the 30
degrees lines from the original plot.
(4) Using the d 1 point as the centre, draw a new circle, the radius being the distance from the
d 1 point to one of the 30 tangents. The area within this circle is considered to be the new
release area.
(5) From the centre of this circle draw a line representing the "new" downwind direction.
(6) From the centre of this circle measure and mark the d 2 distance on the new downwind
direction line. If this distance falls within the circle then move it to the perimeter of the
circle on the new downwind direction line. This will take into account the fact that some of
the chemical cloud may travel at 1.5 times the mean wind speed, and will therefore have
travelled further.
(7) Complete the plot by following the procedures in paragraph 0327 subparagraph 3.(6) to 3.
(10).
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
8. Type A, Case 2 Attack with a change in Stability Category or Downwind Speed.
Example Example
AREAM/NFEB34// ALFA/DEU/A234/012/C//
281500ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UPF7300075000/EE//
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// GOLF/OBS/AIR/6/BOM/18//
WHISKEYM/110/015/6/10/-/4/2// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-//
XRAYM/110/015/6/10/-/4/2// MIKE/-/-//
YANKEEM/110/025/4/10/-/4/2// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DEU/A234/012/C//
FOXTROT/MGRS:32UPF7300075000/EE//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/6/BOM/18//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UPF72200744
00/MGRS:32UPF7210075300/MGRS:32UPF72800
76000/MGRS:32UPF8190077600
/MGRS:32UPF7820067300//
PAPAX/281300ZAPR2010/MGRS:33UUA2200082
200/MGRS:33UUA0790048000/MGRS:32UPF7230
074200/MGRS:32UPF7210075400/MGRS:32UPF7
290076000//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION BASED
ON CHANGE IN STABILITY CATEGORY AS OF
281300Z//
Figure 3 - 28. Recalculation, Type A, Case 2 -

Change in Stability Category and/or Downwind Speed
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(1) From the centre of the original attack location plot the hazard area as described in
paragraph 0314 using H 2 as the maximum downwind distance.
9. Type B Attack, Cases 2 and 4 with a change in Downwind Direction.
a. From the centre of the original attack location, draw the

new downwind direction line.
b. Plot the new hazard area as described in paragraphs for

Type B, Case 2 and Case 4, or reposition the template along the new downwind direction line
and re-plot.
c. The total area covered by the old and the new hazard
areas must be considered dangerous until confirmation of the absence of a chemical hazard in
the "old" area is received.
10. Type B Attack, Case 6, with a change in Downwind Direction.
Example Example
CBRN 2 CHEM CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/004/C// ALFA/DNK/A234/004/C//
DELTA/281000ZAPR2010/-// DELTA/281000ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:32VMH7470038800/EE/MG FOXTROT/MGRS:32VMH7470038800/EE/MGRS:3
RS:32VMH6320038800/EE// 2VMH6320038800/EE //
GOLF/OBS/AIR/-/SPR/-// INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/-/-//
INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/-/-// MIKER/-/-//
MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/01KM/96HR/10KM/48HR//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB// PAPAX/281000ZAPR2010/MGRS:32VMH7320031
YANKEE/090DGT/020KPH// 800/MGRS:32VMH6270037900/MGRS:32VMH622
ZULU/4/18C/8/-/0// 0038900/MGRS:32VMH6270039700/MGRS:32VM
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SYMPTOMS OF H7320045600/MGRS:32VMH8430045700/MGRS:3
NERVE AGENT POISONING// 2VMH8430031800//
Example PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/MGRS:32VMH6220038
CBRN CDM 900/MGRS:32VMH6270039700/MGRS:32VMH732
AREAM/NFEA12// 0045600/MGRS:32VMH8430045700/MGRS:32VM
ZULUM/280800ZAPR2010/280900ZAPR2010/ H8430034100/MGRS:32VMH8530033500/MGRS:3
281500ZAPR2010// 2VMH8430033000/MGRS:32VMH8430031800/MG
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// RS:32VMH8220031800/MGRS:32VMH7320026700
WHISKEYM/090/020/4/18/8/-/0// /MGRS:32VMH6210026700//
XRAYM/150/020/4/18/8/-/0// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION BASED
YANKEEM/150/020/4/18/8/-/0// ON CBRN CDM WEATHER CHANGE AS OF
281100Z//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 3 - 29. Recalculation, Type B, Case 6 -

Change in Downwind Direction > 30
(1) Plot the hazard area as calculated both for before and after the change in wind direction
using the procedure described for Type B, Case 6.
(2) In the CBRN 3 CHEM indicate in set GENTEXT/CBRNINFO the reason for recalculation
and the effective time for the new hazard area.
11. Type B Attack, Cases 2, 4 and 6 with a change in Wind Speed from > 10 km/h to 10
km/h.
a. Plot the hazard area as calculated for the wind speed > 10 km/h using the procedure
described in paragraphs for Type B, Case 2 and 4, or 6.
b. Plot the hazard area as calculated for the wind speed 10 km/h using the procedure
described in paragraphs for Type B, Case 1 and 3 or 5.
12. In the examples of the hazard area, which is valid after the change in wind direction, also
includes the area before the change. This takes into account transient hazards caused by the shift in
wind direction in the areas between the two hazards.
13. When recalculation is completed, calculate the arrival time of the hazard, and issue a CBRN 3
CHEM to those who will be affected. Issue the new CBRN 3 CHEM to those units initially warned, to
inform them that there may be a residual vapour hazard in their area. The same Incident Serial
Number should be used as in the previous message and the previous message should be referred to
in set GENTEXT/CBRNINFO of the new message.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION VII REPORT FORMATTING INSTRUCTIONS AT THE CBRN CENTRE
0328. Reporting of Chemical Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting System
1. Chemical incident warning and reporting aid in the rapid collection, evaluation and
dissemination of data concerning chemical release and hazards, including the prediction of hazard
areas.
0329. Reporting CBRN 1 CHEM
1. This is the observers initial report if the location of the chemical substance is known. Set
DELTA provides the start and the end of an observed incident. Set GOLF will include the type or
means of delivery, if applicable, and the type of container. Field 1 of set INDIA will indicate the
observed release height. Field 2 of set INDIA will indicate the chemical substance name or
identification number. Field 3 of set INDIA will indicate the material persistency. Additional descriptive
entries for the incident can be entered into set MIKER. The set TANGO will indicate a description of
the terrain/topography and the vegetation. The sets YANKEE and ZULU may indicate locally
measured weather. Set GENTEXT will provide, if available, further information such as the specific
chemical compound and other pertinent information.
Table 3 - 8. CBRN 1 CHEM - Example

CBRN 1 CHEM
Common Message Heading followed by the following M mandatory and O operationally
determined sets:
Set Description Cond. Example
ALFA Incident Serial Number C
BRAVO Location of Observer and M BRAVO/MGRS:32UNB0570064200/25
Direction of incident 00MLG//
DELTA Date-Time-Group of Start and M DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//
End of Incident
FOXTROT Location of incident O FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB0580064000/
EE//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information M GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/2//
INDIA Release Information on Chemical M INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/MPDS/-//
Incidents
MIKER Description and Status of M MIKER/-/-//
Chemical, Biological and
Radiological Incidents
TANGO Terrain/Topography and O TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
Vegetation Description
YANKEE Downwind Direction and O YANKEE/270DGT/015KPH//
Downwind Speed
ZULU Measured Weather Conditions O ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT CBRN Info O
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

CBRN 2 CHEM
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/DEU/WEP/001/C//
DELTA Date-Time-Group of Start and M DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//
End of Incident
FOXTROT Location of incident M FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB0580064000/
EE//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information M GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/2//
INDIA Release Information on Chemical M INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/P/MPDS/-//
Incidents
Downwind Speed
GENTEXT CBRN Info O
1. This report provides a prediction of the chemical hazard area to assist the
commander in ordering the appropriate protective posture for his forces in the predicted hazard area.
The hazard area location is described in set PAPAX, with the defining release area radius and
protective action distance summarized in set PAPAA.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

CBRN 3 CHEM
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/DEU/WEP/001/C//
DELTA Date-Time-Group of Start and M DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/
End of Incident -//
FOXTROT Location of incident M FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB0580064000/E
E//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity O GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/2//
Information
INDIA Release Information on M INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/MPDS/-//
Chemical Incidents
OSCAR* Reference DTG for C
Estimated/Actual Contour lines
PAPAA Predicted Release and Hazard M PAPAA/1KM/3-10DAY/10KM/
Area 2-6DAY//
PAPAX** Hazard Area Location for M PAPAX/201400ZSEP2010/
Weather Period MGRS:32UNB0780064000/MGRS:32UNB06
80062200/MGRS:32UMB9580055900/MGRS
:32UMB9580072100/MGRS:32UNB0680065
800/MGRS:32UNB0780064000//
TANGO Terrain, Topography and O
XRAYB*** Predicted Contour Information O
Downwind Speed
GENTEXT CBRN Info O
* OSCAR is required if set XRAYB occurs, otherwise it is prohibited.
** Set is repeatable up to 3 times in order to describe three possible hazard areas corresponding
to the time periods from the CDM. A hazard area for a following time period will always include the
previous hazard area.
*** Set is repeatable up to 50 times to represent multiple contours.
1. This report is either pass subsequent off-target monitoring data or the results of a deliberate
directed survey. Set ROMEO will indicate the measured level of contamination.
2. In rare cases where a unit is hit by a downwind hazard without being able to identify the attack
data needed to report a CBRN 1 CHEM, the unit may report the measured data by use of a CBRN 4
CHEM. Until detailed procedures are developed for such an off target situation, the responsible CBRN
Centre has to decide the actual course of action, including estimation of the hazard area and the need
for warning.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
3. Selected units in the contaminated area will be directed to submit additional CBRN 4 CHEM
reports. The CBRN Centre uses these reports to evaluate a chemical contamination. For the format
used to pass monitoring and survey results see the CBRN 4 CHEM report as described in Annex C,
Section III.
4. Monitoring reports contain the type of agent detected indicating type of chemical agent and
persistency, the location of the sampling (geographical position) and type of sample (air sample, liquid
sample), the date-time of the detection, and topography information.
5. If no chemical agent is detected, this should be reported by entering NIL into set INDIA. When
all hazards from one attack are gone, the responsible CBRN Centre should report this in a CBRN 4
CHEM by entering NIL into set INDIA, and by entering "CHEMICAL FREE ATTACK" into set
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO. To be able to identify the attack, the Incident Serial Number (set ALFA from
the CBRN 2) must be included into the report.

CBRN 4 CHEM
determined sets:
Set Description Cond Example
ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/BEL/001/001/C//
Incidents
INDIAC Release and Sampling Information on O INDIAC/-/-/-/-//
Chemical Incidents
QUEBEC* Location of M QUEBEC/MGRS:31UDS87400496
Reading/Sample/Detection and Type 00/LIQ/MPDS/-/OM/-/-/-/-/-//
of Sample/Detection
ROMEO* Level of Contamination O ROMEO/CON:2MGM2/-/-//
SIERRA* Date-Time-Group of Reading or Initial M SIERRA/CON:030830ZAPR2010//
Detection of Contamination
TANGO* Terrain/Topography and Vegetation O TANGO/FLAT/BARE//
Description
WHISKEY* Sensor Information O WHISKEY/-/-/-/-//
YANKEE* Downwind Direction and Downwind O YANKEE/270DGT/015KPH//
Speed
ZULU* Measured Weather Conditions O ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT CBRN Info O
* Sets QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU are a Segment.
Set QUEBEC and SIERRA are mandatory (M). Set ROMEO, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and
ZULU are operationally determined (O). If there is a repetition, the whole segment has to be repeated.
Set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before set SIERRA appeared. Sets/segments are
repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or survey points.
1. This report will outline the actual extent of the ground contamination from survey data. The
report will use the information as described above for sets ALFA, DELTA, INDIA, OSCAR, XRAYA,
and GENTEXT. Set OSCAR indicates the time for which the contour is appropriate. Set XRAYA will
describe the level of contamination for the contour and the ground contaminated area resulting from
the incident.
2. Contaminated areas are shown on the Chemical situation maps, produced in the CBRN
Centres as a result of CBRN 4 CHEM messages. This information must be passed to other units and
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
HQs. The most expeditious means for this is the chemical contamination overlay. However, facsimile
channels of electrical communications are not always available. If this is the case, the chemical
contamination overlay must be converted into a series of coordinates for transmission as a CBRN 5
CHEM report as in the following example:

CBRN 5 CHEM
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/DNK/A234/001/C//
DELTA Date-Time-Group of Attack or O DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//
Detonation and Attack End
Incidents
OSCAR Date-Time-Group for Estimated M OSCAR/201505ZSEP2010//
Contour Lines
XRAYA* Actual Contour Information M XRAYA/LCT50/MGRS:32VNJ5750020
300/MGRS:32VNJ5720021100/MGRS:
32VNJ5600021900/MGRS:32VNJ5340
021800/MGRS:32VNJ5750020300//
GENTEXT CBRN Info O
* Sets are repeatable up to 50 times to represent multiple contours
1. This message will be used to provide, in set GENTEXT, specific information required to
produce a more detailed chemical hazard prediction.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

CBRN 6 CHEM
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/DNK/A234/001/C//
DELTA Date-Time-Group of Start and O DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/
End of Incident 201420ZSEP2010//
FOXTROT Location of Attack and Qualifier O FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB0580064000
/EE//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O
GOLFC Confidence in Delivery and O
Quantity Information
INDIA Release Information on CBRN O INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/MPDS/-//
Incidents
INDIAC Release and Sampling O
Information on Chemical Incidents
MIKECB Description and Status of O MIKECB/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//
Chemical, and Biological
Substance or Storage or Release
Information
MIKER Description and Status of O MIKER/-/-//
QUEBEC Location of Reading, Sample, M QUEBEC/MGRS:32UNB0590064500/-
Detection and Type of Sample /MPDS/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//
Detection
ROMEO* Level of Contamination O ROMEO/-//
SIERRA Date-Time-Group of Reading or O SIERRA/CON:202300ZSEP2010//
Initial Detection of Contamination
GENTEXT CBRN Info M GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SICA LAB
REPORT HAS IDENTIFIED THE
AGENT AS VX//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CHAPTER 4 - BIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING
0401. Aim
1. The biological prediction procedure provides information on the location and the extent of the
hazard area and the duration of the hazard resulting in aerosol releases from biological attacks or
releases due to accidental and/or collateral damage i.e. biological weapons (fully engineered) and
TIBs (biological laboratories or biological containers). It provides the necessary information for
commanders to warn units within the predicted hazard area. The resulting prediction provides a
minimum estimate of the hazard areas for biological agents in general. After employment, actual
sampling by trained personnel will produce a better indication of the areas affected. The procedures
shown in this chapter are based on the limited amount of source information available at the time of
release and these procedures are used for hazard estimation over both land and water.
0402. General
1. In any area of operation there may be biological material either in the form of biological agents
or Toxic Industrial Biological (TIB), which will present a hazard to persons and/or material if released
into the atmosphere. The amount of material released may vary from very small to extrem large
quantities. TIB are ordinarily held only in very small quantities. Furthermore, the need to preserve their
viability demands special environmental controls, enabled by containment and physical security
measures. Finally, the inherent fragility of biological organisms makes it unlikely that they would
survive the dynamic and thermal effects of explosions or fire. In light of these considerations, it is
unlikely that personnel will encounter viable TIB except where they enter specially designed medical or
industrial facilities including biological laboratories, and even then the hazard may be restricted to
specially assigned rooms or compartments.
0403. Aerosol Cloud Travel

1. Aerosols are finely divided liquids or solids suspended in the atmosphere. The behaviour of
aerosol clouds is essentially similar to that of vapour clouds. However, because of their higher density,
aerosol clouds are more stable. They stay nearer to the surface of the ground, while tending to lose
some material by precipitation onto any surface with which they come into contact. In a tactical aerosol
release, the aerosol cloud (after initial formation) will travel downwind at a rate determined by wind
speed. The cloud will lengthen and widen as it travels downwind. Units near the release point will
encounter a more concentrated cloud. However, units located farther downwind (even though exposed
to a less concentrated agent cloud) will be exposed for a longer period of time, so unprotected
personnel may inhale a higher total dose. The peak danger area will be located in the area where the
cloud stays intact while at the same time is at its maximum width and length. This distance is
approximately the maximum downwind hazard prediction for a chemical agent; therefore, it is vital to
determine whether or not the release is biological or chemical as casualties may occur as far as four to
five times the maximum downwind hazard area distance of chemical agents.
0404. Aerosol Dissemination

1. Aerosol generation is currently the most likely form of area attack and may be delivered on or
off-target. Aerosol dissemination can produce an inhalation hazard over a very large area. The design
of warheads and weaponization of payload are crucial to the effectiveness of a delivery system and
can be complex. Ballistic missiles, together with cruise missiles and possibly UAVs, pose the longest
range delivery system threats, the effectiveness of which are substantially increased by the
employment of sub-munitions. Biological agents could be also delivered through spray devices on
manned and unmanned aircraft, or maritime craft; such devices, unsophisticated and relatively easy to
manufacture, could nevertheless, be highly effective in disseminating biological agents. At the
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
conventional level, delivery systems could include artillery shells, rockets (including multiple-launch
systems) and aircraft bombs. The following examples illustrate aerosol dissemination by a number of
methods:
a. Bursting Type Munitions. When a biological projectile or bomb bursts on the ground or in the
air, the filling (either a liquid slurry or dry powder) is initially dispersed in all directions. An
effective ground bursting munitions will project the majority of the filling into the air to form an
aerosol cloud. Air bursting munitions may also form an aerosol cloud that will behave in a similar
manner to a spray release. The agent may also be designed to fall to the ground as a surface
contaminant much like persistent chemical agents. The dimensions of the aerosol cloud will be
influenced by the means of delivery, the weather conditions, and the terrain.
b. Spray Tanks/Generators. Aircraft/vehicle spray tanks, or aerosol generators, may also be
employed to form an aerosol cloud. This form of release is likely to take place as covertly as
possible.
c. Biological Bunker or Production Facility. Damage to a storage bunker containing biological
agents intended for use in biological warfare (stockpiled munitions containing biological
agents) or to production facilities for such agents containing active agent containers may result
in smaller release areas and lower quantities than if they had been dispersed from a weapon.
However, due to the duration of the release, and the likelihood of having an elevated plume,
the dispersed material at hazardous levels may travel downwind for many hours.
d. Transport. Damage to containers or munitions of biological agents being transported by road,
rail, or boat may result in a release. The release area will be localized, and the amount of
viable agent dispersed will likely be less than that dispersed from an efficient biological
weapon. However, since many biological agents only require a few inhaled organisms to infect
a person the downwind distance of the hazard area may still be considerable.
e. Toxic Industrial Biological (TIB). The release of TIB can be accidental, or from an attack or due
to collateral damage to a facility producing or storing infectious material. Possible facilities
include hospitals and other medical installations and research, production, storage or recycling
facilities for the pharmaceutical or agricultural industries. A release could also occur in the
transport of these materials.
0405. Factors Influencing Prediction
1. In general, the prediction of the release and hazard area is dependent upon:
a. The means of delivery (and agent container type); CBRN reports set GOLF information.
b. The type of release, as described in paragraph 0406 and shown in Table 4 - 1.
c. The meteorological conditions at the incident. The meteorological data required for the
biological downwind hazard prediction procedure is contained in the CDR.
0406. Types of Releases
1. Releases can be divided into 4 types.

a. Type P: A release with localized exploding munitions or point release such as: Bomb (BOM),
Shell (SHL), Rocket (RKT), Mine (MNE), Surface Burst Missile (MSL), Surface Release Spray
(SPR) or/and Surface Release Aerosol Generator (GEN if it is not mobile and releases
material over a distance less than 2 km), Biological Bunker or Production Facility (BUK),
Transport of Biological Material in Generic Storage Container (CON). This also includes
improvised biological devices that may produce an aerosol hazard.
b. Type Q: A release with munitions that cover a larger area such as: Bomblets (BML) or Air
Burst Missile (MSL).
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
c. Type R: A release where the location of the release is known, but the type of container is
Not Known (NKN), or the release was from an Air Release Spray (SPR) or Air Release
Aerosol Generator (GEN).
Note. 1. A Surface Release Spray (SPR) or Surface Release Aerosol Generator (GEN)
should be treated as Type R if it is mobile and releases material over a distance
exceeding 2 km.
d. Type S: Type S consists of detection after an unobserved release.
2. Biological Agent Bunkers or Production Facilities. Paragraph 4.0420 provides the

necessary procedures for releases from biological agent bunkers or from biological substance
facilities.
0407. Cases Considered

1. Two cases are considered when predicting the hazard areas resulting from a biological
release:
a. Case 1. When the wind speed is 10 km/h or less.
b. Case 2. When the wind speed is more than 10 km/h.
0408. Procedures
1. Record and update the following information:
a. Weather information from relevant CDRs, which may contain both forecast data and measured
data.
b. Weather information from local measurements/observations, which may contain both data
before and during the cloud passage period.
c. A database of local meteorology measured during the cloud passage period.
2. Record terrain features (wooded areas, mountains, plains, etc.) that may influence the
direction and speed of biological agent clouds.
3. A CBRN 3 BIO may be generated and considered for distribution whenever a biological
release has taken place. If biological detection equipment is available this report will most likely be
generated from one or more CBRN 1, 2 or 4 BIO. Otherwise, this report will most likely be generated
from one or more CBRN 1, 2 or 4 CHEM, where the chemical agent is unknown.
4. The CBRN 3 report informs on the prediction of a downwind hazard area. This prediction is
safe sided to ensure that a militarily significant hazard will not exist outside of the predicted hazard
area. The CBRN 3 report is reevaluated every two hours. However, the situation can suddenly
change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes essential. Units
currently affected and those previously affected must be notified that they are in (or are no longer in)
the hazard area.
5. Estimate the meteorological parameters for the release area and the predicted downwind
hazard area, on receipt of a CBRN 1 or CBRN 2.
6. Select, in accordance with national directives, the weather information to be used, and
calculate the predicted downwind hazard area.
0409. Constraints
1. When calculating the predicted downwind hazard area from biological releases, many factors
will affect the accuracy of the prediction. Some of these factors are: type of and amount of biological
agent(s); type of and amount of delivery system(s); type and amount of agent container(s); terrain
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
composition, weather conditions (rain, clouds, etc.); air stability; type of surface(s); vegetation(s);
surface air temperature; relative humidity, and changes to these factors.
2. Some of these factors are not considered when using the procedures in this chapter, unless
evaluated and estimated manually by the operator.
3. The procedure shown in this chapter is based on the limited amount of information available at
the time of release.
4. To be able to make more accurate predictions, more information about the listed factors has to
be available, and more enhanced methods have to be used for prediction.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION II - BIOLOGICAL AGENT HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES
0410. Release Area

0411. Hazard Area
1. Wind Speed 10 km/h. The hazard area is drawn as a circle of 10 km radius if the wind
speed is 10 km/h or less or if the wind speed is unknown. This is drawn from the centre of the release
location. This also applies when wind direction is reported as variable (VAB).
2. Wind Speed >10 km/h. If the wind speed is more than 10 km/h, draw a line in the downwind
direction starting at the release location of length equal to 10 km. Draw a line perpendicular to
downwind direction line. Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction at a distance
equal to twice the radius of the release area circle (4 km). Draw two lines from the upwind point of the
downwind direction line to the perpendiclar line to the downwind direction that is tangent to the top and
bottom of the release area circle. It is plotted as shown in the figure below.
Perpendicular to
Hazard Area Downwind direction
GN
30
Release Area
r = 2 km DOWNWIND DIR.
30
r = 10 km 2 km Max DHD = 10 km
4 km Release Area Radius
Extension in upwind direction
10 km/h > 10 km/h

Figure 4 - 1. Simplified Procedures, Biological Substance Hazard Area

1. This simplified procedure is used for immediate warning of units only, before the detailed
information is available. As soon as possible the detailed procedure must be carried out.
Note: For incidents involving the transport of biological medical waste UN/NA 3291,
biological substances UN/NA 3373 and infectious substances UN/NA 2814, the ERG
specifies a release area radius of 25 meters with no additional hazard area. This
includes legitimate biological containers that do not produce an aerosol hazard.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION III - BIOLOGICAL AGENT HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED PROCEDURES
0413. Biological Agent Hazard Areas

1. The hazard area is generated in three steps:
Step 1. The Initial Hazard Area (paragraph 0419;)
Step 2. The First CDR Hazard Area (paragraph 0422;) and
Step 3. The Beyond First CDR Hazard Area (paragraph 0425.)
2. Biological agents (BIO or TOX) will create initial hazard areas similar in appearance to those
for chemical releases. The initial hazard area for a biological line source will also be similar to that for
a chemical line source.
3. Computations for the biological hazard area for changes in meteorological conditions for all
types are similar to the recalculation procedures provided for chemical releases. However, biological
agents will generally remain toxic through multiple changes in meteorological conditions and multiple
CDRs. Therefore, the recalculation procedures must be performed more than once.
0414. Release Areas
1. The release area for Type P is drawn as a circle of radius 2 km centred at the release
location.
2. The release area for Type "Q" is drawn as a circle of radius 10 km centred at the release
location.
3. The release area for Type "R" is defined by the line end points entered as two positions in set
FOXTROT. In case of only one position reported in set FOXTROT, the line has the default release
length of 100 km and is drawn centred on this point and oriented in the direction of the aircraft
trajectory. A circle of radius 2 km is drawn at the two end positions, with tangents connecting the two
0
circles together. If the flight direction cannot be established, assume it to be perpendicular (90 ) to the
wind direction.
4. The release area for Type "S" is drawn as a circle of radius 50 km centred at the detection
location. The release area is unknown; this is only an initial area.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 4 - 1. Summary of Types and Cases of Biological Releases Hazard Areas

Type of Type of substance Radius of
Wind Speed Case CBRN 3 Graphic
Release container Release Area
10 km/h 1
BOM, RKT, SHL,
MNE, Surface Burst
P MSL, Surface 2 KM
release SPR or GEN,
BUK, CON. > 10 km/h 2
10 km/h 1
Q BML, Air Burst MSL 10 KM
> 10 km/h 2
10 km/h 1
Air release SPR and

R 2 KM
GEN, NKN
> 10 km/h 2
Detection after
unobserved release
S 50 KM N/A -
(CBRN 4 BIO
message)
Note: - A CBRN 1 may be received after an unobserved release and should be treated as a CBRN 4.
- A different observed radius may be specified in GENTEXT. In computer generated messages
this information will be formatted as: RDS:XXXM or RDS:XXXKM, always using three digits for
the radius, e.g. RDS:045KM.
- If two types of release are found, use the following order to determine which type of release to
use for hazard prediction: Type "R", Type "Q", or Type "P" for worst case identified, for example:
if you identify a potential Type R and a potential Type Q, then you would select Type R for
your calculation.
- For elevated release refer to paragraph 0421.
- Apply when wind direction and speed is less than or equal to 10 km/h or wind direction is
reported as variable (VAB).
5. Release Area Enlargement or Reduction. The release area for Types "P", "Q" or R" may be
reduced or enlarged based on available information specified in GENTEXT. In computer generated
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
messages, the release area radius is formatted as: RDS:XXXM, always using three digits for the
radius.
0415. Downwind Travel Distances for the Initial Period (First CDR)
1. The downwind travel distance represents the distance travelled by the centre of the cloud.
The downwind travel distance is broken into three segments corresponding to the three time periods of
the CDR to give 6 hours prediction as follows:
d1 = u1 x t1
d2 = u2 x 2
d 3 = u 3 x (4 - t 1 )
Use the following definitions:
d 1 = distance in km travelled within the CDR 2 hour period containing the release.
d 2 = distance in km travelled within the next CDR 2 hour period.
d 3 = distance in km travelled within the third CDR 2 hour period.
u 1 = wind speed in km/h for the CDR 2 hour period containing the release.
u 2 = wind speed in km/h for the next CDR 2 hour period.
u 3 = wind speed in km/h for the third CDR 2 hour period.
t 1 = decimal hours remaining after the release or detection within the CDR 2 hour period of
validity corresponding to the release.
NOTE: For any CDR time periods where the wind speed is equal or less than 10 km/h, a value
of 10 km/h will be used for computations.
2. If the release or detection occurs in the first CDR time period, 3 downwind distances are
calculated; d 1 using the first CDR time period (WHISKEYM), d 2 using the second CDR time period
(XRAYM), and d 3 using the third CDR time period (YANKEEM); d 3 is extended to include the duration
in the first time period before the release occurs to result in 6 hours total time.
Example:
st nd rd
1 Time Period 2 Time Period 3 Time Period
d1 = u1 x t1 d2 = u2 x 2 d 3 = u 3 x (4 - t 1 )
d 1 = 12 km/h x 1 hr d 2 = 12 km/h x 2 hr d 3 = 12 km/h x (4 - 1)
d 1 = 12 km d 2 = 24 km d 3 = 12 km/h x 3 hr
d 3 = 36 km
3. If the release or detection occurs in the second CDR time period, 2 downwind distances are
calculated; d 1 using the data for the CDR time during the period of release/detection, d 2 using the data
for the third CDR time period and extended to result in 6 hours total time since the release.
Example:
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
nd rd
2 Time Period 3 Time Period
d1 = u1 x t1 d 2 = u 2 x (6 - t 1 )
d 1 = 12 km/h x 1 hr d 2 = 12 km/h x (6 - 1)
d 1 = 12 km d 2 = 12 km/h x 5
d 2 = 60 km
4. If the release or detection occurs in the third CDR Time period, only d 1 can be calculated,
which is computed using 6 hours total time, as example below:
rd
3 Time Period
d1 = u3 x 6
d 1 = 12 km/h x 6 hr
d 1 = 72 km
5. The total downwind distance (DA) of the centre of the biological cloud is the sum of the three
distances, as example below:
DA = total downwind distance in km.

DA = d 1 + d 2 + d 3
DA = 12 km + 24 km + 36 km
DA = 72 km
0416. Leading and Trailing Edge Calculations

1. Recalculation procedures must be performed as soon as a new CDR is published to ensure
the hazard area reflects the latest weather reported.
2. To take into consideration uncertainties in wind speed a leading (DL) and trailing (DT) edges
will be calculated. The DL and DT for the current CDR will be computed based on the downwind
distance path, using factors of 1.5 and 0.5, respectively to capture the uncertainty related to the
windspeed, as example below:
DL = leading edge distance in km. DT = trailing edge distance in km.

DL = 1.5 x DA DT = 0.5 x DA
DL = 1.5 x 72 km DT = 0.5 x 72 km
DL = 108 km DT = 36 km
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 4 - 2. Downwind Travel Distances Initial Period (First CDR)

3. A value of zero is used for the downwind distance path, leading edge, and trailing edge
computations for wind of 10 km/h releases, since the wind direction is considered variable. The
leading edge can be considered to be the edge of the hazard area circle.
4. Using the following flow chart (Fig 4-1), determine Type and Case for identified release, then
carryout the detailed procedure specific to type of attack.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0417. Biological Hazard Area Predicting Decision Tree
Biological release Initial Hazard
YES Observed? CBRN 1 NO
Determine radius of
Release Area
(Delivery Means)
Storage Bunker or BOM, RKT, SHL, MNE BML, Air Burst MSL Air release SPR, GEN,
Production Facility Surface Burst MSL,
Surface Release SPR, GEN or
CON
See Paragrap 0420
for Procedures
Windspeed
Windspeed Windspeed > 10 km/h
> 10 km/h > 10 km/h
Type S
NO YES NO YES NO YES Detection after
Unobserved
(CBRN 4 BIO
Type P Case 1 Type P Case 2 Type Q Case 1 Type Q Case 2 Type R Case 1 Type R Case 2 Message)
2 km Release 2 km Release 10 km Release 10 km Release 2 km Release 2 km Release 50 km Radius

Area radius (A) Area radius (A) Area radius (A) Area radius (A) Area radius (A) Circle
Area radius (A)
around centre
of
Detection
Determine the Radius Notes: Location
of Hazard Area (d1) A = Radius of Release Area
d1 = u1 x t1 d1 = Distance in km travelled within the CBRN CDR 2 hour period containing the release
u1 = Windspeed in km/h for the CBRN CDR 2 hour period containing the release
t1 = Decimal hours remaining after the release or detection within the CBRN CDR 2 hour period corresponding to the release
If two types of release are reported, use the following order to determine which Type and Case to use: Type R, Type Q or Type P
Figure 4 - 3. Biological Incident Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION IV - PROCEDURES FOR THE INITIAL HAZARD AREA

0418. Determining the Hazard Areas
1. This paragraph outlines the generic procedures and calculations that are to be followed for all
BIO substance types and cases. The next paragraphs, starting at paragraph 0419 provides the step-
by-step procedures for each case.
a. Case 1 Releases, Wind speed 10 km/h.
(1) If the wind speed is 10 km/h or less, a wind speed of 10 km/h will be used.
(2) The release area radius (r) is 2 km
(3) The radius of the hazard area circle equals the wind speed of 10 km/h, multiplied by the
time in hours/minutes remaining after the release or detection in the corresponding CDR
time period. At a minimum the hazard area radius will be 2 km EXCEPT for cases
involving a biological waste/substance or infectious disease where the radius is 25 m. For
example a Type P, Case 1 release (Figure 4 - 4) having a 2 hour travel duration, the
hazard area radius equals 2 hr x 10 km/h:
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA32//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/-/6/1//
d1 = 20 km
r = 2 km
r = 2 km
d1 = u1 x t 1
Release Area d1 = 10 km/h x 2 hr
d1 = 20 km
Hazard Area
Figure 4 - 4.Type P Case 1, Point Release Wind Speed 10 km/h
NOTE: r = radius of release area, d 1 = travel distance in the CDR time period, t 1 = time
remaining from release in the CDR time period, u 1 = wind speed (10 km/h).
(4) A single hazard area circle will result for Types P, Q and S. The area within this circle
represents the hazard area.
(5) Two circles are drawn for Type R with tangents drawn between the hazard area circles.
The total enclosed area represents the hazard area (Figure 4 -5).
(6) A value of zero is used for the downwind distance path, leading edge, and trailing edge
computations for Case 1 releases, since the wind direction is considered variable. The
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(7) If d1 is less than the Radius of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of
Release for the current 2-hour period.
Figure 4 - 5. Type R Case 1, Line Release Wind Speed 10 km/h
b. Case 2 Releases P, Q and R Types, Wind speed >10 km/h.

(1) Draw a circle centered on the release point with a radius of 2 km for type P and R and
10 km for type Q.
(2) Draw a line through the centre of the release area circle oriented in the downwind
direction (for a Type R release pick one of the release area circles). This line should
extend to the distance d 1 in the downwind direction from the centre of the circle. In the
upwind direction along the same line mark a distance equal to twice the release circle
radius.
(3) Draw a line perpendicular to the downwind direction line at the downwind distance (d 1 )
extending in both directions.
(4) Draw two tangent lines to the release circle from the upwind point marked extending until
they intersect with the perpendicular line. These lines will form a 30-degree angle on
either side of the downwind direction line (Figure 4 - 6).
(5) For a Type R release repeat this procedure for the other release area circle, and
connect the lower hazard area corners (represented by A and B) to enclose the combined
downwind hazard area A (Figure 4 - 7).
(6) For a Type S release, the hazard area plotted is equal to the release area because the
location and time of the release are unknown. A circle of the release area radius defines
an area where there is a risk of being exposed to the biological agent. Informing friendly
units throughout the area of this risk should be considered. Before a hazard prediction
can be carried out, reports are required from units in the area, or survey teams can be
sent out. Once more information about the release is obtained; type S releases should
then be treated as either type P, Q or R.
c. Multiple FOXTROT locations should be addressed individually by computing each downwind
hazard area. The outer boundaries should be connected as per the procedure for a type R
release. Computer generated hazard areas for multiple FOXTROT locations may appear
somewhat different to manual procedures.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
GN
Hazard Area
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND
30
r d1
Figure 4 - 6. Type P Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h
GN
Release Area
30 30
d1
30
30 Downwind Direction
d1 Downwind Direction
Hazard Area
B A
Figure 4 - 7.Type R Case 2, Line Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h
0419. Prediction of the Initial Hazard Step by Step Procedures

1. This paragraph gives the step by step procedures for each Type and Case.
a. Type "P", Case "1". Releases with localized exploding munitions or point release and wind
speed 10 km/h.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFWA22//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/-/6/1//
CBRN 2 BIO
ALFA/GBR/1DIV/001/B//
DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:30UWB5390061600/AA//
INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
GENTEXT/ CBRNINFO/MUNITIONS EXPLODED IN DUST LIKE CLOUDS, AND
INTELLIGENCE HAS INDICATED THAT A BIO RELEASE IS LIKELY. THE DETECTION
WAS MADE BY HAND HELD ASSAY//
D1 = 20 km
Hazard Area
r = 2 km r = 2 km
d1 = u1 x t 1
Release Area d1 = 10 km/h x 2 hr
d1 = 20 km
Hazard Area
Figure 4 - 8. Type P Case 1, Point Release Wind Speed 10 km/h
remaining from release in the CDR time period, u 1 = wind speed (10 km/h). If d 1 is less than the
Radius of Release, then d 1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-
hour period.
(2) Obtain the location of the release from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s) (set
FOXTROT) and plot it on the map.
(3) Draw a circle with the release area radius 2 km (r), around the centre of the release
location. The area within this circle represents the release area.
(4) Draw a circle with a radius that equals the travel distance (d 1 ). Distance (d 1 ) is equal to the
wind speed (u 1 ) for the CDR time period, multiplied by the remaining time (t 1 ) from the
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
release within that CDR time period. For Type P, Case 1, a wind speed of 10 km/h is
assumed. This circle will represent the hazard area. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 8 as
an example.
(5) Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 BIO to units and installations in the predicted hazard area
in accordance with SOPs.
(6) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Release,
Location of Release and Agent Name (if known).
b. Type "P", Case "2". Releases with localized exploding munitions or point release and wind
speed >10 km/h.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFWA22//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/012/4/10/-/6/1//
XRAYM/120/016/4/10/6/0/1//
YANKEEM/180/020/4/10/6/0/1//
CBRN 2 BIO
ALFA/-/1DIV/001/B//
DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-//
MIKER/-/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/Munitions exploded in dust like clouds, and intelligence has
indicated that a bio release is likely//
Perpendicular to
GN
Hazard Area
30
Release Area
r = 2 km
DOWNWIND DIR.
d1 = u1 x t 1
d1 = 12 km/h x 2 hr
30 d1 = 24 km
r = 2 km d1 = 24 km
Release Area Radius
Figure 4 - 9. Type P Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h
remaining from release in the CDR time period, u 1 = wind speed. If d1 is less than the Radius
of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-hour
period.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
FOXTROT) and plot it on the map. (Figure 4 - 9).
(2) From the centre of the release location, draw a GN line if using overlays.
(3) Draw a circle with the release area radius 2 km (r) around the centre of the release
(4) Using the valid CDR, identify the downwind direction and the downwind speed.
(6) Determine the Downwind Travel Distance, d 1 . (See paragraph 0415). If d 1 is less than 2
km set it equal to 2 km. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 9 as an example.
(7) Plot the downwind travel distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind
direction line.
(8) From the downwind travel distance, draw a line perpendicular to the downwind direction
line. Extend the line to either side of the downwind direction line.
(9) Extend the downwind direction line twice the release area radius (r) upwind from the
centre of the release area.
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the perpendicular to the downwind
direction line (See Step 8 above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the
downwind direction line.
(11) The hazard area is taken to be the area bounded by:
(c) The perpendicular to the downwind direction line (See Figure 4 - 9).
c. Type "Q", Case "1". Type Q consists of releases with munitions that cover a large area and
wind speed 10 km/h.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFWA22//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/6/0/1//
CBRN 2 BIO
DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BML/12//
INDIA/SURF/BIO/NKN/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/MUNITIONS EXPLODED IN DUST LIKE CLOUDS, AND
INTELLIGENCE HAS INDICATED THAT A BIO RELEASE IS LIKELY//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
D1 = 20 km
Hazard Area
r = 10 km
r = 10 km
Release Area
d1 = u1 x t 1
d1 = 10 km/h x 2 hr
d1 = 20 km
Hazard Area
Figure 4 - 10. Type Q Case 1, Point Release Wind Speed 10 km/h
remaining from release in the CDR time period, u 1 = wind speed (10 km/h). If d 1 is less than
the Radius of Release, then d 1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the
current 2-hour period.
(2) Draw a circle with the release area radius 10 km (r), around the centre of the release
(3) Draw a circle with a radius that equals the downwind travel distance (d 1 ). Distance (d 1 ) is
equal to the wind speed (u 1 ) for the CDR time period, multiplied by the remaining time (t 1 )
from the release within that CDR time period. For Type Q, Case 1, a wind speed of
10 km/h is assumed. This circle will represent the hazard area. Use the calculation at
Figure 4 - 10 as an example.
d. Type "Q", Case "2". Type Q consists of releases with munitions that cover a large area and
wind speed >10 km/h.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFWA22//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/012/4/10/6/0/1//
XRAYM/120/016/4/10/6/0/1//
YANKEEM/180/020/4/10/6/0/1//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CBRN 2 BIO
DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BML/12//
MIKER/-/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/MUNITIONS EXPLODED IN DUST LIKE CLOUDS, AND
Perpendicular to
GN
30
Release Area Hazard Area
DOWNWIND DIR.
r = 10 km
30 d1 = u1 x t 1
r = 10 km d1 = 24 km d1 = 12 km/h x 2 hr
d1 = 24 km
Release Area Radius
Figure 4 - 11. Type Q Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h
remaining from release in the CDR time period, u 1 = wind speed. If d 1 is less than the Radius
of Release, then d 1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-hour
period.
(2) From the centre of the release location, draw a GN line if using overlays.
(3) Draw a circle with the release area radius 10 km (r) around the centre of the release
(6) Determine the Downwind Travel Distance, d 1 . (See paragraph 0415). Use the calculation
at Figure 4 - 11 as an example.
(7) Plot the downwind travel distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind
direction line.
(8) From the downwind travel distance, draw a line perpendicular to the downwind direction
line. Extend the line to either side of the downwind direction line.
(9) Extend the downwind direction line twice the release area radius upwind from the centre of
the release area.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(10)From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area
direction line (See Step 8 above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the
downwind direction line.
(11)The hazard area is taken to be the area bounded by:
(c) The perpendicular to the downwind direction line (See Figure 4 - 11).
(12)Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 BIO to units and installations in the predicted hazard area
(13)Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Release,
e. Type "R", Case "1". Type R consists of releases where the location of the release is defined
by a delivery means Air Release/Unknown, and wind speed 10 km/h.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFWA22//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/005/4/10/6/0/1//
XRAYM/120/016/4/10/6/0/1//
YANKEEM/180/020/4/10/6/0/1//
CBRN 2 BIO
DELTA/030800ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:30UWB5390061600/AA/MGRS:30UWB6220061600/AA//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/SPR/1//
INDIA/AIR/BIO/-/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SPRAY TANK AEROSOL OBSERVED RELEASE, AND
GN
Hazard Area
d1 = 10 km r = 2 km
d1 = u1 x t 1
r = 2 km d1 = 10 km/h x 1 hr
d1 = 10 km
Release Area
Hazard Area
Figure 4 - 12. Type R Case 1, Line Release Wind Speed 10 km/h
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
remaining from release in the CDR time period, u 1 = wind speed (10 kph). If d 1 is less than
the Radius of Release, then d 1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the
current 2-hour period.
(1) Obtain the locations of the release end points from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s)
(set FOXTROT) and plot them on the map. Connect the end points to form the release
line.
(2) Draw a circle with the release area radius 2 km (r) around each end point.
(4) Draw a circle with a radius that equals the travel distance (d 1 ). Distance (d 1 ) is equal to the
wind speed (u 1 ) for the CDR time period, multiplied by the remaining time (t 1 ) from the
release within that CDR time period. For Type R, Case 1, a wind speed of 10 km/h is
assumed. This circle will represent the hazard area. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 12 as
an example.
release line, to designate the hazard area (Figure 4 - 12).
f. Type "R", Case "2". Type R consists of releases where the location of the release is defined
by an Air Release/Unknown, and wind speed >10 km/h.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFWA22//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/012/4/10/6/0/1//
XRAYM/120/016/4/10/6/0/1//
YANKEEM/180/020/4/10/6/0/1//
CBRN 2 BIO
DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:30UWB5390061600/AA/MGRS:30UWB6220061600/AA//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/SPR/1//
INDIA/AIR/BIO/-/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SPRAY TANK AEROSOL OBSERVED RELEASE, AND
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
GN
30 30
d1
30 30
Downwind Direction
Downwind Direction
d1 24 km
Hazard Area
Hazard Area
r = 2 km
d1 = u1 x t 1
d1 = 12 km/h x 2 hr
B A
d1 = 24 km
Figure 4 - 13. Type R Case 2, Line Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h
remaining from release in the CDR time period, u 1 = wind speed. If d 1 is less than the Radius
of Release, then d 1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-hour
period
(1) Obtain the locations of the release end points from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s)
(set FOXTROT) and plot them on the map. Connect the end points to form the release
line.
(2) Draw a circle with the release area radius 2 km (r) around each point.
(4) Draw a GN line from the centre of each circle (GN Line if using overlays).
(6) From the centre of each release area circle, draw a line showing the downwind direction.
(7) Determine the Downwind Travel Distance, d 1 . (See paragraph 0415). If d 1 is less than 2
km set it equal to 2 km. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 13 as an example.
(8) Plot the downwind travel distance from the centre of each release area circle on the
downwind direction lines.
(9) From the downwind travel distance, draw a line perpendicular to each of the downwind
direction lines. Extend the lines to either side of the downwind direction lines.
(10)Extend the downwind direction lines twice the release area radius upwind from the centre
of each release area circle.
(11)From the upwind end of each line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the perpendiculars to the downwind
direction lines. (See Step 9 above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the
downwind direction lines.
(12)Draw a line connecting the downwind corners of the 2 hazard areas (Points "B" and "A" in
Figure 4 - 13).
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(13)Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 BIO to units and installations in the predicted hazard area
(14)Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Release,
g. Type "S", Case 1 or 2. Type S consists of detection after an unobserved release. Type S will
always be displayed as a circular template with a radius of 50 km.
CDM
AREAM/NFEA32//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/015/4/10/6/0/1//
CBRN 4 BIO
INDIA/NKN/ANTB/NKN/MPDS/-//
QUEBEC/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/VAP/MPDS/SBD/1M/-/-/-/-/-//
SIERRA/030726ZAPR2010//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/DETECTION DOES NOT CORRESPOND TO ANY KNOWN
BIOLOGICAL ATTACK//
CBRN 3 BIO
ALFA/BEL/222/222001/B//
GOLF/SUS/NKN/-/NKN/-//
INDIA/NKN/SN:ANTB/NKN/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/-/-/50KM/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
r = 50 km
Hazard Area
r = 50 km
Hazard Area
Figure 4 - 14. Types S, Unobserved Release
(1) Obtain the location of the detection from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s) (set
FOXTROT - CBRN 1 or set QUEBEC - CBRN 4) and plot it on the map.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(2) Draw a circle with the release area radius 50 km (r), around the centre of the detection
location. The area within this circle represents both the release area and the hazard area.
(4) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Detection,
Location of Detection and Agent Name (if known).
0420. Releases from Storage Bunkers or Production Facilities
1. Storage facilities for biological agents usually consist of underground concrete shelters.
These shelters are close to the ground surface and damage to such a facility may release some
biological material from the shelter into the atmosphere as a jet of biological agent, smoke, dust, and
soil. The release area will be localized, and the amount of viable agent dispersed will likely be less
than that dispersed from an efficient biological weapon. However, since many biological agents only
require a few inhaled organisms to infect a person the downwind distance of the hazard area may still
be considerable. The procedure to use is determined as follows:
a. The biological hazard area prediction procedures for Type "P" release should be used as
standard.
b. If the release takes more than 5 minutes refer to a Type R procedures and the latest time of
arrival (LTA) may need to be adjusted for the duration of the release i.e. if release started at
0800 hrs and stopped at 0805 hrs, the LTA Date-Time-Group would be calculated from 0805
hrs.
c. If the initial report states Cloud - Continuous (Set MIKER - Incident Status):
(1) For wind speeds 10 km/h, Type P must be used.
(2) For wind speeds > 10 km/h and the dimension of the release area is greater than 2 km,
(i.e. where the distance between the release location and the current position of the front
end of the cloud exceeds 2 km); the hazard area prediction procedures for biological agent
release Type R should be used, inserting the facility position in FOXTROT first field and
the front of the cloud in FOXTROT second field. This procedure will be known as an
Extended Duration Release and the following steps should be used to determine the
distance the hazard cloud will have travelled:
(a) The release is reported as a continuous cloud on the initial report, the template in the
first instance is as for a biological Type P release for the Initial Hazard Area until
further information is obtained.
(b) At the end of the current CDR time period or when a follow up report is received
stating that the release has stopped, the distance the cloud will have travelled can be
calculated by using the current wind speed multiplied by the time elapsed in minutes,
between the Start of Observation and End of Incident time (Set DELTA). The second
CDR period should be calculated from the end of the extended release area (see
Figure 4-15).
(c) Using 1.5 times the representative downwind speed as found from the CDR, example
12 km/h multiplied by time elapsed (minutes) and divided by 60; will result in the
distance travelled in km. For example, if the release of the cloud continued for 30
minutes, and the calculated wind speed for the current CDR time period is 18 km/h
(12 km/h*1.5), then the distance travelled is 9 km. If the distance travelled, as the
example above, exceeds 2 km it would have to be recalculated as a Type R release,
if it does not exceed 2 km recalculation is not required.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Distance = Windspeed (1.5) x Time (mins)

60
e.g. 18 kph x 30 mins = 9 km

60
Note: FOXTROT first field and FOXTROT second field could be added to the drawing as
centre of the circles (ref. 0420.1.b(2)).
Figure 4 - 15. Extended Duration Release
d. If the release is reported as continous or NKN and the reported duration exceeds 2 hours, the
procedures for biological Type S (50 km hazard area radius) should be used.
2. The following presents a decision tree for agent bunkers or production facility hazard area
prediction.
Agent Bunker or Production

Facility release
NKN Continuous Release No Type P
Yes
No
Wind speed > 10 km/h No
Yes Duration of release
> 2 hrs or NKN
Extension of Release No
Area > 2 km
Yes
Yes
Duration of release No Type R

> 2 hrs or NKN
Yes
Type S
0421. Elevated Release and Extends Continously
1. Elevated Release. If the bulk of the material is elevated >50m to high altitude, the wind speed
and bearing at that height from the BWR or other appropriate meteorological data should be used. If
height unknown use the wind conditions at the 02 layer indicator (2000 m layer) (Figure 4-16).
2. Extends Continuously. If the releases momentum or buoyancy carries the material

significantly (> 50 m) above the ground surface and the material extends continuously from near the
ground to high elevation, then in addition to the calculations using CDR 10 m wind conditions, the
hazard prediction should be repeated using the wind conditions from the BWR at 2000 m elevation.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
The hazard area for an elevated release is considered to be the combined hazard areas, including
spaces in between.
d1 BWR
d1 CDR
Figure 4 - 16. Elevated Release (Combined Areas BWR/CDR)
3. Overlap of Hazard Areas. If merging or combining hazard regions for elevated releases or
changing meteorological conditions involves two triangular hazard regions having downwind directions
different by more than 90 DEG, the regions to be merged should be replaced with a circle of radius
equal to the larger of the downwind distances. The time of arrival at a location should be the earliest
time resulting from either the BWR or CDR.
4. Changes in meteorological conditions in following BWRs should be handled in the same

manner as using CDRs (i.e.if the windspeed for the CDR is calculated for 2 hours to determine d 1
CDR distance, then the same procedure is used for the BWR windspeed to determine d 1 BWR
distance. Procedures for recalculation of predicted downwind hazard areas after Significant Weather
Changes are as for paragraph 0422.
5. Limitations. The initial hazard area is considered valid until additional information is available.
When significant changes in weather conditions occur a recalculation must be carried out.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION V - PROCEDURES FOR THE FIRST CDR
0422. Hazard Areas for the First CDR

1. This section gives the step by step procedures used to create a Single Hazard Area due to
Significant Weather Changes when the wind direction changes by 30 degrees or more, or the wind
speed changes between Case 1 and Case 2.
a. Single Hazard Area Case 1. The hazard prediction area calculation for a CDR period with
wind speed 10 km/h will be represented by three circles of 20, 40 and 60 km radius
respectively, centered on the release area centre point.
b. Single Hazard Area - Case 2. When the wind direction does not change by 30 degrees or
more, and does not drop below 10 km/h, the total downwind distance can be used to calculate
a single hazard area as shown in Figure 4 - 17. The leading and trailing edges should also be
computed, starting at the release location. The leading and trailing edges should be displayed
with lines drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, extending to the tangent lines,
as example below:
Single Hazard Area
DA = d1 + d2 + d3
DA = 30 + 30 + 30
DA = 90 km
DL = 1.5 x DA
DL = 1.5 x 90 km
DL = 135 km
DT = 0.5 x DA
DT = 0.5 x 90 km
DT = 45 km
Figure 4 - 17. Single Hazard Area Type P Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h
NOTE:
(1) DA = the total downwind distance of the centre of the biological cloud is the sum of the
three distances d 1 + d 2 + d 3 .
(2) DL = the downwind distance of the leading edge of the biological cloud is the total of
DA x 1.5.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(3) DT = the downwind distance of the trailing edge of the biological cloud is the total of
DA x 0.5.
c. Change in Downwind Direction by 30 degrees or more (Case 2). When the wind direction
changes by 30 degrees or more the following procedure should be used, as shown in the
following steps:
(1) Draw the release area circle and initial hazard area for the CDR time period containing the
release, as detailed in paragraph 0418, subparagraph b, Case 2 and illustrated in Figure
4 - 18.
Perpendicular to
GN
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR.
30
r d1
Release Area Radius
Figure 4 - 18. Step 1

(2) The hazard area at the end of that time period is drawn as a circle centred at the
downwind edge (d 1 ) having a radius equal to the distance along the perpendicular line
from the downwind direction line to one of the tangents as illustrated in Figure 4 - 19.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(3) Draw a new downwind direction line for the next time period of distance d 2 from the end of
the d 1 line. Repeat the hazard area procedure from Step 1 with the circle just drawn
being the new release area as illustrated in Figure 4 - 20.

(4) Using the valid CDR for the third time period identify the Case. If the next time period is a
Case 2, and a Change in Downwind Direction by 30 degrees or more draw the circle
containing the hazard area at the end of the second time period as for the end of the first
time period illustrated in Figure 4 - 21. (If the third period is Case1 go to Step 6, or if Case
2 where the change in wind direction is less than 30 degrees go to Step 7).
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(5) Draw a new downwind direction line for the new time period of distance d 3 from the end of
the d 2 line. Construct the hazard area for the third time period as described for the
second time period illustrated in Figure 4 - 22.

(6) If the third time period is a Case 1. The hazard area at the end of that time period is
drawn as a circle centred at the downwind edge (d 2 ) having a radius equal to the distance
along the perpendicular line from the downwind direction line to one of the tangents.
Extend this circle by the distance d 3 , measured from the edge of the circle d 2 as
illustrated in Figure 4 - 23.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(7) If the third time period is a Case 2 and a Change in Downwind Direction is less than
30 degrees. Construct the hazard area for the third time period by drawing the downwind
direction line from d 2 to the d 3 distance and extending the triangle as illustrated in Figure
4 - 24.

(8) The total hazard area for the valid CDR includes the combined areas drawn for the initial
hazard area and hazard areas associated with the second and third time periods. The
leading and trailing edges are computed along the downwind distance path, starting at the
release location. The leading and trailing edges (DL & DT) should be displayed with lines
drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, extending to the tangent lines for the
time period containing each distance as illustrated in Figure 4 - 25.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

d. Change in Wind Speed from 10 km/h to > 10 km/h, Case 1 to Case 2 (Significant
Weather Change). When the wind speed Increases from 10 km/h to >10 km/h resulting
in Case "1" changing to a Case "2", the following example illustrates the procedures that
should be used:
(1) Confirm the release area circle and hazard area (d 1 ) for the CDR time period containing
the release, as detailed in paragraph 0418, subparagraph a, Case 1 is still valid.
(2) Using the valid CDR for the next time period, identify the downwind direction and
downwind speed.
(3) Calculate the Downwind Travel Distance d 2 as paragraph 0415.
(4) Plot the downwind travel distance by drawing a line through the centre of the release area
circle oriented in the downwind direction (for a Type R release pick one of the release
area circles). The line should extend to the distance d 2 in the downwind direction from
the downwind edge of the hazard area radius (d 1 ). In the upwind direction along the same
line mark a distance equal to twice the hazard area radius (d 1 ).
(5) From the downwind travel distance (d 2 ), draw a line perpendicular to the downwind
direction line. Extend the line to either side of the downwind direction line.
direction line (See Step 5 (5) above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the
downwind direction line as illustrated in Figure 4 - 26.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

(7) Using the valid CDR for the third time period (if applicable) identify the Case and calculate
as follows:
(a) Case 1. The hazard area at the end of that time period is drawn as a circle centred
at the downwind edge (d 2 ) having a radius equal to the distance along the
perpendicular line from the downwind direction line to one of the tangents. Extend this
circle by the distance d 3 , measured from the edge of the circle d 2 as illustrated in
Figure 4 - 27.
Figure 4 - 27. Step 7 (a)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(b) Case 2, Change in Downwind Direction is less than 30 degrees. Construct the
hazard area for the third time period by drawing the downwind direction line from d 2 to
the d 3 distance and extending the triangle as illustrated in Figure 4 - 28.
Step 7 (b) Step 8
Figure 4 - 28. Step 7 (b) and Step 8

(c) Case 2, Change in Downwind Direction by 30 degrees or more. Construct the
hazard area for the third time period (d 3 ) as for the as illustrated in Figure 4 - 29.
Step 7 (c) Step 8

Figure 4 - 29. Step 7 (c) and Step 8
(8) The hazard area for the valid CDR includes the combined areas drawn for the initial
hazard area and hazard areas associated with the second and third time periods, if
applicable. The leading and trailing edges are computed along the downwind distance
path, starting at the release location. The leading and trailing edges (DL & DT) should be
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
displayed with lines drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, extending to the
tangent lines for the time period containing each distance.
e. Change in Wind Speed from > 10 km/h to 10 km/h, Case 2 to Case 1. When the wind
speed decreases from >10 km/h to 10 km/h resulting in Case "2" changing to a Case "1", the
following procedures should be used.
(1) Confirm the release area circle and initial hazard area Case 2 for the CDR time period
containing the release as detailed in paragraph 0418, subparagraph b, Case 2 is still valid.
(2) The hazard area at the end of that time period is drawn as a circle centred at the
downwind edge (d 1 ) having a radius equal to the distance along the perpendicular line
from the downwind direction line to one of the tangents as illustrated in Figure 4 - 30.

(3) Extend this circle by the distance d 2 , measured from the edge of the circle d 1 as illustrated
in Figure 4 - 31.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

(4) Using the valid CDR for the third time period (if applicable) identify the Case and calculate
as follows:
(a) Case 1. Construct the hazard area for the third time period as described for the
second time period. Extend this circle by the distance d 3 , measured from the edge of
the circle d 2 as illustrated in Figure 4 - 32.
Figure 4 - 32. Step 4 (a)

(b) Case 2. Identify wind direction and wind speed, and construct the hazard area for
the third time period as described in paragraph 0420, subparagraph c, and as
illustrated in Figure 4 - 33.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 4 - 33. Step 4 (b)

(5) The hazard area for the current CDR includes the combined areas drawn for the initial
hazard area and hazard areas associated with the second and third time periods, if
applicable. The leading and trailing edges are computed along the downwind distance
path, starting at the release location. The leading and trailing edges (DL & DT) should be
displayed with lines drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, extending to the
tangent lines for the time period containing each distance.
f. After significant weather changes, the CBRN 3 BIO report may no longer be accurate or apply.
An adjusted CBRN 3 BIO report must be sent to the unit or installation in the new hazard area,
if possible. Also notify the units that may no longer be in the hazard area.
g. A CBRN 3 BIO should be generated corresponding to the current CDR time periods. The
hazard area defined in set PAPAX should only include those points computed for the current
CDR.
h. The leading (DL) and trailing (DT) edges are computed along the downwind distance path,
starting at the release location. The leading and trailing edges should be displayed with lines
drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, extending to the tangent lines for the time
period containing each distance.
i. A value of zero is used for the downwind distance path, leading edge, and trailing edge
computations for Case 1 releases, since the wind direction is considered variable. The
j. For type S releases notice should be taken of the location of enemy positions further upwind
of the hazard area, calculated in accordance with paragraph 0419, subparagraph g. The area
between the enemy positions and the template should be considered as being potentially BIO
contaminated, with appropriate warnings issued and protective measures taken.
k. For type S releases, if a new detection is made outside of the hazard area, the procedures in
0419, g. should be repeated for the new location.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0423. Hazard Duration

1. Upon confirmation of a specific biological agent or toxin, the expected duration of viability of
the agent should be recorded in the second field of set PAPAA. The release area radius computed for
the current CDR should be entered into the first field of set PAPAA. This duration may be obtained
from a data base on such agents. Agents may continue to be a hazard on the ground in the
contaminated area from days to potentially years.
0424. Times of Arrival Calculation
4. The earliest time of arrival (ETA) for a biological cloud can be computed by using the
downwind distance path and the wind speed for each time period multiplied by 1.5. The distance to
the points considered must be measured from the downwind edge (outer edge for Case 1) of the
release area.
5. The latest time of arrival (LTA) for a biological cloud can be computed by using the downwind
distance path and the wind speed for each time period multiplied by 0.5. Arrival times are computed
using these adjusted wind speeds and the downwind travel distances for each time period. The
distance to the points considered must be measured from the upwind edge (circle centre for Case 1)
of the release area.
Note:
Only ETAs need to be calculated and sent for warnings only.
ETAs in minutes to be added to the time of Release.
ETAs and LTAs to be converted to DTG.
ETAs to be round down.
LTAs to be round up.
the location of unit or installation. For the time period containing the location of unit or installation, the
distance along the downwind path to the perpendicular line is divided by the adjusted wind speed. For
previous time periods the downwind travel distance is divided by the adjusted wind speed. The
expected arrival time or latest time of arrival is the sum of the contributing times; from the last time
period back through the time period containing the release. Some residual airborne cloud mass may
remain behind the area contained between the leading and trailing edges.
For ETAs + LTAs outside d 1
E.g. d 1 Distance X 60 + Distance to C/S along wind line X 60 = ETA min

1 X Wind Speed 1 X Wind Speed
14 km X 60 = 40 min + 26 km X 60 = 59 min
21 km/h 27 km/h
40 min + 59 min = 99 min = ETA
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Note: Do same calculations for LTAs using half the wind speed
by detection.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION VI - CALCULATION OF FURTHER HAZARD AREA

0425. Hazards beyond the First CDR
1. Before proceeding to the next CDR, the downwind hazard area should be recalculated.
Distance DA is not to be extended to result in 6 hours total time. Rather, d 3 will end at the end of the
current CDR (e.g., u 3 *2). If the release occurs in the second or third CDR time period, only two or one
distance will result, as described in paragraph 0415. The leading and trailing edge distances need to
be re-computed and plotted as points. If actual measured meteorological conditions have been
recorded during the current CDR, a better estimate of the current hazard area will be obtained.
2. A release circle for the end of the current CDR is drawn centred at the current downwind
location and then extended to the tangent lines, as described in 0420c. This release circle defines the
extent of the cloud at the end of the current CDR. If this circle does not include both the leading and
trailing edge distances, the circle radius should be enlarged around the current downwind location until
both points are included.
3. The recalculation of Figure 4 - 34 is shown in Figure 4 - 35 with the new release area adjusted
to include the leading and trailing edges.
Figure 4 - 34. Figure 4 - 35.
4. The recalculation of Figure 4 - 36 is shown in Figure 4 - 37 with the new release area. The
release area does not need to be enlarged to contain the leading and trailing edges for this case.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 4 - 36. Figure 4 - 37.
5. The hazard area for the next 6 hour time period should be computed when the next CDR is
received. The procedures in paragraphs 0418, 0419 and 0420 are used. If the next CDR has not been
received, the last time period for the current CDR should be used for WHISKEYM, XRAYM, and
YANKEEM. When the next CDR is received, the hazard prediction should be recalculated. The
hazard area should then be reported in PAPAX of a new CBRN 3 BIO.
6. Hazard areas should continue to be computed until no further contamination can be confirmed,
or until the hazard duration that follows in paragraph 0422 has been reached. Attention should still be
paid to the previously calculated areas, which may be contaminated until the end of agent
effectiveness.
0426. Termination of Biological Hazard Assessment
1. For a biological release where the CBRN 3 BIO was generated from one or more CBRN 1/2
BIO with agent unknown (NKN), the CBRN 3 BIO computations may be terminated when it is
confirmed that it is not a biological substance. Otherwise, biological hazard assessment should
continue until further information is available.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION VII - CBRN BIO REPORTS 1- 6

0427. Reporting of Biolocal Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting System
1. Biological incident warning and reporting aids in the rapid collection, evaluation and
dissemination of data concerning biological release and hazards, including the prediction of hazard
areas.
0428. Reporting CBRN 1 BIO

1. The CBRN 1 BIO report is the most widely used report, being the observers report giving
basic data. The observing unit uses this report to provide BIO release data. All units must be
completely familiar with the CBRN 1 BIO report format and its information. The unit must prepare this
report quickly and accurately, and send it to the next higher-headquarters. All data observations are
sent in a single, complete CBRN 1 BIO report. Do not divide data into two parts to create a
subsequent report. CBRN 1 BIO reports are not used as attack notification. They simply pass data.
2. The first time a BIO weapon is used against allied forces, the observing unit will send the
CBRN 1 report with a FLASH precedence. Each intermediate headquarters will forward the report with
a FLASH precedence (or IMMEDIATE precedence if a previous CBRN 1 BIO report has been
forwarded). If the report is of a second attack within the area of operation, use IMMEDIATE.
3. If a BIO release is suspected from an attack or TIB release is observed, the observer
determines the date-time group of the release, location of the release, means of delivery, type of
release (air or ground), and if possible, type/name of agent. The CBRN team then formats the CBRN 1
BIO report and forwards it to the next higher headquarters. All units prepare and forward CBRN 1
reports.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 4 - 2. CBRN 1 BIO - Example

BIO 1
determined sets:

BRAVO Location of Observer and M BRAVO/33SVB307672/235DGG//
Direction of Incident
DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident M DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//
Start and Incident End
FOXTROT Location of Incident O FOXTROT/MGRS:33SVB3080067200/AA//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity M GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/-//
Information
INDIA Release Information on CBRN M INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/-/-//
Incidents
YANKEE Downwind Direction and O YANKEE/180DGG/17KPH//
Downwind Speed
GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/Munitions exploded
in dust like clouds, and intelligence has
indicated that a BIO release is likely.

1. The CBRN 2 BIO report is based on one or more CBRN 1 BIO reports. It is used to pass
evaluated data to higher, subordinate, and adjacent units. Brigade CBRN SCCs are usually the lowest
level that prepares CBRN 2 reports. Battalion CBRN personnel may prepare the CBRN 2 report if they
have sufficient data. However, these units will not assign an Incident Serial Number.
2. Units use the CBRN 2 as a factor in determining whether to adjust Dress State levels, and to
assist in planning future operations. Line item GENTEXT (CBRN Info) should include the type and
case of release, if known. Use other line items if the information is known.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

BIO 2
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/ITA/1DIV/001/B//

FOXTROT Location of Incident M FOXTROT/MGRS:33SVB3080067200/AA//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity M GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/-//
Information
INDIA Release Information on CBRN M INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/-/-//
Incidents
Speed
GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE P CASE 2 -
Munitions exploded in dust like clouds, and
intelligence has indicated that a Bio
release is likely.

1. CBRN CC uses the CBRN 2 reports and the CDR information to predict the downwind hazard
area. This is sent as a CBRN 3 report. It is sent to all units that could be affected by the hazard.
Each unit plots the CBRN 3 report and determines which of its subordinate units are affected and
warns those units accordingly.
2. A recipient of a CBRN 3 biological report is able to plot the downwind hazard area easily and
quickly. Line GENTEXT may contain additional information that is not covered by the sets.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

BIO 3
determined sets:

FOXTROT Location of Incident M FOXTROT/MGRS:33SVB3080067200/AA//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity O GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/-//
Information
INDIA Release Information CBRN M INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/-/-//
Incidents
OSCAR* Reference DTG for Estimated C
Contour Lines
PAPAA Predicted Release and Hazard M PAPAA/2KM/-/36KM/-//
Area
PAPAX Hazard Area Location for M PAPAX/040600ZJUL2006
Weather Period 33SVB307692/33SVB325683/33SWA201136
/33SUA389151/33SVB291683/33SVB307692//
TANGO Terrain, Topography and O TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//

XRAYB Predicted Contour Information O
Speed
GENTEXT CBRN Info O TYPE P CASE 2

1. The CBRN 4 BIO report is the recorded result of an initial detection, reconnaissance, survey,
or monitoring action at a location being checked for the presence of biological agents. Each QUEBEC,
ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU segment in every CBRN 4 BIO report is a
record of one contamination sample points location, environment, time of reading, type and level of
contamination, method of sampling, and local MET conditions.
2. CBRN 4 BIO will often be far downwind of the release area location as defined in the
corresponding CBRN 2 and CBRN 3 BIO reports, since biological agents will most likely be detected
as airborne contamination (aerosol). A CBRN 4 BIO can be assumed to be associated with the same
release if:
a. They can be placed in the hazard area for a CBRN 3 BIO report between the expected earliest
and latest times of arrival.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
b. They are within 10 km and 2 hours of another CBRN 4 BIO report, which has already been
assigned to a release.

BIO 4
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/BEL/001/001/B//
INDIA Release Information on CBRN M INDIA/AIR/TS:BAC/NP/OTR/-//
Incidents
INDIAB Release and Sampling O
Information on Biological
Incidents
QUEBEC* Location of Reading, Sample, M QUEBEC/MGRS:31UES0620042500/-
Detection and Type of /OTH/1M/-/-/-/-/-/-//
Sample/Detection
ROMEO* Level of Contamination, Dose O ROMEO/CON:50000CFUM2/-/-//
Rate Trend and Decay Rate
Trend
SIERRA* Date-Time-Group of Reading or M SIERRA/CON:031040ZAPR2010//
TANGO* Terrain/Topography and O TANGO/FLAT/BARE//
WHISKEY* Sensor Information O WHISKEY/POS/POS/N/MED//
YANKEE* Downwind Direction and O YANKEE/180DGG/17KPH//
Downwind Speed
GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/HHA HAND
HELD ASSAY//
* Sets QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU are a Segment.
Set QUEBEC and SIERRA are mandatory (M). Set ROMEO, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and
ZULU are operationally determined (O). If there is a repetition, the whole segment has to be repeated.
Set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before set SIERRA appeared. Sets/segments are
repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or survey points.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

1. Generation of CBRN 5 BIO. CBRN 4 BIO which has been assigned to the same release may
be used to produce a CBRN 5 BIO report which is used for the passing of information on areas of
actual ground contamination within the downwind hazard region.
2. The CBRN 5 BIO report is prepared from the contamination plot. This report is last in order
because it consists of a series of grid coordinates. Often this message must be sent on the radio nets.
This requires lengthy transmission. If an overlay is not sent, the recipient is required to plot each
coordinate and redraw the plot. For CBRN 5 BIO reports, line items INDIA (release information),
OSCAR (reference time), and XRAYA (actual contour information) are mandatory.

BIO 5
determined sets:
DELTA Date-Time-Group of O DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//
Incident Start and
Incident End
INDIA Release Information on M INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/-/-//
CBRN Incidents
OSCAR Date-Time-Group for M OSCAR/040700ZJUL2010//
Estimated Contour
Lines
XRAYA Actual Contour M XRAYA/20PPM/33SVB308675/
Information MGRS:33SVB3140067200/MGRS:SVB3120066700/
MGRS:33SVB3060066000/MGRS:33SVB3030067100/
MGRS:33SVB3030067300/MGRS:33SVB3080067500//
GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/-//
1. The final CBRN report is the CBRN 6 BIO. This report is used to pass detailed information on
the biological incident and a narrative description in GENTEXT of biological releases that have
occurred in the reporting units area of responsibilities. The CBRN 6 BIO contains as much information
as is known about the releases. It is submitted only when requested.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

BIO 6
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/ITA/1DIV/001/B//

DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident O DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//
FOXTROT Location of Incident O FOXTROT/MGRS:33SVB3080067200/AA//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity O
Information
Quantity
INDIA Release Information on CBRN O INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/-/-//
Incidents
INDIAB Release and Sampling O
Information on Biological
Incidents
MIKECB Description and Status of O MIKECB/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//
Substance or Storage or
Release Information
MIKER Description and Status of O MIKER/-/-//
QUEBEC Location of Reading, Sample, M QUEBEC/MGRS:36SVD9600029000/-
Detection and Type of /OTR/MPDS/-/-/-/-/-/-//
Sample/Detection
ROMEO Level of Contamination, Dose O ROMEO/CON:20PPM//
Rate Trend & Decay Rate
Trend
SIERRA Date-Time-Group of Reading O SIERRA/CON:040700ZJUL2010//
or Initial Detection of
Contamination
GENTEXT CBRN Info M GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SIBCA LAB
REPORT HAS IDENTIFIED THE AGENT
AS ANTHRAX//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CHAPTER 5
RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING
SECTION I GENERAL INFORMATION

0501. Aim
1. This chapter covers the manual procedures to warn and report the accidental or deliberate
release of radiological materials.
2. Radiological releases, referred to as RAD, may include, but are not limited to releases caused
by accident, collateral damage or deliberate sabotage from nuclear, industrial or medical installations
in which radioactive material is held. Relevant installations may include, but are not limited to any of
the following:
a. power-generating nuclear reactors;
b. research reactors;
c. nuclear fuel fabrication, reprocessing and enrichment plant;
d. nuclear fuel element stores;
e. fissile material stores;
f. radioactive waste storage facilities;
g. radioactive material production and storage of such material; and
h. medical, industrial or educational/research facilities.
3. RAD releases also include intentional or unintentional transportation accidents e.g. transport of
radioactive material by road, rail or ship.
4. Since the characteristics of the RAD release scenarios listed above are significantly different
from a nuclear weapon detonation, this chapter excludes determination of the hazard area arising from
fallout due to nuclear weapons. The procedures used for nuclear weapon fallout prediction are given
in Chapter 6.
0502. Nature of Radiological Release
1. Releases from nuclear plant are characterized in terms of the amount of radioactivity and the
nature of the radioactive materials that could be released, which depend on which part of the plant is
affected. The radioactive material released from nuclear reactors will be in the form of gases, fine
particulate (aerosols) and possibly fuel fragments, which give rise to a range of radioactive emissions.
Other fuel-cycle facilities contain radiological material in a variety of forms, including non-condensable
gases, vapours, liquids and solids.
2. In reactor accident scenarios, the release of radioactivity could occur over several hours or
even days. The release does not necessarily occur at a constant rate throughout the release duration.
3. The release could be controlled by the plant operators, in which case the release may be from
the stack and would be included with process steam. There would be no other indication of release
other than by detection using suitable radiation detection equipment. Uncontrolled releases may be
accompanied by fire and explosions and could be indicated by external signs of damage to the plant.
4. Outside the nuclear industry, radioactive materials are widely used in industrial and medical
facilities. Radioactive materials used for industrial and medical applications tend to comprise of a
single radionuclide incorporated into equipment designed to deliver a specific type of radiation.
Radioactive sources are also often used for education and research in university departments.
5. Radiological devices would be designed by an aggressor to deploy or disperse radioactive
material in an operational area. The ability of an aggressor to deploy such a device would be limited
by the availability of the necessary radioactive materials and possibly by the need for the aggressor to
include shielding to minimise the risk of detection. The materials may be obtained from internal
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
facilities (nuclear plant, industrial or medical facility) or imported from other countries, either overtly for
declared industrial/medical applications, or covertly.
6. In addition to the availability of the radioactive material, a Radiological device also requires a
method of assembly and a delivery mechanism. A device could be as simple as a radioactive source
associated with an improvised explosive device. These could result in an instantaneous release of
quantities of radioactive material into the environment. Other devices may be intended to contaminate
food or water supplies or cause significant radiation exposure to personnel without use of explosive
dispersal. Intelligence information is the main guide to the likelihood of radiological devices being
encountered in a specific operation.
0503. Hazards from Radiological Releases

1. Releases from nuclear facilities will include a range of radioactive materials that may present
the following hazards:
a. Irradiation. Gamma radiation is emitted by most radionuclides and can cause harm to human
tissue by direct irradiation. The range of gamma radiation in air is several meters (even
hundreds of meters), but the intensity decreases in proportion to the square of distance from
the source.
b. Inhalation. Inhalation of radionuclides can produce significant exposure especially if the
nuclide is retained inside the body. Inhalation of radionuclides that emit alpha radiation is
particularly harmful.
c. Ingestion. Consumption of contaminated food or drink can also produce very significant doses
as certain radioactive materials are retained inside the body for a long period. For example
iodine-131 is retained by the thyroid and plutonium is absorbed in the lung and by bone tissue.
d. Skin contact. Many radionuclides decay by beta particle emission either with or without
emission of a gamma ray. Beta radiation has a very small range in air (up to 1 to 2 m,
depending on beta energy) but direct skin contact with a beta-emitter may cause skin burns.
2. Protection from releases from nuclear facilities should include consideration of all of these
potential hazards.
3. Releases from industrial or medical facilities may have a smaller range of radioactive
materials, which means some, but not of all the hazards listed above may arise.
0504. Radiological Hazard Areas
1. These are the areas in which unprotected personnel and materiel may be affected by the
released radioactivity. The radiological hazard area depends on the type of release (source term) and
the atmospheric dispersion that occurs following the release.
2. The HAZARD AREA has been subdivided into three zones based on the total radiation dose
that would be received by unprotected military personnel. These zones are defined in terms of the
Radiation Exposure State thresholds defined in STANAG 2083 and STANAG 2473. The three zones
are described as follows:
a. R1 - Potential Long-term Hazard. In this area, unprotected personnel may be expected to
receive doses in excess of 5 cGy over a period of 5 days. Radiation exposure of individuals
could constitute an increased risk of ill-health (e.g. increased risk of developing cancer) in the
5
long term and the exposure should be managed (ALARA ) and recorded. Background
radiation levels should be monitored regularly, to check for the start and end of radiological
contamination. Non-essential personnel should be advised to shelter and consideration given
to evacuation of the most vulnerable and those who are located in areas where survey
measurements indicate the highest dose-rates. Guided by field survey measurements,
consideration should be given to adoption of protective equipment.
5
ALARA As Low As Reasonably Achievable
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
b. R2 - Potential Acute Hazard. In this area, the radiation levels are expected to be sufficiently
high to indicate that active measures should be adopted to reduce exposure. Unprotected
personnel who remain in this area for a significant period can be anticipated to receive doses
exceeding 75 cGy (but less than 125 cGy) within 24 hours, which is high enough to cause
some short-term incapacitation, but full recovery is expected. Operations within this area
should be restricted to mission critical tasks only.
c. R3 - Potential Severe Hazard. This area corresponds to the region in which radiation doses to
personnel are expected to exceed 125 cGy within 4 hours. It can be anticipated that
unprotected personnel who remain in this area for significant periods may receive doses high
enough to cause short-term incapacitation and possibly death. Immediate evacuation of non-
essential personnel and adoption of protective equipment is strongly recommended.
Immediate medical evaluation should be provided to persons leaving this area.
3. A description of the active measures that should be adopted in zones where acute or long-
term hazards are anticipated can be found in AJP-3.8.1 Vol I.
4. The hazards arising from radiological release scenarios have been reviewed to reduce the
very large number of possible release scenarios into four types (labelled F to I in Table 5-1).
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 5 - 1. Type of Radiological Incident, Description and Template Source Term

Type of Template
Radiological Description
Incident Source Term
Disrupted Industrial Source. Case 1: Damaged and Dispersed Food

Radioactive materials are used in a 6
Sterilisation Source : Cs-137, up to 3.0MCi, wind
wide range of industrial, medical speed 10 km/h.
and educational/research Case 2: Damaged and Dispersed Food
F applications. Accidental or 7
Sterilisation Source : Cs-137, up to 3.0MCi, wind
deliberate disruption of such speed > 10km/h.
sources could result in localised 8
radiation hazard and release to the Case 3: Unshielded Industrial Source : Co-60,
environment. 300 kCi
9
Case 1: Radiation Dispersion Device ,
Radiological Device. Cs-137, 10 kCi to 3.0MCi, 10kg HE, wind speed
Any device specifically designed to 10km/h.
employ radioactive material to 10
Case 2: Radiation Dispersion Device ,
G cause destruction, damage or Cs-137, 10 kCi to 3.0MCi, 10kg HE, windspeed
injury by means of the radiation speed > 10 km/h.
produced by the decay of such
material Case 3: Radiation Exposure Device: Exposed
11
Gamma Source , Co-60, 10 kCi
Case 1: Severe Release from Nuclear Power
plant. IAEA Event Scale 7, HPAC Severe
Release from Nuclear Power Plant. incident
12
Accidental or deliberate disruption Case 2: Moderate Release from Nuclear Power

of facilities, including nuclear plant. IAEA Event Scale 6, HPAC Moderate
H power reactor leading to release incident
into the environment. Other nuclear
facilities include research reactors, Case 3: Minor release from Nuclear Power Plant,
fuel production and storage, waste IAEA Event Scale 5 or less, or any release from
processing, and waste storage other nuclear facilities, including fuel fabrication
and reprocessing plant, waste stores and
research facilities
Detection of unobserved incident.
Radiation has been detected but
the initial disruption or dispersion of
I radioactive material has not been Use template for Type I
directly observed. Source
unknown. Reported using CBRN 4
RAD
5. The form of the hazard area template for each of these types of incident depends on the form
of radioactive material involved and the manner in which radiation exposure occurs.
6. For incidents that involve the extended release of radioactive material from large nuclear
facilities the three hazard areas defined above should be represented by three circles centered on the
plant location, as shown in Figure 5 - 1. Similarly, for incidents that involve exposure to direct radiation
6
IAEA TECDOC1344
7
IAEA TECDOC1344
8
NATO AC/225(LG7)D(2006)0003, Scenario 4
9
NATO SAS 061 Scenario R1
10
11
12
IAEA International Nuclear Event Scale, 2001
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(i.e. exposed or orphan radiation sources) the three hazard areas should be represented by circles
centered on the source location or main concentration of radioactive material. If an incident involves an
instantaneous release (e.g. RDD or disrupted industrial source) and subsequent dispersal and
deposition of the radioactive material by the wind speed (found in CDR) is less than or equal to 10
km/h, the three hazard areas will again be represented by circles centered on the incident location, as
illustrated in Figure 5 - 1. Unshielded radiation sources will emit radiation in all directions.
Long-term Hazard
R1 Dose > 5 cGy
Acute Hazard
Dose > 75 cGy
R2
R
R33
Severe Hazard
Dose > 125 cGy
Figure 5 - 1. Hazard Area Template for RAD Incidents arising from Nuclear Facilities, Exposed
Radiation Sources or Instantaneous Releases, Wind Speed 10 km/h
7. If the incident involves an instantaneous release and subsequent dispersal and deposition of
the radioactive material by the wind when the wind found in the CDR is greater than 10 km/h, the inner
two hazard zones defined by R3 and R2 should be represented by circles and the outer hazard area
should be represented by a fan, with its centre-line along the downwind direction and dimension
defined by the radius R1.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 5 - 2. Hazard Area Template for RAD incidents arising from Instantaneous Releases
Wind Speed > 10 km/h
(1) Plot the incident location and indicate GN.

(2) Plot Severe and Acute hazard zones as circles of radius R3 and R2 centred on the
incident location.
(3) Draw a line from the incident location in the downwind direction.
(4) At the R1 distance draw a line perpendicular to the downwind direction.
incident location equal to twice the length of the release area radius of R2.
(7) The long term hazard area is defined as template shows.
(8) Create CBRN 3 RAD message for warning and reporting units.
8. For each of the incident types defined in Table 5 - 1, a number of cases are considered, (worst
case) as summarized in Table 5 - 2.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 5 - 2. Types and Cases of Radiological Releases

Type of Type CBRN 3
Case Case Description R1 / R2 / R3
Release Description Graphic
Damaged source
with dispersion
1 2.5 km / 250 m / 75 m
Wind speed 10
km/h
Damaged source
Disrupted
with dispersion
Industrial 2 13 km / 750 m / 400 m
Wind speed > 10
Source
F km/h
Exposed/
3 500 m / 50 m / 15 m
unshielded source
Radiological
Dispersion Device
1 (RDD) 2.5 km / 250 m / 75 m
Wind speed 10
km/h
Radiological
Dispersion Device
Radiological
G 2 (RDD) 13 km / 750 m / 400 m
Device
Wind speed > 10
km/h
Radiation
Exposure Device
3 E.g exposed 500 m / 50 m / 15 m
gamma
source
Severe
Release from
1 300 km / 15.0 km / 2.0 km
Nuclear Power
Plant
Release Moderate release

from from Nuclear
H 2 30.0 km / 1.0 km/ 600 m
Nuclear Power Plant
Facilities
Minor releasae
from Nuclear
3 power plant or any 30.0 km / 1.0 km/ 600 m
release from other
nuclear facility
Detection of
unobserved
incident:
I Use only one radius 2.5 km
Reported
using CBRN
4 RAD
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION II RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION PROCEDURES AND CONTRAINTS
0505. General
1. The aim is to provide a timely warning to local commanders of the possibility of direct radiation
and/or radioactive contamination such that RADIAC monitoring equipment may be deployed to monitor
contamination and radiation hazards and protective measures (including IPE, sheltering and
evacuation) may be adopted as required.
2. Initial indications of a RAD incident could arise when:

a. A RADIAC detector has detected the radiation hazard and alarmed;
b. An observer has noticed a change in the status of a known radioactive facility or hazard; and
c. Third party information, including current intelligence, is received [e.g. terrorist warning or
report of an incident at a nuclear facility by the host nation].
3. The Hazard Area template is based on analysis of actual radioactive releases from nuclear
facilities. Releases from nuclear plant tend to last for much longer than the effectively instantaneous
releases that could occur for some types of radiological device incidents or releases from other
industrial facilities. Studies have shown that:
a. The main determinant of hazard area for a nuclear facility release is the magnitude (size) of
release [i.e. quantity of released radioactive material].
b. There is relatively small dependence of hazard area on wind speed.
c. There is more dependence on atmospheric stability.
d. There is a relatively small dependence on release height and release duration.
e. Practical dose management measures, including monitoring and survey, sheltering and
evacuation, should be adopted in areas all around the site not just those in the immediate
downwind direction.
4. Generally it will not be possible to estimate the size of a RAD release without a detailed
radiological survey and post incident analysis of the release area. The CBRN cell must, therefore, use
best judgement to select the appropriate template on the basis of information provided in the initial
CBRN messages. This section describes the procedure for determining the Hazard Area template
from incoming CBRN messages.
5. It will be necessary to set in place standard operating procedures (SOP) to define Operational
Exposure Guidance (OEG), and exposure rate limits for the operation, decide on related alarm
thresholds and to establish radiation background readings in the area of operation. This is necessary
because these may vary significantly from operation to operation
6. Procedures for determination of the size of the release are given in Section III. For any given
source term, the Hazard Area template is divided into three zones, in each of which commanders are
advised to take specified actions to reduce radiation exposure in accordance with STANAG 2473. The
radii of these zones are determined from the size of the release.
0506. Procedures
1. The warning and reporting procedures for radiological incidents are outlined in Figure 5 - 3.
Essentially the steps involved are OBSERVE ANALYSE RESPOND MONITOR, and each of
these is described in more detail below.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 5 - 3. Warning and Reporting Flow Chart - Radiological Incidents

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
2. Observe. An incident may be observed either as direct damage or disruption of a known

facility or radiological hazard, or by an unexpected detection of radiation using RADIAC equipment.
The CBRN cell should collect as much information as possible about the incident, including location,
time and available details of the incident and report as a CBRN 1 RAD. In the case where a
reconnaissance team makes the initial discovery of a RAD hazard it may be more appropriate to make
the initial report with detector readings using the CBRN 4 RAD message. National procedures may
apply.
3. Analyse. On receipt of the initial messages the cell operator can select the appropriate
template using the procedures described in Section III, and generate a plot of the estimated Hazard
Area. Warning messages can then be issued as a CBRN 3 RAD. The template dimensions may
change as more information such as detailed survey results comes available. The CBRN cell may also
collect and correlate messages using the automated data processing (ADP) hazard prediction and
warning and reporting system, if available, designed in accordance with the rules set out in AEP-45.
The purpose of the analysis is to make a best estimate for the location, time, type and size of the
release. The CBRN 3 report informs on the prediction of a downwind hazard area. This prediction is
change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes essential.
4. Respond. Commanders who receive the CBRN RAD warning messages should immediately
adopt the force protection measures and monitoring procedures as advised in STANAG 2473. The
nature of these measures depends on proximity to the point of release and the time elapsed since the
release occurred. As a minimum the units affected should monitor radiation levels and report readings
as instructed regardless of whether they are located upwind or downwind of the incident. It will be
important to establish where the contamination has not fallen to determine boundaries between clean
and contaminated areas. Monitoring results should be reported periodically or as instructed by the
CBRN cell using the CBRN 4 RAD format, as the radioactive intensity may change over time.
STANAG 2473 provides guidance on risk management procedures to mitigate the effects of a RAD
release. The Area Control Centre will be responsible for defining the time periods and action levels, for
reporting field measurements, for directing additional reconnaissance measurements and collation and
analysis of data. STANAG 2002 provides instruction on placing a cordon around the hazard. In the
case of RAD releases, signs in accordance with the STANAG are to be placed on all probable routes
leading into contaminated areas at the points where the dose rate reaches 0.0002 cGy/h (2 Gy/h)
measured at 1 meter above the ground. This is roughly ten times natural background radiation levels
for most outdoor areas. When the dose rate is greater than 0.0002 cGy/h, signs showing the actual
dose rate are to be placed.
5. Monitor. Once the initial analysis and warning messages have been confirmed and analyzed,
the CBRN cell should continuously monitor the development of the hazard area by updating the
analysis using information obtained from CBRN 4 RAD monitoring messages or from other information
received about the initial incident. The key information (location, time, type and size/ intensity) can be
updated to either confirm or modify the template plot. Field measurements of radiation levels should
be correlated to the same reference time, to account for radioactive decay, and plotted on a map of the
affected area. Iso-doserate plots can be generated either manually or automatically and reported
using the CBRN 5 RAD message. For most practical situations the decay of radioactivity for RAD
releases can be ignored as a first approximation. Contours can be plotted by interpolation between
adjacent fields measurements taken at different times provided the measurements are taken within the
first few days of the initial incident. It should be noted that short half life nuclides will decay rapidly.
Plotting measured dose rates ignoring radioactive decay will not result in an underestimate of the
hazard area. Long half life nuclides will not have decayed significantly. Once sufficient information
becomes available it may be possible to use an enhanced mathematical plume model to predict where
the contamination will occur in the future or to fill in the gaps between field measurements. Further
information on plume models is provided in AEP-45.
0507. Constraints
1. Constraints of Template. The templates described in this section are intended to indicate an
overall Hazard Area where specific actions are advised, rather than to provide an indication of actual
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
hazard levels or radiation exposure prediction. The templates, therefore, provide an initial indication of
areas in which specific actions should be taken to ensure that appropriate force protection measures
are implemented.
2. Timeliness and Period of Validity of Messages. Radiological releases should be
characterized both in terms of the dispersed atmospheric plume and the deposited contamination left
behind when the plume has passed. It is important that the initial warning messages are issued as
soon as possible after the incident such that affected units can adopt suitable protective measures
(shelter, wear Individual Protective Equipment (IPE), evacuate, etc) and initiate monitoring procedures.
The responses to RAD incidents can be broken down into Emergency, Intermediate and Late phases.
The Hazard Area template would dictate responses during the Emergency phase but, during the later
phases, more emphasis should be placed on actual hazard areas determined by field measurements
and possibly by enhanced mathematical plume calculations.
a. Practical Limits of Templates. The boundaries of the zones within the Hazard Area template
given in this chapter are based on analysis of a wide range of possible scenarios. A
precautionary approach has been adopted to ensure that measures adopted always assume
an appropriate level of caution until confirmed by actual measurements. Template dimensions
are based on calculations for typical scenarios derived from work carried out by the NATO
Joint Capability Group on CBRN Challenge Sub-group (CSG) and the Radiological and
Nuclear Defence Sub-group (RNDSG).
b. Radiation Exposure Assumptions. The boundaries of the hazard zones have been calculated
on the basis of exposure of unprotected personnel for a period of up to 5 days after the initial
release or incident. The exposure calculation concentrates on the principal pathways that
could result in short term health effects and does not consider pathways and processes that
become important only in the longer term, such as ingestion and resuspension of the
previously deposited activity. The dose pathways considered are radiation from deposited
activity, inhalation and radiation from the contaminated cloud.
c. Unobserved incidents. Under some circumstances it will be necessary, or advisable to issue a
warning that a RAD incident has occurred before a detailed survey has been completed to
determine all of the release characteristics. This document includes provision for messages to
include Not known [NKN] in some fields. The resulting Hazard Area template is then based
on appropriate pessimistic assumptions that can subsequently be eliminated as more survey
data becomes available.
0508. Scope of Simplified, Detailed and Enhanced Procedures
1. Simplified procedures are intended to be performed manually immediately on receipt of the
first report.
2. Detailed procedures are intended to be performed either manually or by an automated system
when multiple messages have been received. This requires correlation of the messages and enables
the immediate hazard warnings to be confirmed or updated on the basis of the additional information.
Guidance on message handling for RAD reports is provided in Section IV. Other than using multiple
messages to make best estimates for the parameters used in plotting the Hazard Area template, there
are no additional calculations necessary in the detailed procedure for RAD incidents.
3. Enhanced methods that make use of atmospheric dispersion models to predict the expected
hazard distribution are only intended for use by automated systems due to the complexity of the
calculations involved. Enhanced methods would be carried out, as more information about the nature
of the release becomes available including field measurements of radiation and more information
about the initial source term. The accuracy of such models is determined by many factors, as follows:
a. Type of and amount of radioactive material released;
b. Type of and amount of delivery or storage system(s);
c. Type of and amount of container(s) of radioactive material;
d. Terrain composition;
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
e. Average wind speed & direction;

f. Significant weather (rain, clouds etc.);
g. Air stability;
h. Type of surface(s);
i. Vegetation(s);
j. Surface air temperature;
k. Relative humidity;
l. Radiation dose coefficients; and
m. Estimated exposure conditions.
4. These factors are not considered in detail when implementing the RAD Hazard Area template
procedure described in this Chapter, since collection of the data needed for accurate predictions is
expected to take considerable time. Requirements for enhanced plume models are described in AEP-
45.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION III RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES
0509. General
1. This section describes the procedure for simplified, manual plotting of the Hazard Area
template, using information available from the initial report.
2. The key parameters needed to generate the RAD Hazard Area template are:
a. The location of release;
b. The time of release;
c. The type of release; and
d. The amount of material released (Size).
3. These parameters have to be deduced from information provided in the initial CBRN 1 RAD or
CBRN 4 RAD messages.
1. Location. The hazard area template should be centred on the location of the release that is
indicated by FOXTROT or else will have to be deduced from set BRAVO (observer location and
direction of incident).
2. Time of Release. The time of release is provided in set DELTA.
3. The Type and Size of Radiological Release for TIR:
a. Information on the type and size of radiological release is deduced from sets GOLF. GOLF
Field 2 (Type of Delivery) is used to designate the nature or origin of the incident or release.
b. Type F involves accidental release from industrial or medical facilities, designated by the code
Toxic Industrial radiological (TIR), or incidents involving transport of radioactive materials,
designated by the codes Transport (TPT), Railroad Car (RLD), Plant (PLT) or Ship (SHP).
c. Type G is used to indicate a deliberate attack using radioactive materials and is reported using
the codes Air (AIR), Bomb (BOM), Cannon (CAN), Device (DEV), Multiple Launch Rocket
System (MLR), Mortar (MOR) or Missile (MSL) to indicate the means of dispersal or release
of the RAD material.
d. Type H is used to indicate that the incident involves a major nuclear installation, such as
nuclear power plant (RNP), research nuclear reactor (RNR), fuel fabrication facility (FFF) or
fuel reprocessing facility (FRF), fissile material storage (FMS) or radioactive waste storage
(RWS) facility.
e. Type I is used to report an unobserved radiological release (use CBRN 4 RAD message).
4. Further information about the source, such as the general material type, type of radioactivity,
radionuclide name or transport code, can be reported using set INDIAR if this information is available
at the time that the initial report is raised. It is likely that these details will only become available
following further investigation of the incident, and would then be reported using the CBRN 4 message.
5. A guide for deciding on the Types and Cases listed in Table 5 - 2 is summarised in Table 5 - 4,
and examples for each type and case is given below:
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Receipt of
CBRN RAD
yes Incident observed no
Check for off-target

Type of report
Incident
yes no
Type F: Type G: Type H:

Disrupted or dispersed Industrial Radiological Weapon Release from large Nuclear
source AIR/ BOM/ CAN/ DEV/ MLR/ MOR/ Facility Associate Type I
TIR/ TPT/ RLD/ PLT/ SHP MLS RNP/ RNR/ FMS/ RWS/ FFF/ with Unobserved incident
FRF original Golf Field 2
message NKN
Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 1 Case 2 Case 3

Dispersed Dispersed Exposed Radiation Radiation Radiation Case 1: Case 2: Case 3:
Source: Source: Source Dispersal Dispersal exposure Severe Moderate Minor release from
Size of Size of Size of Device: Device: Device: release release from RNP/SML or any release
release: release: release Size of Size of Size of from RNP/ RNP/ from other nuclear
LRG or LRG or SML release release release XLG LRG facilities
XLG XLG LRG or LRG or SML
low winds for winds XLG XLG
10 km/h > 10 km/h low winds for winds
10 km/h > 10 km/h
Figure 5 - 4. Decision Sheet for Simplified Procedure for RAD
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
a. TYPE F, Case 1: Damaged Source with Dispersion/Wind Speed 10 km/h. Delivery and
quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or
means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size
of the radiological release.
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504108N0021554W/099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504108N0021554W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/TIR/4/CON/LRGRAD//
INDIAR/MDS/Co60/-/-/-//
MIKER/FIRE/CONT/-//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/FIRE AT HOSPITAL WITH RADIOTHERAPY UNIT//
Hazard area Template
For this case as the wind speed is less or equal than 10 km/h the hazard area template,
according to paragraph 0504.6, is plotted using the CIRCLE template centred on the source
location reported using set FOXTROT..
Figure 5 - 5. TYPE F, Case 1, Damaged Source with Dispersion Wind Speed 10 km/h
b. TYPE F, Case 2: Damaged Source with Dispersion/ Wind Speed > 10 km/h. Delivery and
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Example: Example:
CBRN 1 RAD CBRN 3 RAD
BRAVO/504108N0021554W/099DGM// ALFA/GBR/222/222001/R//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE// FOXTROT/ 504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/RLD/3/ISO/XLGRAD// GOLF/OBS/RLD/3/ISO/XLGRAD//
INDIAR/INS/UN3331/-/-/-// INDIAR/INS/3331/-/-/-//
MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT/-// MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// PAPAR/13KM/750M/400M/-//
YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH// PAPAX/100209ZAUG2010/504048N0021550W/5
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// 04117N0021535W/504637N0020608W/503823N
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SERIOUS RAIL 0020238W/504028N0021520W/504048N002155
CRASH INCLUDING CONTAINERS OF 0W//
FRESH NUC FUEL// TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE/075DGG/12KPH//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//

For this case the wind speed is greater than 10 km/h, therefore, the hazard area template,
according to paragraph 0504.7, is plotted using the FAN template centred on the source
location reported using set FOXTROT. In this case the wind direction would be obtained from
set YANKEE.
Figure 5 - 6. TYPE F, Case 2: Damaged Source with Dispersion Wind Speed > 10 km/h
c. TYPE F, Case 3: Disrupted Industrial Source/ Exposed or Unshielded Source. Delivery and
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504108N0021554W/099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/TIR/1/CON/SMLRAD//
INDIAR/INS/GAM/-/-/-//
MIKER/DPC/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/DAMAGED INDUSTRIAL SOURCE//
For this case the hazard area template is plotted as three circles centred on the source
location reported using set FOXTROT.
Figure 5 - 7. TYPE F, Case 3, Exposed/Unshielded Radiation Sources

d. TYPE G, Case 1, Radiological Device with Dispersion/Wind Speed 10 km/h. Delivery and
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504108N0021554W /099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/DEV/1/BOM/LRGRAD//
INDIAR/MWS/NKN/-/MPDS/CONF//
MIKER/ARDD/PUFF//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/WARNED RDD//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
For this case as the wind speed is less than 10 km/h the hazard area template should be
plotted using the CIRCLE template centred on the source location reported using set
FOXTROT. In this case the wind information would be obtained from set YANKEE.
Figure 5 - 8. TYPE G, Case 1, Radiological Dispersion Device Wind Speed 10 km/h
e. TYPE G, Case 2, Radiological Dispersion Device/Wind Speed > 10 km/h. Delivery and
Example: Example:
CBRN 1 RAD CBRN 3 RAD
BRAVO/504349N0024102W/099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-// ALFA/GBR/222/222001/R//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010//
GOLF/OBS/MSL/1/-/-// FOXTROT/ 504056N0021515W/EE//
INDIAR/MWS/GAM/-/UMPD/-// GOLF/OBS/MSL/1/-/XLGRAD//
MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT// INDIAR/MWS/GAM/-/UMPD/-//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT//
YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH// PAPAR/13KM/750M/400M/-//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// PAPAX/100209ZAUG2010/504048N0021550W/
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/ALARM FROM 504117N0021535W/504637N0020608W/50382
AREA MONITORS AFTER MSL ATTACK// 3N0020238W/504028N0021520W/504048N002
1550W//

For this case the wind speed is greater than 10 km/h, therefore, the hazard area template is
plotted using the FAN template centred on the source location reported using set FOXTROT.
In this case the wind direction is obtained from set YANKEE.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 5 - 9. TYPE G, Case 2, Radiological Dispersion Device Wind Speed > 10 km/h
f. TYPE G, Case 3, Radiological Device; Exposed Source. Delivery and quantity information is
obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or means of delivery, the
number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size of the radiological
release.
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504108N0021554W /099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/DEV/1/CON/SMLRAD//
INDIAR/RDPS/GAM/-/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/PATROL PD ALARMED//
For this case the hazard area template is plotted using the circle template centred on the
source location reported using set FOXTROT. In this case the wind information does not
apply.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 5 - 10. TYPE F, Case 3, Exposed Unshielded Radiation Sources

g. TYPE H, Case 1: Release from Nuclear Facilities; Severe Release from Nuclear Power Plant.
Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of
the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers
and the size of the radiological release.
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504108N0021554W /099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/RNP/1/RCT/XLGRAD//
INDIAR/SRF/MXR/-/-/-//
MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SEVERE DAMAGE TO RCT BUILDING AT RNP//
source location reported using set FOXTROT.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 5 - 11. TYPE H, Case 1, Severe Release from Nuclear Power Plant
h. TYPE H, Case 2: Release from Nuclear Facilities; Moderate Release from Nuclear Power
Plant. Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in
terms of the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance
containers and the size of the radiological release.
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504349N0024102W/099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/RNP/1/RCT/LRGRAD//
INDIAR/SRF/MXR/-/-/-//
MIKER/ESD/CONT//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/ONGOING INCIDENT AT NPP //
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 5 - 12. TYPE H, Case 2 Moderate Release from Nuclear Power Plant
i. TYPE H, Case 3: Minor release from Nuclear Power Plant or any release from other Nuclear
Facilities.
Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of
the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers
and the size of the radiological release.
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504349N0024102W/099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/RNR/1/RCT/XLGRAD//
INDIAR/SRF/-/-/-/-//
MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SEVERE INCIDENT AT RESEARCH REACTOR SITE//
Figure 5 - 13. TYPE H, Case 3 Release from other Nuclear Facilities

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
j. TYPE I: Detection of Unobserved Incident; Reported using CBRN 4 RAD. If radiation is
detected but with no evidence of the source (i.e. no obvious attack or release), the incident
should be reported as an Unobserved Incident. This could be reported using a CBRN 4 RAD
message as follows:
Information on the type of release is deduced from set INDIAR.
Example:
CBRN 4 RAD
ALFA/UK/123/004/R//
INDIAR/MWS/NKN/-/HGSM/-/
QUEBEC/504056N0021515W/-/MPDS/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//
ROMEO/RAT:30CGH/-/-//
SIERRA/100209AUG2007//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/UNEXPECTED HIGH READING GAMMA DOSERATE MONITOR//
For this case the hazard area template is plotted as ONE circle of 2.5 km centred on the
location of the reading reported using set QUEBEC. If there is more than one reading the
QUEBEC for the highest reading should be used.
r = 2.5 km
Figure 5 - 14. TYPE I: Detection of unobserved incident, reported using CBRN 4 RAD
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION IV RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION DETAILED PROCEDURES
0511. Processing and Analysing RAD Messages
1. The purpose of the detailed procedure is to either confirm or recalculate the hazard area
template produced using the Simplified Procedure described in Section III. This Section describes the
manual procedures for processing and analysing the messages. This procedure assumes that the
first indication of a radiological hazard will be the receipt of a CBRN 1 RAD message. However, for
reporting of an unobserved incident it is possible that the first indication would be as a CBRN 4 RAD.
2. The analysing steps should therefore be:

a. For CBRN 1 RAD messages, proceed in accordance with paragraph 0512.
b. For CBRN 2 RAD messages only, proceed in accordance with paragraph 0513.
c. For CBRN 4 RAD messages, which indicate detection data from detailed reconnaissance,
survey or monitoring or measurements for an unobserved incident, proceed in accordance
with paragraph 0515.
0512. Analyse CBRN 1 RAD Messages
1. A CBRN 1 RAD message is the first report of a radiological incident, a Local Incident Serial
Number is allocated by the CBRN Collection Centre (CBRN CC) or Sub-Collection Centre (CBRN
SCC), in accordance with Chapter 1, to generate an approved CBRN 2 RAD message. A hazard area
template is then generated using the procedures described in Section III. This information forms the
basis of the CBRN 3 RAD message. On receipt of a CBRN 1 RAD message, which is not the first
report in an operation, the message will be compared with all existing CBRN 1 RAD and approved
CBRN 2 RAD messages to determine if the message is related to known incidents.
2. The procedure for comparing a CBRN 1 message with existing CBRN 1 or CBRN 2 messages
is outlined in Figure 5 -15. This procedure will enable the initial approved CBRN 2 message to be re-
evaluated using all available information. Detailed rules for message correlation are provided in AEP-
45. The filter distances used for comparison of messages will be the value of Severe Hazard Radius
given in Table 5-2 appropriate for the Type of Release. Example, for Type F, Case 1 use 75 m for
Type H case 2 use 600m. With respect to filter time, the criterion for correlation of messages is the
incident start time (DELTA) of the reports should be within 15 minutes.
3. If, by comparison of message locations and times it is evident that the messages relate to
different incidents, new CBRN 2 and CBRN 3 messages should be generated and hazard area
template for the new incident plotted as described in Section III.
0513. Reporting CBRN 2 RAD
1. New CBRN 2 RAD messages can also be compared with existing CBRN 2 RAD messages in
the system using the decision process defined in Figure 5 - 15.
2. If messages can be correlated, the operator can decide on which message should be the
approved CBRN 2 message.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Compare new CBRN 1

RAD w ith existing CBRN
1 or CBRN 2
Question?
yes no
Type of
Delivery
Identical Entries relate to same
entries? Type of incident in
Figure 5-4
Type of
Delivery
Incident Type
Compatible
Confirmed
entries?
Start Time
DELTA entries
w ithin filter
time?
Location
FOXTROT
entries w ithin
filter distance?
Revise CBRN 2 Separate incidents:

Create New CBRN 2
Figure 5 - 15. Decision Chart for Comparison of CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 RAD Messages
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
1. CBRN CC uses the CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 reports and the CDR weather information for the
hazard area prediction. However, should the local situation such as topography and size of the
release indicate that the use of the locally measured weather information would be more appropriate,
then proceed with using the local weather information for the hazard area prediction calculation. This
is sent as a CBRN 3 report. It is sent to all units that could be affected by the hazard. Each unit plots
the CBRN 3 report and determines which of its subordinate units are affected and warns those units
accordingly.
2. In order that a recipient of a CBRN 3 RAD report is able to plot the downwind hazard area
easily and quickly line GENTEXT may contain additional information.
1. If the received CBRN 4 RAD (detection) is the first report of a RAD incident in an operation it
will be used to generate an approved CBRN 2 RAD with NKN placed in any sets where there is no
information. This is defined as a Type I incident and the hazard area template should be plotted as a
2.5 km radius circle centred on the detection location. It is accepted that the resulting CBRN 2 RAD
will be less robust than an approved CBRN 2 RAD generated from a CBRN 1 RAD until further
information is obtained (e.g. from directed survey data).
2. On receipt of an incoming CBRN 4 RAD (detection) message, which is not the first RAD
report in an operation, the message will be compared with all existing approved CBRN 2 RAD
messages in the system to determine if the message is related to known incidents.
3. Similarity with existing messages requires analysis to check that the location and time of the
reading and or measurement is consistent with the incident specified in the approved CBRN 2
message. The incoming CBRN 4 RAD (detection) message is considered to have priority if the
following conditions are satisfied:
a. CBRN 4 RAD release information (INDIAR) is consistent with the INDIAR in the existing
approved CBRN 2 RAD message.
b. The CBRN 4 RAD directed survey dose rate level (ROMEO) at location (QUEBEC) is
consistent with the hazard area indicated by the existing approved CBRN 2 RAD message.
4. If these conditions are met, the CBRN 4 RAD message relates with other messages already
existing in the system, and the incoming message is allocated to the relevant incident.
5. If the CBRN 4 RAD message cannot be associated to any known incident, then it is
considered a new incident. This is defined as a Type I incident and the hazard area template should
be plotted as a 2.5 km radius circle centred on the detection location. A Local Incident Serial Number
is then allocated by the CBRN CC or CBRN SCC, in accordance Chapter 1 and a CBRN 2 RAD
message is generated. This information forms the basis of the CBRN 3 RAD message.
6. An unassociated CBRN 4 RAD message may be set aside until further information from the
incident is available. The information required to complete the association may come from a detailed
directed survey of the area surrounding the location of detection (QUEBEC), which will be reported
using subsequent CBRN 4 RAD survey messages.
1. Detailed survey measurements reported using the CBRN 4 RAD message may be used to
produce a CBRN 5 RAD report which is used for the passing of information on areas of actual ground
contamination within the downwind hazard region.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
2. The CBRN 5 RAD report is prepared from the contamination plot. This report consists of a
series of grid coordinates. Often this message must be sent on the radio nets. This requires lengthy
transmission. If an overlay is not sent, the recipient is required to plot each coordinate and redraw the
plot.
1. The final CBRN report is the CBRN 6 RAD. This report is used to pass detailed information
on the radiological incident and a narrative description in GENTEXT of radiological releases that have
occurred in the reporting units area of responsibilities. The CBRN 6 RAD contains as much
information as is known about the releases. It is submitted only when requested.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION V RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD WARNING & REPORTING MESSAGES
0518. Examples of CBRN RAD Messages
1. The followings represented samples for the reporting of radiological incidents:
Table 5 - 3. CBRN 1 RAD - Example

CBRN 1 RAD
determined sets:
Set Description Cond.
BRAVO Location of Observer and Direction M BRAVO/504108N0021554W /099DGM//
of Incident
DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident Start M DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
and Incident End
FOXTROT Location of Incident O FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information M GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/DRUM/NKN//
INDIAR Release and Sampling Information M INDIAR/RWM/MXR/-/PD/-//
on Radiological Incidents
MIKER Description and Status of Chemical, M MIKER/DPC/CONT//
Biological and Radiological
Incidents
TANGO Terrain/Topography and Vegetation O TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
Description
YANKEE Downwind Direction and Downwind O YANKEE/075DGT/005KPH//
Speed
GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/DAMAGE
TRANSPORT CONTAINER//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CBRN 2 RAD
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/GBR/123/001/R//
and Incident End
FOXTROT Location of Incident M FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information M GOLF/OBS/PLT/1/CON/NKN//
INDIAR Release and Sampling Information M INDIAR/MDS/CO60/-/HGSM/-//
MIKER Description and Status of Chemical, M MIKER/EXS/CONT//
Incidents
Description
Speed
GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/EXPOSED
COBALT-60 MEDICAL SOURCE//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CBRN 3 RAD
determined sets:
and Incident End
FOXTROT Location of Incident M FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O GOLF/OBS/PLT/1/BUK/NKN//
INDIAR Release and Sampling Information M INDIAR/FMS/MXR/-/VBRAD//
MIKER Description and Status of Chemical, M MIKER/ESD/PUFF//
Incidents
Estimated/Actual Contour lines
PAPAR Radiological Hazard Predictions M PAPAR/1500M/70M/15M/-//
Parameters
PAPAX Hazard Area location for Weather M PAPAX/102000ZAUG2010/504056N0
Period 021515W//
Description
XRAYB Predicted Contour Information O
Speed
GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RELEASE
FROM A FISSILE MATERIAL
STORE//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

CBRN 4 RAD
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/GBR/123/001/R//
INDIAR Release and Sampling Information M INDIAR/RDPS/GAM/-/PD//
QUEBEC* Location of M QUEBEC/504056N0021515W/-
Reading/Sample/Detection and /HGSM/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//
Type of Sample/Detection
ROMEO* Level of Contamination, Dose Rate M ROMEO/RAT:30CGH/-/-//
Trend, and Decay Rate Trend.
SIERRA* Date Time Group of Reading or M SIERRA/100209ZAUG2010//
TANGO* Terrain/Topography and O TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
WHISKEY Sensor Information O
YANKEE* Downwind Direction and Downwind O YANKEE/075DGT/005KPH//
Speed
GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RELEASE
FROM AN RDPS//
* Set QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, YANKEE and ZULU are a Segment. Set
QUEBEC, ROMEO and SIERRA are mandatory (M). Set, TANGO, YANKEE and ZULU are
operationally determined (O). If there is a repetition, the whole segment has to be repeated. Set
QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before set SIERRA appeared.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CBRN 5 RAD
determined sets:
DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident Start O DELTA/102100ZAUG2010/-//
and Incident End
INDIAR Release and Sampling Information M INDIAR/RWM/MXR/-/PD/-//
OSCAR Reference DT for Estimated/Actual M OSCAR/102200ZAUG2010//
Contour Lines
XRAYA Actual Contour Information M XRAYA/0.3CGH/
504106N0021515W/
504046N0021515W
504056N0021205W
504056N0021225W//
GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/DAMAGED
TRANSPORT CONTAINER//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CBRN 6 RAD
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/GBR/123/001/R//
DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident Start O DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
and Incident End
FOXTROT Location of Incident O FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/DRUM/NKN//
INDIAR Release and Sampling Information O INDIAR/RWM/MXR/-/PD/-//
MIKER Description and Status of O MIKER/DPC/CONT//
QUEBEC Location of M QUEBEC/504056N0021515W/-
Reading/Sample/Detection and /HGSM/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//
Type of Sample/Detection
ROMEO Level of Contamination, Dose O ROMEO/RAT:30CGH/-/-//
Rate Trend, and Decay Rate
Trend
SIERRA Date Time Group of Reading or O SIERRA/REA:100215ZAUG2010//
GENTEXT CBRN Info M GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/VEHICLE
CARRYING RADIOACTIVE FISSILE
MATERIAL IN TYPE A PACKAGE
OVERTURNED ON ROUTE 25//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION VI RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD - EVALUATION AND CALCULATION
0519. Evaluation of Radiological Information

1. Before planning operations in a radiological environment, commanders must be aware of the
contamination hazards. The information required for such planning is derived from the methodology
presented in the following paragraphs.
2. After CBRN 4 RAD reports are received they may be evaluated with regard to the actual
hazard encountered by personnel in the contaminated area with an aim to predict expected dose
rates and accumulated doses for possible missions within the area contaminated by the RAD incident.
0520. Determination of Decay Rate
1. Once a radiological hazard has been identified, the dose rate at any future time can be
calculated using the decay rate.
2. For a RAD incident involving only a single radionuclide the decay rate, L, can be determined
from the radioactive half life t 1/2 as follows:
Decay rate L = 0.693 / t 1/2
0521. The half life for a number of common radionuclides is given in Table C - 2 of Dose Rate for an
Arbitrary Time
1. If the CBRN RAD 4 message reports the measured dose rate R 1 (ROMEO) at a given
location (FOXTROT) and time (DELTA), the dose rate at some later time, R 2, can be determined as
follows:
R 2 = R 1 x exp (-L x t)
This calculation can be performed using a calculator.
- where t is the elapsed time difference in hours the decay must be calculate for hours.
- where t is the elapsed time difference in years the decay must be calculate for years.
Example:
Determination of dose rate for an arbitrary time using Am-241, an initial reading of 0.5 cGy/hr
and time difference of 7 years.
R 1 = 0.5
L = 0.0016034 years (extracted from Table C - 3)
t = 7 years
R 2 = 0.5 X exp (-0.0016034 X 7)
R 2 = 0.494 cGy/h
Note: Ensure the base measurements are the same for L and t.
0522. Determination of Earliest Time of Entry
1. The following equation can be used to estimate the earliest time of entry to an area of known
contamination. For example, if a radiological survey has determined that the dose rate at a given
location is R at time t 1 , and Operational Exposure Guidance indicates that the area should not be
entered if the dose rate is greater than R L , the estimated time required to wait before entry, t e when
the actual dose rate will have decayed below R L is given by:
R L = R x exp ( -L x t e )
Re-arranging and taking logs of both sides of the equation gives:
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
t e = (-1/L) x ln (R L /R)
This calculation can be performed using a standard calculator.
0523. Approximations
1. For releases for many RAD incidents it is acceptable as a first approximation to ignore decay
rate, as the radioactive half life of the radionuclides released are likely to be much longer than the
duration of the military operation (battlefield mission). The radiological hazard should therefore be
regarded as a persistent hazard.
2. A consequence of this approximation, for such instances, is that there is no requirement to

undertake immediate calculations to determine:
a. earliest time of entry to a contaminated area;
b. optimum time of exit from a contaminated area; and
c. optimum time of exit from a shelter.
3. As the radioactive half life of the radio nuclides released are likely to be much longer than the
duration of the military operation there is little or no advantage in delaying operations after a RAD
incident. This is in contrast to a nuclear weapon attack where fallout decays much faster (typically to
2% of its initial value in 24 hours).
0524. Simple Dose Estimation

1. Total dose, D T , for unprotected personnel at a given location (FOXTROT) can be estimated
from the reported dose rate R, as follows:
DT = RxT
where T is the estimated duration of exposure at that location. For example, if a unit reports
that the dose rate at a given location and time is 0.1 cGy/h, and it is anticipated that the unit
will occupy that location for 6 hours, the expected total dose will be 0.1 x 6 cGy = 0.6 cGy.
0525. Estimation of Time of Arrival of a RAD Release
1. Radioactive particles from a radiological incident will be transported not only by wind
advection but also by dispersion and diffusion processes. The following calculation will allow to
estimate the time of arrival of the radioactive particles at unit locations downwind of the release.
ETA (mins) = Distance of Unit from release location (km) / 1.5 x Windspeed (km/h) x 60
0526. Stay Time Estimation
1. Operational Exposure Guidance will indicate a mission dose limit D m , which should not be
exceeded. If the reported dose rate for a unit at a given location and time is R, the Stay Time, t stay , at
that location can be estimated from
t stay = Dm / R
For example, if the mission dose has been set such that no personnel should exceed a target
of 0.1 cGy and the reported dose rate is 0.025 cGy/h, the stay time is = 0.1 / 0.025 = 4 hours.
2. If the individual or unit at location (FOXTROT) already has a prior radiation dose, D p , either
from exposure at that location prior to the current time or due to a previous mission, then the stay time
estimate needs to be adjusted as follows:
t stay = (D m - D p ) / R
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
The value of D p can be obtained either from reported measurement of individual dose from a
personal dosimeter, or estimated using the equation in paragraph 0524 above.
0527. Crossing a Contaminated Area
1. In some radiological incidents, such as releases from nuclear facilities, it is to be expected

that extensive areas will be contaminated by radioactive material. It may be necessary to cross an
area where there is radioactive contamination. The results of detailed radiological survey
measurements may be used to produce an iso-doserate contour map of the area affected, from which
it would be possible to work out an optimum route.
2. If a contaminated area must be crossed, the lowest dose rate area, consistent with the
mission should be selected. In calculating the total dose expected to be incurred, it is necessary to
determine an average dose rate.
3. The average dose rate represents a mean value the individual is exposed to during transit. A
reasonable approximation of the dose rate can be obtained by dividing by two the maximum dose rate
predicted to be encountered. This is written as
R max
R avg =
2
R avg = average dose rate.
R max = highest dose rate encountered or expected to be encountered
Time of stay (T s ) must be calculated for crossing problems. Use the relationship of
dis tan ce
TS =
speed
Then follow the same procedure as for Dose Estimation shown in paragraph 0524.
0528. Manual Calculation of dose rate from point source
1. For Type F Case 3 (exposed source) it is possible that the initial report will include source
type (radionuclide) and strength (activity Bq). The following calculation would enable the calculation of
dose rate from the source. This procedure may be necessary if it is not possible to conduct a detailed
radiation survey around the source location. (e.g. if a suitable survey instrument is not readily
available).
2. Hazard area template may be plotted in the normal way using procedures outlined above for
this case. If the source activity is reported using field 6 of set GOLF, this procedure will enable the
CBRN Cell to estimate the actual dose rate from the source to check against actual field
measurements and to verify the template dimension. Note the template size provided above has been
calculated assuming a worst case scenario based on the largest industrial source that is likely to be
encountered.
a. Simple estimate of dose rate if radionuclide is not reported:
The basic equation for the dose rate calculation is:
R calc = D * K d * A
Where
R calc Dose Rate value (Gy/h)
2
K d Isotope specific Dose Rate - Activity conversion factor (Gy*m /h/GBq). If the radionuclide
is not known (or not reported) a simple estimate of dose rate can be made by assuming that
-7 2
the specific dose conversion factor has a value 3.05 x10 (Gy.m )/( Bq.h).
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
A Source Activity (GBq)
2
D Distance Coefficient for the receptor point (1/m )
Values for D at different distances up to 100m are obtained from Table 5 - 9 below:
Table 5 - 9. Values for D at different distances (d) up to 100 m Isotope is not specified
Distance d (m) D (1/m2)
0.3 1.60E+01
0.5 3.99E+00
1.0 9.96E-01
2.0 2.48E-01
3.0 1.10E-01
4.0 6.15E-02
5.0 3.92E-02
6.0 2.71E-02
7.0 1.98E-02
8.0 1.51E-02
9.0 1.19E-02
10.0 9.61E-03
15.0 4.18E-03
20.0 2.31E-03
25.0 1.45E-03
30.0 9.85E-04
35.0 7.09E-04
40.0 5.32E-04
45.0 4.12E-04
50.0 3.27E-04
55.0 2.65E-04
60.0 2.18E-04
65.0 1.82E-04
70.0 1.54E-04
75.0 1.32E-04
80.0 1.13E-04
85.0 9.84E-05
90.0 8.60E-05
95.0 7.56E-05
100.0 6.69E-05
b. Simple Estimate of Dose:

An estimate of dose received at some point distance d from the source can be made by:
D calc = D * K d * A * t
or
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
D calc = R calc * t
where t is the exposure time in hours.
c. Estimation of dose rate if Radionuclide is reported:

If the CBRN 1 RAD message includes a report of radionuclide the values of the parameters D
and Kd may be obtained from the following table and used in equations above.
In this case the key parameters needed to calculate the dose and dose-rate values are:
Source Activity A (GBq) (obtained from CBRN 1 RAD message)
Distance d for the receptor point (m)

2
Dose rate - Activity conversion factor K d (Gy*m /h/GBq) from Table 5 - 10
Group number from Table 5 - 10

2
Distance Coefficient D (1/m ) by distance d from chosen Groups 1, 2, 3 Table 5 - 11
Table 5 - 10. Dose - Activity conversion factor

Dose Activity Dose Activity
Group conversion factor Isotope Group conversion factor
Isotope Name
No Name No
K d (Gy*m /h/GBq)
2
Kd 2
(Gy*m /h/GBq)
K-40 3 2.023E-05 Au-198 1 5.739E-05
Cr-51 1 5.257E-05 Tl-201 1 1.046E-04
Co-57 1 1.433E-04 Po-209 1 6.686E-07
Co-58 2 1.829E-04 Po-210 1 1.123E-09
Co-60 2 3.063E-04 Ra-226 1 1.974E-06
Ga-67 1 1.367E-04 Th-232 1 1.176E-05
Se-75 1 1.491E-04 U-233 1 4.892E-06
Mo-99/ Tc-99m 2 2.251E-05 U-234 1 1.307E-05
Cd-109 1 3.657E-05 U-235 1 5.422E-05
In-111 1 9.024E-05 U-236 1 1.241E-05
I-123 1 5.697E-05 U-238 1 1.098E-05
I-125 1 6.537E-05 Pu-239 1 4.985E-06
I-131 2 5.301E-05 Pu-240 1 1.243E-05
Cs-137 2 7.902E-05 Pu-244 1 8.953E-06
Ba-133 1 1.031E-04 Am-241 1 4.866E-05
Ba-140 3 5.951E-05 Cm-244 1 1.045E-05
La-140 3 5.951E-05 Cf-249 1 6.965E-05
Eu-152 2 1.585E-04 Cf-250 1 7.137E-06
Tm-170 1 9.282E-06 Cf-251 1 6.537E-05
Yb-169 1 1.476E-04 Cf-252 1 6.660E-06
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Dose Activity Dose Activity
Group conversion factor Isotope Group conversion factor
Isotope Name
No Name No
Kd 2
(Gy*m /h/GBq) Kd 2
(Gy*m /h/GBq)
Ir-192 1 1.139E-04
Table 5 - 11. Distance Coefficient

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3
2 2 2
Distance d (m) D (1/m ) Distance d (m) D (1/m ) Distance d (m) D (1/m )
0.3 1.60E+01 0.3 1.60E+01 0.3 1.60E+01

0.5 3.98E+00 0.5 3.99E+00 0.5 3.99E+00
1.0 9.89E-01 1.0 9.94E-01 1.0 9.95E-01
2.0 2.45E-01 2.0 2.47E-01 2.0 2.48E-01
3.0 1.08E-01 3.0 1.09E-01 3.0 1.10E-01
4.0 5.99E-02 4.0 6.09E-02 4.0 6.13E-02
5.0 3.79E-02 5.0 3.88E-02 5.0 3.91E-02
6.0 2.61E-02 6.0 2.67E-02 6.0 2.70E-02
7.0 1.89E-02 7.0 1.95E-02 7.0 1.97E-02
8.0 1.44E-02 8.0 1.49E-02 8.0 1.50E-02
9.0 1.12E-02 9.0 1.17E-02 9.0 1.18E-02
10.0 8.99E-03 10.0 9.39E-03 10.0 9.53E-03
15.0 3.79E-03 15.0 4.04E-03 15.0 4.14E-03
20.0 2.02E-03 20.0 2.20E-03 20.0 2.27E-03
25.0 1.23E-03 25.0 1.37E-03 25.0 1.42E-03
30.0 8.08E-04 30.0 9.20E-04 30.0 9.62E-04
35.0 5.63E-04 35.0 6.55E-04 35.0 6.90E-04
40.0 4.09E-04 40.0 4.86E-04 40.0 5.16E-04
45.0 3.06E-04 45.0 3.72E-04 45.0 3.98E-04
50.0 2.35E-04 50.0 2.92E-04 50.0 3.15E-04
55.0 1.84E-04 55.0 2.34E-04 55.0 2.54E-04
60.0 1.47E-04 60.0 1.90E-04 60.0 2.08E-04
65.0 1.19E-04 65.0 1.57E-04 65.0 1.73E-04
70.0 9.71E-05 70.0 1.31E-04 70.0 1.46E-04
80.0 6.69E-05 80.0 9.44E-05 80.0 1.06E-04
90.0 4.75E-05 90.0 7.00E-05 90.0 8.01E-05
100.0 3.46E-05 100.0 5.32E-05 100.0 6.18E-05
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CHAPTER 6
NUCLEAR HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING
0601. Aim
1. The aim of this chapter is to provide basic information on nuclear hazard prediction calculation
and warning and reporting procedures.
2. Nuclear detonations produce radioactive clouds, which rise to heights dependent, in principle,
upon the energy released, and also on the type of burst. Once the debris is injected into the
atmosphere, it is rapidly spread through the atmosphere by diffusive processes, and eventually
deposited on the surface.
0602. Categories of Fallout
1. The process of removal of radioactive debris from the atmosphere and its deposition at the
surface may be divided into three phases:
a. Immediate - the depositing of heavy debris within half an hour of the burst, which occurs
mostly in the area in which physical damage is sustained.
b. Medium range - that which is deposited between half an hour and approximately twenty hours
after a nuclear explosion out to the ranges of some hundreds of kilometres from the point of
burst in the case of megaton weapons.
c. Long range - the slow removal of very small particles, which may continue for months or even
years, particularly after a high yield thermo nuclear explosion. This is diffused and eventually
deposited over a very large area of the earth's surface.
0603. Hazards of Fallout
1. In general, medium range fallout represents the most significant hazard to personnel. The
effects of immediate fallout are normally greatly overshadowed by initial radiation, blast and thermal
effects in the vicinity of nuclear bursts, and the radiological dose from long-range fallout does not
reach tactically significant levels. Medium range fallout can cover an area of several hundred square
kilometres and constitutes a definite hazard; it should be avoided or protective measures taken
against it. In subsequent paragraphs the term fallout will concern only medium range fallout, unless
otherwise specifically stated.
0604. Height of Burst
1. Fallout is of military importance after a nuclear explosion. The extent of the hazards resulting
from radioactivity on the ground depends primarily on the height of burst.
2. High Air Bursts. When a nuclear weapon is detonated at a height that precludes damage or
casualties to ground targets, such as in an air defence role, neither induced radiation nor fallout of
tactical significance occurs.
3. Low Air Bursts. When a nuclear weapon produces damage or casualties on the ground, but
the burst is kept above the minimum fallout safe height, only neutron-induced radiation occurs.
Neutron induced radiation is relatively limited in area, and changes in tactical plans can normally be
made to ensure that it does not grossly interfere with military operations.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
4. Surface Bursts. When a surface burst or near surface burst is employed, both neutron
induced radiation and fallout result. The fallout pattern can be expected to overlap and overshadow
the entire induced radiation pattern.
5. Subsurface Bursts. Subsurface bursts produce induced radiation.
6. Underwater Bursts. The greatest radioactive hazard from an underwater burst is emitted
from the base surge. This is a misty, highly radioactive cloud of water droplets (spray), moving rapidly
outwards from ground zero, for a distance of 2 to 4 miles (3.2 to 6.4 kilometres). The droplets, which
make up the visible base surge evaporate, leaving particles and gases in the air as an invisible
radioactive base surge, which continues to expand outwards and move in the downwind direction.
The length of time for which this invisible base surge remains radioactive depends on the energy yield
of the explosion, the burst depth, and the nearness of the sea bottom to the point of burst. As a
general rule, it is expected that there will be a considerable hazard from the radioactive base surge
within the first 5 to 10 minutes after an underwater explosion and a decreasing hazard for half an hour
or more. Where the burst depth is sufficient to prevent the fireball from breaking the surface, almost all
energy is dissipated as shock, and the fallout is negligible.
0605. Significance of Fallout
1. The large area contaminated by fallout from large surface bursts poses an operational
problem of great importance. Potentially, fallout may extend to greater distances and cause more
casualties than any other weapon effect. It exerts an influence on the battlefield for a considerable
time after a detonation.
2. Height of Burst over the Sea. Fallout is of importance after a nuclear explosion only where
the fireball touches the surface of the sea. A low airburst, surface or shallow subsurface burst will all
produce fallout. A deep underwater burst will not produce fallout, but in all cases a temporary pool of
radioactive water will remain in the vicinity of ground zero. Ships should be able to transit ground zero
safely approximately four hours after burst. Fallout from a nuclear burst over the sea will tend to be
deposited more quickly than that from an equivalent burst over the land. The pattern of fallout will,
however, be similar to that from a land burst.
3. Effects of Fallout on Ships at Sea. Ships out to several hundred miles from ground zero
may be subject to fallout from surface and some sub-surface bursts. A forecast of the fallout pattern
will enable them to take avoiding manoeuvres or preventive measures. Manoeuvres to avoid fallout
must be based on the fallout prediction using CBRN EDM. Should it be necessary to pass through
fallout, wash down or pre-wetting systems (if available) should be activated, shelter stations assumed
and passage delayed as long as possible. If these measures are taken, casualties from fallout should
be negligible. Ships receiving no warning and remaining within this fallout zone longer than necessary
without adopting these preventive measures may sustain serious casualties. Fallout landing on the
surface of the water is rapidly diffused and there is very little danger to ships passing through water
where deposition has ceased.
Notes: 1. The most significant radiation is gamma radiation, which presents a serious
personnel hazard because of its range and penetrating power.
2. The biological effects on humans from residual radiation are essentially the same
as the effect from initial radiation.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION II YIELD ESTIMATION
0606. Introduction
1. This Section describes the methods by which it is possible to estimate the yield of a nuclear
detonation, based upon measurements and/or parameters reported from observers.
2. Estimation of the yield of a nuclear detonation requires observation results as contained in the
observers' report (CBRN 1 NUC). The observers must report as much of the data as possible,
subsequent reports can be sent, as more details become available.
3. The yield of the detonation may be estimated by using the data contained in the sets JULIET,
LIMA and MIKE as entrance figures in the nomograms in Figure 6 - 8 , Figure 6 - 9 and Figure 6 10.
4. It should be noted that, when the distance from an observer to GZ has been determined, this
distance should be used rather than the flash-to-bang time, when using the nomograms in Figure 6 8
and Figure 6 - 9.
5. The methods will be described in the following paragraph of this chapter.
a. Determination of the distance from the observer to GZ.
b. Distance from Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Angular Cloud Width (Figure 6 - 8)
c. Distance from Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Cloud Top and/or Cloud Bottom
Angle (Figure 6 - 9) (Ground bursts or unknown only).
d. Height of stabilized cloud top and/or cloud bottom (Figure 6 - 10) (Ground bursts or unknown
only).
0607. Distance from Observer to GZ
1. The procedures in this paragraph can be used to improve the manual calculation of a CBRN 2
NUC calculated from the information contained in one or more CBRN 1 NUC. In order to gain
maximum benefit from this information, it should meet certain requirements.
a. Quality Requirements for Data in CBRN 1 NUC Messages. The quality of information given in
a CBRN 1 NUC message will determine the quality of the resultant CBRN 2 NUC. To obtain
the best CBRN 2 NUC the following criteria should be followed:
(1) Flash-to-bang-time. This should be used when only one CBRN 1 NUC is available.
(2) Distance of observer to GZ. If the distance is > 50 km then the information should be
disregarded when calculating GZ. The observation may still be used to calculate the yield
but only if the cloud width is 4.
(3) Directions of observers to GZ. Using the observers position and the reported direction
toward GZ (set BRAVO), determine the intersection points of the lines of sight toward GZ
between any two observers. If the smallest angle formed at the intersection point by the
lines of sight is less than 30 then disregard this intersection point when determining GZ.
(4) Cloud width angle. If the cloud width angle is measured to be less than 4 or more than
40 then the measurement should be disregarded. A cloud width angle of about 15 is
regarded as the most accurate to estimate the weapon yield. When using the nomograms
in ATP-45, Chapter 6, SECTION VI - NOMOGRAMS - TABLES - GRAPHS, the accuracy
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
of the estimated yield will decrease with larger or smaller angles. An automated system
takes care of the inaccuracy when the angle is larger than 15. The cloud width angle is a
better measurement than cloud top and cloud bottom angles.
(5) Angle to the cloud bottom/top. If the angle to the cloud bottom/top is measured to be less
than 10 or more than 45 then the measurement should be disregarded.
b. The Date Time Group (DTG) in the CBRN 1 NUC to be processed simultaneously cannot be
used for separating attacks. Observers may not have synchronized time, or several attacks
may be reported at the same time. However, for practical reasons CBRN 1 NUC should be
separated in time clusters, which will be calculated separately.
c. Separation of clusters in time groups.
(1) Use all date time groups (DTG) from set DELTA (field one) in the CBRN 1 NUC available
for calculation.
(2) Plot all reports with the same DTG (+ - 10 min.).
(a) Use the Observer's Location (set BRAVO, first field) to define the position of the
observer.
(b) Use the Direction of Attack from Observer (set BRAVO, second field) to define the
direction of the observation.
(3) Separate the reports in groups, which intersect at the same point (within a 1 km diameter
circle).
d. GZ is determined when at least two observers directions hit the same position (+ 1000 m).
Use only reports which fulfil the requirements in paragraph 0607, subparagraph a.
e. When GZ has been determined in accordance with paragraph 0607, subparagraph d, measure
the distance from each observer to GZ. Use all reports, which are within the time frame and
intersect the 1 km circle, even though some of these reports have not been used for the GZ
calculation. For further calculations of the weapon yield the subsequent procedures should be
followed using the measured distance only.
f. The calculation of GZ, based on one report only, is regarded as a very unsatisfactory method
and is not considered acceptable. However, after validation of the calculated GZ a single
CBRN 1 NUC may be left. Use the GZ from the CBRN 1 NUC. If no further CBRN 1 NUC can
be obtained, the operator is to decide that this may be the only report available for this attack
and allow a CBRN 2 NUC to be produced based on one CBRN 1 NUC only. In such cases the
subsequent procedures should be followed using the Flash-to-Bang Time.
0608. Distance from Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Angular Cloud Width
1. When distance from observer to GZ or flash-to-bang time and nuclear burst angular cloud
width (measured at five minutes after burst) are known, enter the nomogram Figure 6 - 8 with a
straight-edge or line at the measured data in the angular cloud width and flash-to-bang/distance to
ground zero columns, and read the yield, where the straight-edge or line intersects the yield column.
Example
Reported data:
Flash-to-bang time: 60 seconds
Angular cloud width: 275 mils
From nomogram Figure 6 8 determine yield as 50 KT.

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 8
Note: The Flash-to-bang time should only be used when the distance to GZ is not known.
0609. Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Cloud Top and/or Cloud Bottom Angle
1. When the distance from observer to GZ or flash-to-bang time and cloud top and/or cloud bottom
angle (measured at ten minutes after burst) are known, use nomogram Figure 6 9. Using a straight-
edge or suitable line, align the measured data on the distance to ground zero/flash-to-bang column
through the angle to top or bottom of cloud columns and read yield where the straight-edge or line
intersects the yield cloud top or bottom columns as appropriate. Annotate the intersection points with a
DTG.
Example
Reported data:
Distance from observer to GZ: 34.5 km.
Cloud top angle: 20 degrees
From nomogram Figure 6 9 determine yield as: 50 KT
Note: The Flash-to-bang time should only be used when the distance to GZ is not known.
0610. Height of Stabilized Cloud Top and/or Cloud Bottom
1. When height of cloud top and/or cloud bottom (measured at ten minutes after burst) is known,
the nomogram Figure 6 10 is used. Enter the nomogram with a straightedge or line, horizontally
placed through the measured cloud parameter (cloud top or cloud bottom). Should both cloud
parameters be available and not give the same yield, select the larger value of the yield. Annotate
intersection points with the DTG.
Example
Reported data:
Cloud top height: 12200 metres
Cloud bottom height: 8300 metres
From the nomogram Figure 6 10 determine yield of 40 KT for 12200 metres (cloud top
height) and 50 KT for 8300 metres (cloud bottom height), so the 50 KT yield is selected. The
graph
Figure 6 - 18 is also usable for this purpose.
0611. Yield Estimation in Ships
1. If stabilized cloud top height or cloud bottom height can be measured, the
Figure 6 - 18 may be used to estimate the yield.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION III FALLOUT PREDICTION IN GENERAL
0612. Fallout Prediction Method
1. For the preparation of a fallout prediction, the following must be available:
a. Meteorological data.
b. Estimated yield.
2. The necessary meteorological data will be available in the format of a a CBRN Effective
Downwind Message (CBRN EDM) or a CBRN Basic Wind Message (CBRN BWM) as explained in
Section IV and V respectively.
3. The method of fallout prediction consists of two procedures, the detailed procedure and the
simplified procedure, both of which are used to determine the extent of the hazard area. Normally the
detailed procedure is used by agencies having a meteorological capability, and subordinate units use
the simplified procedure. The decision as to which procedure is to be used is left to the commanders
concerned. These two procedures are described in Section IV and Section V respectively.
4. The prediction of the fallout hazard area using the detailed procedure is more accurate.
Although neither procedure precisely defines the extent of the fallout, the predicted fallout area,
calculated by either method, indicates the probable limits to which fallout of military significance will
extend. When statistics of wind variability are available, the variable angle method provides the
opportunity of basing the prediction on a probability calculation.
5. The boundaries of the predicted fallout area are not dose rate contour lines, nor do they imply
that all points within the enclosed areas will sustain dangerous fallout.
0613. Fallout Area Zones
1. The predicted fallout area consists of Zone I and Zone II:
a. Zone I is of Immediate Operational Concern. Within this Zone, there will be areas where
exposed, unprotected personnel may receive doses of 150 cGy or greater in relatively
short periods of time (less than 4 hours after actual arrival of fallout). Major disruptions to
unit operations and casualties may occur in some parts of this zone.
b. Zone II is a Secondary Hazard. Within this Zone, the total dose received by exposed,
unprotected personnel is not expected to reach 150 cGy within a period of four hours after
the actual arrival of fallout. Within this zone, personnel may receive a total dose of 50 cGy
or greater within the first 24 hours after arrival of fallout.
c. Outside the two Zones. Outside the two predicted Zones, exposed, unprotected personnel
may receive a total dose that does not reach 50 cGy in the first 24 hours after the actual
arrival of fallout. The total predicted dose for an infinite stay time outside of the two zones
should not reach 150 cGy.
Note: Zone I and II do not reflect Radiation Exposure States (RES) as stated in STANAG
2083. Prediction of fallout is to be regarded as an estimate only. Necessary
preparations should be made to avoid the hazard if tactically possible. Even within
Zone I, units may not be affected by fallout at all. However, the decision to act is up to
the local commander and national directives/SOPs.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0614. Significance of Fallout Ashore versus that at Sea
1. The detailed procedure and the simplified procedure for fallout prediction are intended for use
by all services. They are based upon assumed land surface bursts. It is recognized that the fallout
from a sea burst may be rather different, but very little direct information is available on fallout from
bursts on the surface of deep ocean water.
2. It must be stressed that the sea acts like an absorbent of, and shield against, radioactive
products, but they remain a hazard on land until they have decayed.
3. Another important difference is that recipients of warnings ashore do not have the mobility of
ships at sea, and in most cases must deal with the danger "in situ". Therefore ships will be particularly
interested in the determination of the approximate area in which deposition of fallout at the surface is
taking place at a given time after burst.
4. Ships with a meteorological capability may be able to obtain the required meteorological data
for computation of CBRN EDM using standard pressure level winds. Basic wind data for this purpose
are generally also available from meteorological sources (airbases, MET-ships or mobile weather
stations). Ships, which do not have a meteorological capability, will normally predict fallout areas by
using the simplified procedure.
5. The fallout warning for merchant ships at sea is described in Chapter 7.
0615. Prediction of Fallout from Atomic Demolition Munitions (ADM)
1. Types of bursts normally applicable to Atomic Demolition Munitions (ADM) employment are
surface bursts or subsurface bursts. The coverage of a residual radiation hazard area for a specific
ADM detonation will depend largely on the depth of burial and selected yield.
2. The prediction procedure for ADM, slightly different from the normal detailed fallout prediction
procedure, is not described in this ATP.
0616. Multiple Burst Fallout
1. No additional prediction procedure is available in the case of multiple burst fallout. The
information obtained in areas where Zones overlap is to be interpreted as follows:
a. The hazard classification of an area where fallout prediction patterns overlap should be that of
the higher classification involved. That is an overlap area involving Zone I, should be
designated Zone I, and an overlap area involving nothing more than Zone II should be
designated Zone II.
b. Examples:
(1) Zone I overlapping Zone I - designated Zone I.
(2) Zone I overlapping Zone II - designated Zone I.
(3) Zone II overlapping Zone II - designated Zone II.
(4) Zone II overlapping Zone I - designated Zone I.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION IV - FALLOUT PREDICTION; SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE
0617. The Simplified Procedure
1. The simplified fallout prediction method requires nuclear burst information, a current CBRN
EDM, and a simple template (radiological fallout predictor).
2. This procedure affords the subordinate commands direct and immediately usable means to
estimate the fallout hazard with the least possible delay. Effective downwind speed and downwind
direction for each of seven selected weapon yields are transmitted periodically to subordinate units by
higher headquarters, in the form of the CBRN EDM, to enable subordinate commanders to use the
simplified procedure.
3. A CBRN EDM can be produced at CBRN Centres and meteorological centres from the CBRN
BWM or by use of standard pressure level winds (see Chapter 2).
4. A CBRN EDF is produced at designated meteorological centres from computer originated

forecast winds. The CBRN EDF is designed for planning purposes at NATO commands and higher
national commands. It may be used at lower levels (CBRN Collection (CBRN CC) or CBRN Sub
Collection Centres (CBRN SCC)) only if actual wind data or CBRN EDM are not available.
5. A simple template and estimated yield of a particular burst are all that is needed in addition to
the CBRN EDM/CBRN EDF.
6. The format of the CBRN EDF is the same as the format of the computer originated CBRN
EDM as shown in this Chapter.
0618. CBRN EDM
1. Since effective downwind speed and effective downwind direction vary with the yield, seven
downwind speeds and downwind directions are transmitted, corresponding to seven preselected yield
groups, ALFA through GOLF as follows:
ALFA is 2 KT
BRAVO is > 2 KT 5 KT
CHARLIE is > 5 KT 30 KT
DELTA is > 30 KT 100 KT
ECHO is > 100 KT 300 KT
FOXTROT is > 300 KT 1000 KT (1 MT)
GOLF is > 1000 KT 3000 KT (3 MT)
2. To calculate the data, use the procedure in this Chapter with 2 KT for ALFA, 5 KT for BRAVO,
and 30 KT for CHARLIE and so on.
3. This data will be transmitted in the following basic format:
CBRN EDM
Common message heading followed by:

CBRNTYPE/EDM//
AREAM/RRRRR//
ZULUM/ddttttZMMMYYYY/ddttttZMMMYYYY/ddttttZMMMYYYY//
UNITM/LL/DDD/SSS/-//
ALFAM/-/ddd/sss/-//
BRAVOM/-/ddd/sss/-//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CHARLIEM/-/ddd/sss/-//
DELTAM/-/ddd/sss/-//
ECHOM/-/ddd/sss/-//
FOXTROTM/-/ddd/sss/-//
GOLFM/-/ddd/sss/-//
4. In the CBRN EDM basic format, ZULUM ddttttZMMMYYYY is the date and time at which the
real winds are measured (e.g. 250600Z is the 25th day of the month at 0600Z). LL/DDD/SSS/ are the
units of measurement being used e.g. LL = km (KM), DDD = Degrees/True North (DGT) and SSS =
knots (KTS). ddd is effective downwind direction in degrees, and sss effective downwind speed in
knots (e.g. ALFA 080025 is a downwind direction of 080 degrees and 025 an effective downwind
speed of 025 knots, valid for yields of 2 KT or less.
5. The format transmits data determined at the Collection Centre or lower level where the
detailed fallout prediction procedure is used. The computer originated CBRN EDM, while following the
basic format, has a different layout together with a period of validity. The format is covered in detail in
Chapter 2 and Annex C. These data are transmitted to subordinate levels to permit use of the
simplified procedure.
0619. Use of CBRN EDM and Template
1. From the CBRN EDM determine the downwind direction for the specific yield group. Draw a
line from the centre of the circles (GZ) on the template through the downwind direction in degrees on
the template compass rose. Mark this line grid north (GN).
2. Use the nomogram, Figure 6 - 11, to determine the downwind distance of Zone I. The
downwind distance of Zone II is the double of the Zone I downwind distance.
3. Draw arcs between the two radial lines, using GZ as centre and the Zone I and Zone II
downwind distances as radii and draw the tangents from the specific yield group semi circle to the
intersection points of the Zone I arc with the radial lines.
4. Using the effective downwind speed for the specific yield group, draw and label dotted lines
within the hazard area to indicate the estimated times of arrival of fallout.
5. Place the GZ of the template over the GZ on the map, and align the template GN with the map
GN. The arcs, the radial lines and the yield group semi circle determine the extent of the hazard area.
6. Some of the above listed details may be omitted from the template if such details are already
available on the situation map.
Example
A nuclear detonation has occurred, and based upon the observations taken, the yield has
been estimated to be 35 KT and type of burst is surface burst.
The following CBRN EDM is available:
CBRN EDM

CBRNTYPE/WEA:EDM//
AREAM/NFEA//
ZULUM/271100ZMAY2010/271200ZMAY2010/271800ZMAY2010//
UNITM/KM/DGT/KPH/-//
ALFAM/-/095/020/-//
BRAVOM/-/102/024/-//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CHARLIEM/-/115/028/-//
DELTAM/-/122/029/-//
ECHOM/-/126/029/-//
FOXTROTM/-/132/029/-//
GOLFM/-/140/035/-//
7. Based upon the information above, a fallout prediction, by use of the simplified procedure, can
be prepared as follows:
a. Yield Group Determination: As 35 KT is between 30 KT and 100 KT, select yield group
DELTAM from the CBRN EDM.
b. The Grid North Line: As the downwind direction for yield group DELTAM of the CBRN EDM is
122 degrees, draw the GN line from the centre of the yield semi circles through 122 degrees
on the inverted compass rose (Error! Reference source not found.).
c. Zone I Downwind Distance Determination: Using the effective downwind speed of 29 km/h and
the 35 KT yield, determine the downwind distance of Zone I from the nomogram Figure 6 - 11
to be 33 km. Therefore the Zone II downwind distance is 66 km. Draw the contour extension
around GZ from DELTAM semi circle (using the 100 KT cloud radius) to the intersection of the
Zone I arc with the radial lines. (See Error! Reference source not found.).
d. Estimated Times of Arrival of Fallout: Using the effective downwind speed of 29 km/h, indicate
the times of arrival of fallout by dotted arcs at 29 km and 58 km downwind; label these lines
H+1 and H+2 respectively. (See Error! Reference source not found.).
e. Complete the template: Label the template to indicate the scale, the estimated yield in KT, the
date and time of attack, the location of the attack and the CBRN EDM used for the prediction.
f. Use of the Template: Place GZ of the template over the GZ on the map, and align GN of the
template with the map GN.
0620. Special Cases
1. Effective Downwind Speed less than 8 km/h (or 4.32 KTS). When the effective downwind
speed is less than 8 km/h for a given yield group, the applicable line of the CBRN EDM will contain
only three digits, giving the downwind distance of Zone I. An effective downwind direction is not
transmitted in the CBRN EDM, since in this case the downwind distance of Zone I describes the Zone I
as a circle around GZ. Zone II will then be within another circle around GZ, the radius of which is
double the radius of the Zone I circle. In the following CBRN EDM, the yield groups ALFAM and
BRAVOM reflect only the downwind distance of Zone I in km. The downwind distance becomes the
radius of a circle around GZ, describing Zone I. A second circle of twice the radius of Zone I will define
Zone II. The following represents an example of a CBRN EDM containing special cases on wind speed
less than 8 km/h for sets ALFAM and BRAVOM.
CBRN EDM
CBRNTYPE/WEA:EDM//
AREAM/NFEA//
ZULUM/271100ZMAY2010/271200ZMAY2010/271800ZMAY//
ALFAM/004//
BRAVOM/007//
CHARLIEM/-/210/014/-//
DELTAM/-/220/016/-//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
ECHOM/-/225/020/-//
FOXTROTM/-/230/030/-//
GOLFM/-/240/035/-//
2. Angle Expansion. The simplified procedure does not normally provide for a warning angle
greater than 40 degrees. In the instances where the detailed procedure demands an angle greater
than 40 degrees, this hazard area angle is to be given in the CBRN EDM to subordinate units to
expand their original hazard area. In computer originated CBRN EDM, the angle expansion will be
shown in field 4 of each of the yield groups, as shown in the example below. This means, that for yield
groups FOXTROTM and GOLFM, the 40 degrees standard angle between the two radial lines must be
expanded to 60 degrees, i.e. 30 degrees on each side of the reference line. If the angle is greater than
120 degrees, the detailed procedure must be used to determine the exact angle. The following
represents an example of a CBRN EDM indicating special cases.
CBRN EDM
CBRNTYPE/ WEA:EDM//
AREAM/NFEA//
ZULUM/271100ZMAY2010/271200ZMAY2010/271800ZMAY2010//
ALFAM/004//
BRAVOM/007//
CHARLIEM/-/210/014/4//
DELTAM/-/220/016/4//
ECHOM/-/225/020/4//
FOXTROTM/-/230/030/6//
GOLFM/-/240/035/6//
Explanation of the 7th digit:

4 = 40 degree angle
5 = 50 degree angle
6 = 60 degree angle
7 = 70 degree angle
8 = 80 degree angle
9 = 90 degree angle
0 = 100 degree angle
3 = more than 120 degree angle.
(The detailed procedure must be used to determine the exact angle).
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 1. Fallout Template with Fallout Prediction Plot
Scale: (See Figure 7 -8 for Master Template)

Estimated Yield: 35 KT
Date-time of Attack: 271220ZMAY2010
Location of Attack: 31UUB208196
CBRN EDM: 271200Z
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
3. Ships Fallout Template. To simplify the plotting and presentation of fallout information in
ships, while preserving a reasonable accuracy, a "Ships Fallout Template" is required. A "Ship's
Fallout Template" is shown in Figure 7 - 7, designed for use in naval ships as well as in merchant
ships. The table containing cloud radii and safety distances at the bottom of the template is for use in
naval ships only and correspond to the yields illustrated in Error! Reference source not found. above.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION V - FALLOUT PREDICTION; DETAILED PROCEDURE
0621. The Detailed Procedure
1. This procedure requires nuclear burst or target analysis information and meteorological data. A
fallout wind vector plot is prepared each time new meteorological data is received. Effective downwind
speed, downwind direction, and width of predicted zone are determined from the wind vector plot.
Effective downwind speed, effective downwind distance of Zone I, stabilized cloud radius, and the
direction of left and right radial lines are transmitted (CBRN 3 NUC) to subordinate units for immediate
warning of predicted contamination resulting from a nuclear detonation.
2. The CBRN 3 report informs on the prediction of a downwind hazard area. This prediction is
change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes essential.
0622. CBRN Basic Wind Message (CBRN BWM)/Forecast (CBRN BWF)
1. The CBRN BWM and the CBRN BWF meteorological messages contain information on the
wind conditions, i.e. wind directions (from which the wind is blowing) and wind speeds in a number of
layers from the surface of the earth to 30000 m altitude. Additionally, the zone of validity and time of
measuring are stated.
2. The CBRN BWM contains weather information for the following 6 hour period. The CBRN
BWF contains information for subsequent 6 hour periods.
3. Each layer has a thickness of 2000 m. The message begins with information on the wind
conditions within the layer from the surface to 2000 m, then for the 2000 to 4000 m layer etc. A
numerical identifier is used for each of the layers, beginning with 2 for the 0 m 2000 m layer, 4 for the
2000 m 4000 m layer etc.
4. The wind direction for each layer will be given with three digits (the direction from which the
wind is blowing), and the wind speed with three digits. The unit of measurement will be indicated under
set UNITM. Wind direction is normally given as Degrees True North (DGT) and wind speed as
Kilometres/Hour (km/h). (See Annex C).
5. The information may appear as either two blocks of three digits or one block of six digits:
Examples:
02 280030 or
02 280 030
All examples illustrating the detailed procedure for fallout prediction are related to the wind data
given below.
0623. Example of a CBRN Basic Wind Message
1. The following represents an example of a CBRN Basic Wind Message:
CBRNTYPE/ WEA:BWM//
AREAM/NFEA1//
ZULUM/140300ZSEP2010/140400ZSEP2010/141000ZSEP2010//
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/-//
LAYERM/02/265/020/
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
04/290/030/
06/300/035/
08/310/035/
10/330/040/
12/345/040/
14/355/035/
16/005/030/
18/015/025/
20/020/015/
22/020/020/
24/025/020/
26/025/020/
28/030/020/
30/030/025//
2. The example above will be used for the purpose of constructing a wind vector plot and a fallout
prediction following the detailed procedure in the paragraph to follow.
0624. Wind Vector Plot
1. The information contained in the CBRN BWM is used for the construction of a wind vector plot
in the following way:
a. The wind directions given in the CBRN BWM (paragraph 0623) are converted into downwind
directions for each layer of height, by reversing the wind direction 180 degrees.
b. The wind speed of each layer as given in the CBRN BWM is to be represented by a vector, the
length of which is extracted from the appropriate table (Table 6 - 2 to Table 6 - 7).
Example
Prepare a wind vector plot to map scale 1:250000, using the meteorological information
contained in the CBRN BWM in paragraph 0623. The lengths of the wind vectors are
extracted from the table related to map scale 1:250000 and wind speeds in the units of
km/h (Table 6 - 6).
Layer
Downwind Direction (degrees)
Length of Vector (cm)

2 085 5.4
4 110 7.1
6 120 7.3
8 130 7.0
10 150 7.7
12 165 7.2
14 175 5.9
16 185 4.8
18 195 3.9
etc.
c. Label GZ, True North (TN), GN, from GZ draw a vector in the downwind direction of the layer 0
- 2000 m. The direction is 085 degrees respective to the TN direction. The length of the vector
is 5.4 cm. Label the downwind end of the vector with the number 2 as shown on Figure 6 - 2,
and label the vector length alongside the vector. This vector is now representing the downwind
direction and the downwind speed within the height layer from the surface to 2000 m height.
From the end of this vector, draw the next vector, the direction of which is 110 degrees and the
length 7.1 cm. The downwind end of this vector is labelled 4, the vector thus representing
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
downwind direction and downwind speed within the height layer 2000 m to 4000 m. Proceed in
the same manner, using all information given in the CBRN BWM. The result will be a wind
vector plot as shown in Figure 6 - 2.
0625. Fallout Calculation
1. Having drawn the wind vector plot, now determine the parameters for cloud top, cloud bottom
and 2/3 stem height from the nomogram in Figure 6 - 10. Enter the nomogram with a straight-edge or
line used horizontally, connecting the estimated or reported yield on the left and right yield index scale.
At the same time extract the parameters for cloud radius and time of fall from the cloud bottom.
Example:
Reported yield: 50 KT
From Figure 6 10 determine the parameters for 50 KT:
Cloud top height 12 700 metres

Cloud bottom height 8 300 metres
2/3 stem height 5 500 metres
Cloud radius 5 kilometres
Time of fall 2.35 hours
Proceed as follows, using the wind vector plot on Figure 6 - 2:
a. Radial Lines. Label the points representing the cloud top height, cloud bottom height and 2/3
stem height on the fallout wind vector plot (see Figure 6 - 3). Draw radial lines from GZ through
these points. Disregard all wind vectors at altitudes below the 2/3 stem height and above the
cloud top height point for the prediction being prepared. If wind vectors between these points
fall outside the radial lines drawn from GZ to these points, expand the angle formed by the
radial lines, to include these outside vectors.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 2. Wind Vector Plot
Figure 6 - 3. Wind Vector Plot with Cloud and Stem Radial Lines (50 KT)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
b. Determine the effective Downwind Direction: Bisect the angle formed by the radial lines GZ to
cloud top height and GZ to 2/3 stem height (Figure 6 - 4). The orientation of the bisector
defines the effective downwind direction. In the case where the angle of the radial lines has
been expanded, the bisector will be drawn using the expanded angle.
c. Determine the Sector Angle by using one of the following Methods:
(1) Fixed Angle. If the angle formed by the radial lines (GZ to cloud top height and GZ to 2/3
stem height) is 40 degrees or greater, proceed to paragraph 0625, subparagraph d. If less
than 40 degrees, bisect the angle and expand the angle formed by the two radial lines to
40 degrees, 20 degrees left and 20 degrees right of the bisector (Figure 6 - 4). In cases
where the angle has been expanded (paragraph 0625, subparagraph a.), the expanded
angle will be used.
Figure 6 - 4. Wind Vector Plot with expanded Radial Lines
(2) Variable Angle. This optional method is based upon a probability calculation. The user will
decide the angular displacement. A table giving an example of angular variation as a
function of effective wind speed and yield, using 80% probability, is given in Table 6 - 1.
Note: CBRN centres will determine which of the two procedures is to be used within their
subordinate areas of command.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 6 - 1. Angular Variation as a Function of Effective Wind Speed

and Yield for the Northwest European Area
Effective Wind Speed Half Sector Angle
(km/h) (degrees)
8 48
10 43
12 38
14 35
16 32
18 30
20 28
22 26
24 25
26 23
28 22
30 20
35 18
40 17
45 16
50 15
55 14
60 13
70 12
80 11
90 10
100 09
Notes:
1. For optional use with locally measured Wind Data only.
2. The probability level of 80% applies for 5 KT to 300 KT yields for the period
November to March. For yields outside this range and for the period April to
October, the probability will be higher than 80%.
d. Determine the Effective Downwind (EDW) Speed: Measure the length of the radial line from
GZ to the point for cloud bottom height, and convert the measured length to distance (km),
using the map scale in which the wind vector plot is drawn. Read the time of fall from Figure 6
- 10 corresponding to the cloud bottom and compute as follows:
Distance GZ to cloud bottom

EDW speed =
Time of fall
Example
The distance measured from GZ to the point for cloud bottom is 26.8 cm, equal to 67 km
when using map scale 1:250000. (1 km = 4 mm).
The time of fall from cloud bottom for 50 KT is 2.35 hours (Figure 6 10), and the
effective downwind speed is calculated as follows:
67 km
EDW speed = = 28.5 km/h
2.35 hours
e. Determine the Downwind Distances of Zone I and Zone II: On the nomogram Figure 6 - 11
align a straight edge or line from the yield on the right hand scale to the wind speed scale. At
the intersection of the straight-edge with the centre scale, read the value of the downwind
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
distance of Zone I for a burst producing fallout. Multiply the Zone I distance by 2, to obtain the
downwind distance of Zone II (distance from GZ to outer limit of Zone II).
Example:
Using the EDW speed of 28.5 km/h and 50 KT yield, enter the nomogram Figure 6 - 11,
and determine the downwind distance of Zone I to be 40 km. The downwind distance of
Zone II is 40 km, multiplied by 2, equal to 80 km. On the plot, using GZ as centre, draw
two arcs with radii equal to the downwind distances of Zone I (40 km) and Zone II (80 km)
respectively, between the two radial lines (see Figure 6 - 5).
f. Determine the Cloud Radius: Obtain the cloud radius (km) from the nomogram in Figure 6 -
10, and draw a circle around GZ, using this radius.
Example:
Continuing the example used in paragraph 0625, the cloud radius for a 50 KT weapon is
5 km (from Figure 6 - 10). On the plot, draw a circle using GZ as centre and 5 km (20
mm) as radius (Figure 6 - 6).
g. Determination of Zone I and Zone II boundaries: Draw two lines tangent to the cloud radius
circle, and intersecting the points on the radial lines where the Zone I downwind distance arc
intersects these lines (Figure 6 - 6). The Zone I downwind distance arc, the two tangent lines
and the upwind cloud radius semi-circle form the boundaries of Zone I. The Zone II distance
arc, the Zone I distance arc and the two radial lines form the boundaries of Zone II.
Figure 6 - 5. Radial Lines, Zone I and Zone II Arcs
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Weapon Yield 50 KT
Basic Wind Message 140400Z
Date-time of Attack 140608Z
Location of Attack (GZ) NB157486 ACTUAL
Effective Downwind Speed 28.5 km/h
Map scale (as appropriate)
Figure 6 - 6. Cloud Radius Circle and Tangent Lines
h. Time of Fallout Arrival: Using GZ as centre, indicate the estimated time of arrival of fallout by
drawing dotted arcs downwind of GZ, at distances equal to the product of the effective
downwind speed and each hour (or fractions of hour) of interest.
Example:
EDW speed is 28.5 km/h, therefore it is estimated that fallout will arrive 28.5 km
downwind from GZ at one hour after the burst (H+1) and 2 x 28.5 = 57 km downwind from
GZ at two hours after the burst (H+2). Draw the two dotted arcs, using GZ as centre and
28.5 and 57 km as radii, and label the arcs "H+1" and "H+2" respectively (Figure 6 - 7).
i. Complete the Fallout Plot: Label the plot to indicate the map scale used, the yield (estimated
or actual), date-time of attack, location of attack and CBRN BWM used for preparation of the
wind vector plot.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Map Scale: 1:250,000
CBRN 3 NUC (ADP version).

Common MSG heading followed by:
ALFA/-/310/UK1-03004/N//
DELTA/140608ZMAR2010//
FOXTROT/32UNB157486/AA//
NOVEMBER/50//
PAPAB/029KPH/040KM/05KM/100DGG/140DGG//
Figure 6 - 7. Detailed Fallout Prediction Plot and CBRN 3 NUC
0626. Special Case
1. When the EDW speed is less than 8 km/h, the predicted fallout area will be circular, the radii of
two concentric circles around GZ being equal to the Zone I downwind distance and the Zone II
downwind distance respectively.
2. The downwind distance of Zone I can be determined using the nomogram Figure 6 - 10. Enter
the nomogram with the yield and an EDW speed of 8 km/h.
2. Read the value of the Zone I downwind distance and multiply the distance by 2 to obtain the
downwind distance of Zone II.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION VI - NOMOGRAMS - TABLES - GRAPHS
0627. Disclaimer
1. The user may enlarge the illustrations contained in this Section.
2. During the enlargement process care must be taken to maintain the accuracy of the
illustrations.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 8. Yield Estimation, Angular Cloud Width and

Flash-to-Bang-Time/Distance to Ground Zero
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 9. Yield Estimation, Angle to Top/Bottom of Cloud and

Flash-to-Bang-Time/Distance to Ground Zero
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 10. Stabilized Cloud and Stem Parameters (H+10 minutes)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 6 - 2. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:50 000, Wind Speed in km/h
WIND ALTITUDE LAYERS (Thousands of Metres)
SPEED
0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-22 22-30 > 30
km/h
5 6.8 5.8 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.4 4.2 4.0 3.8 3.8 3.6 3.4
10 13.6 11.8 10.4 10.0 9.6 9.0 8.4 8.0 7.8 7.6 7.2 6.8
15 20.4 17.6 15.6 15.0 14.4 13.4 12.6 12.0 11.6 11.2 10.8 10.2
20 27.2 23.6 20.8 20.0 19.2 18.0 16.8 16.0 15.6 15.0 14.2 13.6
25 34.0 29.4 26.0 25.2 24.0 22.4 21.0 20.0 19.4 18.8 17.8 17.0
Table 6 - 3. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:50 000, Wind Speed in Knots
SPEED
knots 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-22 22-30 > 30
5 12.6 11.0 9.6 9.4 9.0 8.4 7.8 7.4 7.2 7.0 6.6 6.4
10 25.2 21.8 19.2 18.6 17.8 16.6 15.6 14.8 14.4 14.0 13.2 12.6
15 37.8 32.8 28.8 28.0 26.8 25.0 23.4 22.2 21.6 20.8 19.6 19.0
20 50.4 43.6 38.4 37.2 35.6 33.2 31.2 29.6 28.8 27.8 26.2 25.2
25 63.0 54.6 48.0 46.6 44.6 41.2 39.0 37.0 36.0 34.8 32.8 31.6
30 65.6 65.4 57.6 55.8 53.4 49.8 46.8 44.4 43.2 41.8 39.4 37.8
Note: Above 18000 metres, altitude layers for plotting vector diagrams continue to be at
2 000 meter intervals. However, the map distance factors vary so little that some
of the columns in the above tables are combined for convenience.
SPEED
km/h 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-22 22-30 > 30
5 3.4 2.9 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.2 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.7
10 6.8 5.9 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.2 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.6 3.4
15 10.2 8.8 7.8 7.5 7.2 6.7 6.3 6.0 5.8 5.6 5.4 5.1
20 13.6 11.8 10.4 10.0 9.6 9.0 8.4 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.1 6.8
25 17.0 14.7 13.0 12.6 12.0 11.2 10.5 10.0 9.7 9.4 8.9 8.5
30 20.4 17.7 15.6 15.1 14.4 13.4 12.6 12.0 11.7 11.3 10.7 10.2
35 23.8 20.6 18.1 17.6 16.8 15.7 14.7 14.0 13.6 13.1 12.5 11.9
40 27.2 23.6 20.7 20.1 19.2 17.9 16.8 16.0 15.6 15.0 14.3 13.6
45 30.6 26.5 23.3 22.6 21.6 20.2 19.0 18.0 17.5 16.9 16.1 15.3
50 34.0 29.5 25.9 25.1 24.0 22.4 21.1 20.0 19.4 18.8 17.9 17.0
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SPEED
knots 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-22 22-30 > 30
5 6.3 5.5 4.8 4.7 4.5 4.2 3.9 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.3 3.2
10 12.6 10.9 9.6 9.3 8.9 8.3 7.8 7.4 7.2 7.0 6.6 6.3
15 18.9 16.4 14.4 14.0 13.4 12.5 11.7 11.1 10.8 10.4 9.8 9.5
20 25.2 21.8 19.2 18.6 17.8 16.6 15.6 14.8 14.4 13.9 13.1 12.6
25 31.5 27.3 24.0 23.3 22.3 20.6 19.5 18.5 18.0 17.4 16.4 15.8
30 37.8 32.7 28.8 27.9 26.7 24.9 23.4 22.2 21.6 20.9 19.7 18.9
35 44.1 38.2 33.6 32.6 31.2 29.1 27.3 25.9 25.2 24.3 22.9 22.1
40 50.4 43.6 38.4 37.2 35.6 33.2 31.2 29.6 28.8 27.8 26.2 25.2
45 56.7 49.1 43.2 41.9 40.1 37.4 35.1 33.3 32.4 31.3 29.5 28.4
50 63.0 54.5 48.0 46.5 44.5 41.5 39.0 37.0 36.0 34.8 32.8 31.5
Note: Above 18000 metres, altitude layers for plotting vector diagrams continue to be at 2
000 meter intervals. However, the map distance factors vary so little that some of
the columns in the above tables are combined for convenience.
WIND
ALTITUDE LAYERS (Thousands of Metres)
SPEED
km/h 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-22 22-30 > 30
5 1.4 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7
10 2.7 2.4 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.4
15 4.1 3.5 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.1 2.0
20 5.4 4.7 4.1 4.0 3.8 3.6 3.4 3.2 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.7
25 6.8 5.9 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.2 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.6 3.4
30 8.2 7.1 6.2 6.0 5.8 5.4 5.1 4.8 4.7 4.5 4.3 4.1
35 9.5 8.2 7.3 7.0 6.7 6.3 5.9 5.6 5.4 5.3 5.0 4.8
40 10.9 9.4 8.3 8.0 7.7 7.2 6.7 6.4 6.2 6.0 5.7 5.4
45 12.2 10.6 9.3 9.0 8.6 8.1 7.6 7.2 7.0 6.8 6.4 6.1
50 13.6 11.8 10.4 10.0 9.6 9.0 8.4 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.1 6.8
55 15.0 12.9 11.4 11.0 10.6 9.9 9.3 8.8 8.6 8.3 7.9 7.5
60 16.3 14.1 12.4 12.0 11.5 10.8 10.1 9.6 9.3 9.0 8.6 8.2
75 20.4 17.7 15.5 15.1 14.4 13.4 12.6 12.0 11.7 11.3 10.7 10.2
100 27.2 23.5 20.7 20.1 19.2 17.9 16.9 16.0 15.6 15.0 14.3 13.6
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
WIND
ALTITUDE LAYERS (Thousands of Metres)
SPEED
knots 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-22 22-30 > 30
5 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3
10 5.0 4.4 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.3 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.8 2.6 2.5
15 7.6 6.5 5.8 5.6 5.3 5.0 4.7 4.4 4.3 4.2 3.9 3.8
20 10.1 8.7 7.7 7.4 7.1 6.6 6.2 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.2 5.0
25 12.6 10.9 9.6 9.3 8.9 8.3 7.8 7.4 7.2 7.0 6.6 6.3
30 15.1 13.1 11.5 11.2 10.7 10.0 9.4 8.9 8.6 8.3 7.9 7.6
35 17.6 15.3 13.4 13.0 12.5 11.6 10.9 10.4 10.1 9.7 9.2 8.8
40 20.2 17.4 15.4 14.9 14.2 13.3 12.5 11.8 11.5 11.1 10.5 10.1
45 22.7 19.6 17.3 16.7 16.0 14.9 14.0 13.3 13.0 12.5 11.8 11.3
50 25.2 21.8 19.2 18.6 17.8 16.6 15.6 14.8 14.4 13.9 13.1 12.6
55 27.7 24.0 21.1 20.5 19.6 18.3 17.2 16.3 15.8 15.3 14.4 13.9
60 30.2 26.2 23.0 22.3 21.4 19.9 18.7 17.8 17.3 16.7 15.7 15.1
75 37.8 32.7 28.8 27.9 26.7 24.9 23.4 22.2 21.6 20.9 19.7 18.9
100 50.4 43.6 38.4 37.2 35.6 33.2 31.2 29.6 28.8 27.8 26.2 25.2
Note: Above 18000 metres, altitude layers for plotting vector diagrams continue to be at 2000
meter intervals. However, the map distance factors vary so little that some of the
columns in the above tables are combined for convenience.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 11. Determination of Zone I, Downwind Distance

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 6 - 8. Transmission Factors/Protection Factors

Transmission Protection
Environmental shielding Factor (TF) Factor (PF)
Armoured Vehicles:
M1 Tank 0,04 25
M48 Tank 0,02 50
M60 Tank 0,04 25
M2 IFV 0,2 5
M3 CFV 0,2 5
M113 Armoured Personnel Carrier 0,3 3,33
M109 Special Purpose Howitzer 0,2 5
M548 Cargo Vehicle 0,7 1,43
M88 Recovery Vehicle 0,09 11,11
M577 Command Post Carrier 0,3 3,33
M551 Armoured Recon Airborne
Assault Vehicle 0,2 5
M728 Combat Engineer Vehicle 0,04 25
Trucks:
1/4-ton 0,8 1,25

3/4-ton 0,6 1,67
2-ton 0,6 1,67
4 - 7-ton 0,5 2
Structures:
Multistorey building:
Top floor 0,01 100
Lower floor 0,1 10
Frame house:
First floor 0,6 1,67
Basement 0,1 10
Urban Areas: (In open) 0,7 * 1,43 *
Woods: 0,8 * 1,25 *
Underground shelters: 0,0002 5000
Foxholes: 0,1 10
* These factors apply to aerial survey dose rates.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 12. Total Dose Received in an Induced Area
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION VII - RECORDING AND CALCULATION OF RADIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION
0628. Locating and Reporting Radiological Contamination
1. Fallout predictions provide a means of locating probable radiation hazards. Military significant
fallout is expected to occur only within the predicted area. However, the prediction does not indicate
exactly where the fallout will occur or what the dose rate will be at a specific location. Rainout or
washout can also increase radiological contamination on the ground creating local hot spots. Areas of
neutron induced radiation also can be caused by low air bursts.
2. Before planning operations in a nuclear environment, commanders must be aware of these

residual contamination hazards. The information required for such planning is derived from the
equations and nomograms given in the following sections and in AEP-45. The basic information
needed is contained in CBRN 4 NUC reports. They provide information on actual measured
contamination in the form of dose rates.
0629. Airborne Radioactivity
1. Most contaminated particles in a radioactive cloud rise to considerable heights. Thus, fallout
may occur over a large area. It may also last for an extended period of time. A survey conducted
before fallout is complete would be inaccurate, because contaminants would still be suspended in the
air. For this reason, as well as the hazard to surveying personnel, radiological surveys are not
conducted before completion of fallout.
2. An estimate of the time of completion (T comp ) of fallout for a particular location may be
determined using a mathematical equation. The time in hours after burst when fallout will be
completed at any specific point is approximately 1.25 times the time of arrival of fallout (in hours after
burst). Add the time in hours required for the nuclear cloud to pass over.
3. This is expressed by using the formula:
2Cloud radius
Tcomp =1.25Tarrival +
Effective wind speed
Example
For a given location, the following data has been determined:
- Time of detonation = H
- Time of arrival = H+2 hours
(Time of arrival is determined by dividing the distance from GZ to the given point by the
effective wind speed)
- Cloud diameter = 4 km (equals 2 x cloud radius)
(Cloud diameter/radius is determined either from Figure 6 - 10 or the appropriate equation
from AEP-45 or from set PAPAB of the CBRN 3 NUC report)
- Effective wind speed = 20 Km/h
(Effective wind speed is determined from set YANKEE of the CBRN 3 NUC report)
4 km
Tcomp =1.25 2h + = 2.5h + 0.2h = 2.7h
20 KPH
Thus, fallout for the given location is expected to be complete by H + 2.7 hours.
Actual completion of fallout can be determined if a peak CBRN 4 NUC report is received from
the area of interest.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0630. Measuring Radiological Data
1. Measurements of radiological data must be taken in accordance with the unit's SOPs.
Measurements can be taken directly from an unshielded position if dose rates are low enough, or from
a shielded position such as a shelter or vehicle.
2. When the indirect technique is used, most of the readings are taken inside the vehicle or
shelter. However, at least one outside reading is necessary to determine the transmission factor,
which relates the readings inside to the unshielded values outside. The latter are to be reported since
they are necessary for further calculations pertaining to troops in the open, or other vehicles, or
shelters.
3. To determine the transmission factor both the inside and outside readings must be taken after
fallout is complete. Calculate the transmission factor using the following formula:
Inside dose rate

Transmission Factor (TF ) =
Outside dose rate
NOTE: TF is always less than 1.

It can be determined from the measurement of the dose as well.
The readings taken inside the vehicle or shelter represent inside shielded dose rates (ID).
These readings must be converted to outside, unshielded dose rates (OD) before reporting.
Readings are converted using the following formula:
OD = ID TF
4. A precalculated list of TF is contained in national manuals, an example of which is shown in

Table 6 - 8. This information is not used by the unit CBRN defence personnel when calculating or
reporting outside dose rates. Its principal use is to establish the relative shielding ability of one shelter,
structure, or vehicle as compared to another. It is also used for instructional and practice purposes.
5. These factors are for the most exposed occupied location. They are not based on dose rates
from fallout; they are based on gamma radiation from cobalt-60. Since cobalt-60 radiation is almost
twice as strong as the radiation from fallout, actual TF should be much lower (more protection).
6. In some cases the term protection factor (PF) or correlation factor (CF) is used. It is always the
reciprocal of the transmission factor.
1 OD
PF (or CF ) = =
TF ID
0631. Surveys
1. Air-Ground Correlation Factors (AGCF). AGCF is required for calculation of surface dose
rates from aerial dose rates taken in an aircraft during a survey in accordance with procedures detailed
in STANAG 2112. The AGCF relates a ground dose rate reading to a reading taken at approximately
the same time in an aircraft at survey height over the same point on the surface.
2. The AGCF is calculated as shown below:
AGCF = Ground dose rate

Aerial dose rate
Example:
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Surface dose rate = 20 cGy/h
Aerial dose rate (200 feet survey height) = 5 cGy/h
AGCF = 20 cGy/h
5 cGy/h
AGCF = 4
By multiplying the readings taken in the aircraft at a survey height by the AGCF, the surface
level reading can be approximated. These values are to be reported in the CBRN 4 NUC.
Ground dose rate = Air dose rate x AGCF
0632. Reporting Instructions
1. Monitoring data to be sent to other units/HQs is transmitted in the CBRN 4 NUC report format.
a. Automatic Reports. In accordance with SOPs units in the contaminated area submit
certain monitoring reports automatically. These provide the minimum essential information for
warning, hazard evaluation, and survey planning. Reports are sent through specified channels
to reach the CBRN cell. The automatic reports are the initial, peak, and special reports
specified by the CBRN centre or required by commanders for operational purposes.
b. Initial Report. After noting a dose rate of 1 cGy/h or more outside, defensive measures in
accordance with SOPs are implemented, and the unit formats a CBRN 4 NUC report
containing the code "INIT" for initial in set ROMEO. The first report is used at the CBRN centre
to confirm the fallout prediction. The dose rate cannot be converted to H+1 at this time.
c. Peak Report. After the initial contamination is detected the unit monitor continuously
records dose rates according to the time intervals specified in unit SOPs. The dose rate rises
until it reaches a peak, and then it decreases. In some cases, the dose rate may fluctuate
for a short time before beginning a constant decrease. When the measurement continues to
decrease, the monitor takes an inside reading and then an outside reading for the TF
calculation. First, the inside reading is recorded. Within three minutes, the monitor goes to the
outside location. After all information is recorded, the CBRN defence team calculates the TF
and applies it to the highest dose rate. It then formats the CBRN 4 NUC report. The word
"PEAK" is used in set ROMEO.
d. Special Reports. Other standing instructions may establish the requirement for special
CBRN 4 NUC reports. The CBRN centre evaluates these special reports. They invite
command attention to areas or conditions of serious concern. The operational situation, unit
radiation status, and similar considerations determine the criteria for these special reports,
which cannot be specified here. Generally, this report may be required when the surface dose
rate goes above a specified value. When the dose rate increases after showing continuous
decrease, a special report must be sent. Special reports may be required after a specified
period of time if the unit remains in the area.
e. Directed Reports. Selected units in the contaminated area will be directed to submit
additional CBRN 4 NUC reports. The CBRN centre uses these reports to evaluate a
radiological contamination hazard - the decay rate of fallout and how long this decay rate (and
the contamination overlay) will remain valid. They are used to determine the H-hour (if
unknown) and the soil type in neutron induced areas. Reliable calculations are directly related
to the precision of the dose rate measurement. Tactical decisions and personnel safety
depend on the accuracy of these measurements. The assessment of further development of
the contamination situation depends upon this data. An error in dose rate measurements
means a similar error in all following calculations.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
f. Series Reports. A series report consists of a series of dose rate readings taken at the
same location at time intervals specified in unit SOPs after the peak dose rate has been
recorded. The location must remain constant. The report contains each reading and the time it
was taken. The report contains the word SERIES in set GENTEXT.
g. Summary Reports. The summary report shows the radiation distribution throughout units
area of responsibility. The locations for the readings are selected by the unit according to the
distribution of its elements and the extent or variety of the areas terrain. The time each
reading was taken is reported. The word SUMMARY is given in set GENTEXT.
h. Verification. The verification report is a unit's response to a direct request. If data are
lacking from a specific location near or in the unit's area the CBRN centre may request a
verification report. It may also be requested to confirm abnormal readings reported earlier. A
verification report is not a retransmission of the earlier report, but a check of the actual
conditions of the area. The unit tasked with the submission of a verification report receives
specific instructions as to the location from which a reading is desired. The word VERIFY is
used in set GENTEXT to indicate a verification report.
0633. Report Formatting Instructions at the CBRN Centre
1. For the format used to pass monitoring and survey results see the CBRN 4 NUC report as
described in Section 8. Within the CBRN 4 NUC the following three sets represent a segment:
CBRN 4 NUC
Set Meaning
QUEBEC Location and type of reading/sample/detection.
ROMEO Contamination level, dose rate trend, decay rate.
SIERRA Date and time of reading or initial detection of contamination.
2. The location is sent as UTM grid co-ordinates; the level of contamination reading is expressed
in cGy/h.
3. Sets QUEBEC, ROMEO, and SIERRA may be repeated as many times as necessary to give a
specific picture of the contamination throughout an area. A "zero" dose rate may also be reported on
set ROMEO, and is an extremely valuable piece of information in determining the extent and duration
of contamination.
4. Only outside dose rates are reported by the unit, and the date time group is reported in ZULU
time. Certain abbreviations are associated with the dose rate to describe the circumstances
surrounding the contamination. Note that the definition of set ROMEO includes information on the
dose rate trend and the relative or actual radiation decay rate. The dose rate must be reported while
the latter two items are optional. They require evaluation, which may be done above unit level. A
monitor cannot provide this information.
5. Dose rate trends are:
INIT - initial reading

PEAK - peak reading
DECR - decreasing since last reading
INCR - increasing since last reading
SAME - same
6. Legal entries for the relative decay rate are: (see paragraph 0633 and 0634)
DN - decay normal
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
DF - decay faster than normal

DS - decay slower than normal
7. Table 6 - 9 shows examples of CBRN 4 NUC reports:
Table 6 - 9. Examples of CBRN 4 NUC Reports

CBRN 4 NUC CBRN 4 NUC CBRN 4 NUC
QUEBEC/MGRS:32UNB156004700 QUEBEC/MGRS:32UNB156004700 QUEBEC/MGRS:32UNB156004700
0// 0// //
ROMEO/RAT:1CGH/INIT// ROMEO/RAT:35CGH/DECR// ROMEO/RAT:25CGH/DECR//
SIERRA/REA:021200ZAUG2010// SIERRA/REA:021400ZAUG2010// SIERRA/REA:021530ZAUG2010//
0// 0// 0//
ROMEO/RAT:20CGH/INCR// ROMEO/RAT:30CGH/DECR// ROMEO/RAT:23CGH/DECR//
0// 0// 0//
ROMEO/RAT:40CGH/PEAK// ROMEO/RAT:27CGH/DECR/DN// ROMEO/RAT:21CGH/DECR//
0634. Evaluation of Radiological Information
1. After CBRN 4 NUC reports are available they must be evaluated with regard to the actual
hazard encountered by troops in the contaminated area with the aim to predict expected dose rates
and accumulated dosages for possible missions within the contaminated area. Theoretically, once a
radiological hazard has been identified, the contamination existing at any future time can be calculated
using simple decay relationships.
2. The dose rate at any location in a fallout area does not remain constant. It decreases with time
according to the Kaufmann equation:
R1 t 1 = R 2 t 2
n n
Which describes the decay of fallout after it has completely settled on the ground.
In this equation:
R is the dose rate at the location.
t is the time in hours after H-hour.
n is the decay rate.
The subscripts `1` and `2` denote two separate dose rate measurements taken at the same
location at different times.
3. Dose rate and total dose calculations cannot be performed until the decay rate is known. The
true decay rate will not be known immediately. Accurate determination must wait until several sets of
CBRN 4 NUC reports are available.
The decay rate of fallout depends on many factors. Some of these factors are:
- Height and type of burst.
- Type of weapon (fission, fission-fusion, fission-fusion-fission).
- Type of active materials, as well as construction and structural materials within the
weapon.
- Type and quantity of materials vaporized or sucked up into the fireball.
- "Salting" the weapon to produce a slow decay.
- When fallout overlaps fallout.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
- Soil Type.
4. The decay rate varies with time. Generally, the decay rate becomes slower as time passes.
The same decay rate may not be present across the entire fallout area. The pattern as a whole will
have an average value, which may vary from position to position. The amount of variation in the decay
rate for fallout is expected to range from 0.2 to 2.0. The lower values are assumed for "salted"
weapons. Decay calculations are valid only if the dose rate readings are made after completion of
fallout. While fallout is still arriving, the Kaufmann equation is not valid.
5. Because of the delay in determining the actual decay rate, an assumed decay rate of n = 1.2,
referred to as standard decay, is used by all units until informed otherwise by the CBRN centre. When
the actual decay rate has been established by the CBRN centre, it will be sent as set ROMEO on the
CBRN 4 or CBRN 5 NUC report. The assumed normal decay rate of n = 1.2 is used in many simplified
radiological calculation procedures. Optimum time of exit calculations are also based upon n = 1.2.
Note: In the equations of the following sections all times are given in hours after the burst.
The information given in corresponding sets of the CBRN messages (e.g. SIERRA)
must be converted appropriately when moving from calculation to reporting or vice
versa.
1. Graphical Method. When a sequence of dose rates (CBRN 4 NUC reports) from one location
is plotted on log-log graph paper, the decay rate of the contamination will cause the line plotted to be a
straight line, inclined at a slope (n) to the axes of the graph.
2. Figure 6 - 13 shows data plotted on log-log graph paper for 3 locations. The time is used as
the number of hours past H-hour. A set of three lines is drawn through the points. The slope of the line
is n = a/b, the decay exponent for each location. The best straight line is fitted to the points. The value
of n may then be determined for each location and an average n determined for the area. If the slopes
of the lines differ by more than 30% from one location to the next, a mean value cannot be defined,
and the decay rate determined for a given location can only be applied in the immediate vicinity of that
location.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
TIME (H-hour + NUMBER OF HOURS)
Figure 6 - 13. Decay Rate Determination (Measurement of Slope)
3. To predict the development of the decay at any other point P in the area, plot a reading from
point P on the graph and draw a line with the slope of n through this point as shown at the top of the
figure. In this way the dose rate at this point can be estimated for any time H + t.
4. Different graphical aids may be designed by nations or units to assist in determining the decay
rate. An example for an overlay is given in Figure 6 - 21. To use it proceed as follows:
a. Plot the dose rate readings versus time as in

Figure 6 - 13.
b. Place the overlay on the

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 13 move it up or down parallel to the grid until the points representing the
measurements best fit one of the radial lines of the overlay. The label on the radial line
indicates the decay rate.
CAUTION
When dealing with overlapping contamination areas, using an "average" n value for the overall
pattern can lead to serious errors. The reliability of the decay rate calculation depends on the
precision of the dose rate readings, the interval over which the readings are taken, and the
time over which dose calculations are to be made. That is, the more reliable the dose rate
monitoring and the longer the time interval over which they are taken, the longer the time
period over which reliable dose calculations can be made. As a rule of thumb, reliable dose
calculations can be projected in time (t p ) over a period up to three times as long as the
monitoring time interval. For example, for a decay rate determined from monitoring readings
taken between H+4 and H+8, dose calculations could be reliably projected from H+8 to H+20
(t p = H+8 + 3 (* (8 - 4)) = H+20). Thus, the calculations based upon decay rate are valid for 20
hours after the burst. This information should be placed on the contamination overlay to advise
the user of the length of time the calculations are valid.
0636. Determination of the Dose Rate for an Arbitrary Time
1. Graphical Method. To determine the dose rate at an arbitrary time it is necessary to use a
reference dose rate for the reference times H+1 and H+48. The following equation is used for this
purpose:
R n = NF R t
n is the normalized time, e.g. 1 or 48, and t is the time elapsed since the burst.
2. The normalizing factors NF can be tabulated as shown in the Table 6 - 12 or presented

graphically as shown in Figure 6 - 22. The dose rate at H+1 hours can also be determined by using
one of the nomograms in Figure below, given a dose rate reading at H+t.
3. When working with aerial or ground survey data, an additional step reduces the number of
required calculations. Multiply the normalizing factor either with the air-ground correlation factor
(AGCF) for aerial surveys or the vehicle correlation factor (CF) to determine the overall correction
factor (OCF) before applying the correction to the measured data to normalize it to the reference time
desired (e.g. when preparing reports).
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 14. Fallout Decay Nomogram
0637. Determination of the Time at which a given Dose Rate is to be Expected
1. Graphical Method. When the decay rate and the normalized dose rate for H+1 are known, the
dose rate at H+t, or the time t, when a specific dose R t will occur, can be read from the nomograms
shown in Figure 6 - 14.
0638. Total Dose Reduction
1. The primary objective of the commander is to accomplish the mission while keeping the total
dose as low as possible. The total dose may be reduced in several ways.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
a. Avoid the area. When the actual measured fallout area cannot be avoided, select the route,
which has the lowest dose rate. Commit the fewest number of personnel possible to the
operation.
b. Reduce exposure time. Plan operations to minimize time spent in contaminated areas. Select
the route easiest to cross. This route should offer high speed advance.
c. Delay time of entry. If possible, allow the contamination to decay, refer to the nomograms in
Figure 6 - 14 for details.
d. Use shielding. All vehicles should have increased shielding. Cross fallout areas on foot as a
last resort.
0639. Total Dose Procedures
1. Nomogram Method. Total dose, time of entry, and time of stay calculations in fallout areas
may also be solved with total dose nomograms. These nomograms may be based on different
anticipated decay rates.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 15. Total Dose (Fallout)

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Total dose nomograms relate total dose, H+1 dose rate, stay time T s , and entry time T e . The
index scale is a pivoting line. It is used as an intermediate step between D and R 1 , and T s and
T e . The index scale value can be used to multiply the R 1 to find the D. The four values on
these nomograms are defined below:
D = total dose in cGy.

R1 = dose rate in cGy/h one hour after burst (H+1).
The H+1 dose rate must ALWAYS be used. NEVER use a dose rate taken at any other time.
Ts = stay time in hours.

Te = entry time (hours after H-hour).
R 1 must be known before the total dose nomograms can be used. If any two of the other three
values are known, the nomograms can be used to find the missing piece of information.
Determination of R 1 is discussed in paragraph 0636.
D and R 1 , or T s and T e are used together.
When working with total dose nomograms, start the problem on the side of the nomogram
where the two known values are located. If D and R 1 are given, start on the left side. If T s and
T e are given, start on the right side. Never begin a problem by joining D or R 1 with either of the
time values.
Example:
Given: R1 = 200 cGy/h.
Te = H + 1.5 hours.
Ts = 1 hour.
n = 1.2
Find: D
Answer: 90 cGy.
Solution.
Select the n = 1.2 total dose nomogram. Connect H + 1.5 hours on the T e scale with
the T s reading of 1 hour. Pivot the hairline at its point of intersection with the index
scale to the 200 cGy/h on the R 1 scale. Read D = 90 cGy on the total dose scale.
By 25 hours after the burst, the change in the rate of decay is so low that it is relatively
insignificant. Therefore, a different approach is used to estimate total dose when T e is greater
than 25 hours. In this case, simply multiply the dose rate at the time of entry by the time of
stay. This is written:
D = R Te * T s
D = total dose (cGy).
R Te = dose rate (cGy/h) at time of entry.
Ts = time of stay (h).
For example:

Ts = 2 hours.
Te = H + 30 hours.
n = 1.2
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Find: D
Answer: 10 cGy.
Solution.
Select the 1.2 decay rate nomogram. Align 300 cGy/h on the R 1 scale with 30 hours
on the T e scale. Read the dose rate at the time of entry on the R t scale (the R Te ) as 5
cGy/h.
Find dose D = R Te * T s
5 cGy/h. * 2 hours
D = 10 cGy.
When T s must be calculated against a dose limit, the above formula must be
rearranged.
D
Ts =
RTe
Using the data from the previous problem, this is solved as:
D 10
TS = =
RTe 5
TS = 2 hours
Note that the dose rate at the time of entry is used here. Get the time of entry by
determining the time the R 1 value will decay to the R t value.
Using the data from the two previous examples:
D 10
RTe = =
TS 2
RTe = 5
Now determine when (time) 300 cGy/h will reduce to 5 cGy/h. Align the R 1 value and the R t
value. Note that the hairline crosses the time (t) scale at H + 30 hours. Therefore, T e = H + 30
hours.
0640. Crossing a Fallout Area
1. In nuclear warfare, it is to be expected that extensive areas will be residually radioactive. It

may be necessary to cross an area where there is residual radiation.
2. When crossing a contaminated area, the dose rate will increase as the centre of the Area is
approached and will decrease as the far side is approached. Therefore, determine an average dose
rate for total dose calculations. A reasonable approximation of the average dose rate can be
determined using only one half of the highest dose rate. This is written:
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
R max
R avg =
2
R avg = average dose rate.
R max = highest dose rate encountered or expected to be encountered.
3. This calculation is sufficient when looking for a suitable route for crossing a contaminated area
or when time is critical. A more exact solution for this problem is given in AEP-45.
4. The effective dose rate for a crossing problem can be treated like the dose rate for a fixed
point. Therefore all follow on calculations (e.g. accumulated dose, earliest time of entry) for the
crossing problem can be done using the same procedures used for a fixed point described in the
above.
5. The transmission factor must also be applied as in a stationary situation.
0641. Optimum Time of Exit from Fallout Areas
1. Radiological fallout may present a serious hazard to units that remain in the contaminated
area. Shelters such as field emplacements are the best protective measures against nuclear radiation
for troops in the field. If the shelter provides any appreciable amount of protection, it will be
advantageous to remain and improve it rather than to evacuate to an uncontaminated area. If the
situation permits, and higher HQs approve, the commander may decide to move out of the
contaminated area. By evacuating at the optimum exit time, the radiation dose to personnel is kept to a
minimum.
2. To compute the optimum exit time from a fallout area, you must know the time of detonation,
the location of an uncontaminated area, the average TF, and the time required to evacuate.
3. When moving from an area contaminated by fallout, the unit moves into an uncontaminated
location. This will necessitate waiting until fallout is complete at present positions.
4. The average TF of the fallout shelters and the vehicles used to leave the contaminated area
must be computed. Since all shelters are not the same, an average value should be used. The TF of a
vehicle may be estimated. A unit moving on foot will be fully exposed and will have a TF of 1.0.
5. The time to load vehicles and move out of the contaminated area must be estimated. In order
to minimize exposure time, it may be necessary to temporarily abandon non essential items and
recover them at a later time when the dose rate has decreased to an acceptable value.
6. The optimum time of exit (T opt ) is calculated as:
Topt = MF Tev
where:
MF is a multiplication factor taken from Figure 6 - 62.
T ev is the time required to evacuate the contaminated area.
The following abbreviations are used in the optimum time of exit calculations:
T FS = Average TF for the fallout shelters.

T FM = Average TF after leaving shelters (during movement out of the contaminated area).
TF Ratio = TF ratio.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Compute the optimum exit time by the three following steps:

- Calculate the TF ratio, TF Ratio = T FS /T FM .
- Determine the multiplication factor. Enter the vertical axis of Figure 6 - 62 with the value
obtained for TF Ratio . Move horizontally along this value to the curve. Move straight down
and read the multiplication factor from the horizontal axis.
- Calculate the optimum exit time. Multiply the multiplication factor by T ev . The product is
the optimum time, in hours after detonation, that the unit should leave its shelters and
evacuates the area.
7. Special Considerations. The unit should evacuate the fallout area as soon as possible when
ratios of TF Ratio are close to or greater than 0.5. If the optimum time of exit is estimated to be before
the actual arrival of fallout, the unit should evacuate the area as soon as possible after fallout is
complete and an uncontaminated area is available.
8. The unit will receive the smallest dose possible if it leaves the contaminated area at the
optimum time of exit. If the commander is willing to accept up to a ten percent increase in dose, he
may leave the shelters any time between one half and twice the optimum time of exit.
9. If possible, personnel should improve their shelters while waiting for the optimum time of exit.
The estimate of the optimum time of exit should be recalculated if significant improvement is made in
the shelters. Improved shelters mean the unit should remain in shelters for a longer period of time to
minimize the dose to the personnel.
Sample Problem.
Given: T FS = 0.1 (foxhole).
T FM = 0.6 (2 ton truck).
T ev = 1 hour.
Find: Optimum time of exit.
Solution: TF Ratio = 0.1/0.6 = 0.167
Multiplication factor = 2.80
Optimum time of exit = MF * T ev = 2.80 * 1 h
= 2.80 h
or 2 hours and 48 minutes.
0642. Induced Radiation
1. Neutrons are produced in all nuclear weapon bursts. Some of these neutrons may be captured
by the various elements in the soil under the burst. As a result, these elements become radioactive,
emitting beta particles and gamma radiation for an extended period of time. Beta particles are a
negligible hazard unless the radioactive material makes direct contact with the skin for an extended
period of time. Beta particles can cause skin irritations varying from reddening to open sores. In
contrast, gamma radiation readily penetrates the body and can cause radiation injury and even death.
To determine the external military hazard posed by induced radiation, an analysis of the dose rate of
the emitted gamma radiation must be determined.
2. The location of a suspected induced radiation area created by an air burst is determined by
nuclear burst data. Weather conditions have no influence upon its location or size. Surface winds will
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
not affect the pattern. The pattern, if produced, will always be around GZ. The size of the pattern
depends on the yield of the weapon and height of burst. Table 6 - 10 shows the boundaries of the
induced area for different yields. Assuming an optimum height of burst, the user enters the table with
the yield of the weapon (or interpolates if not listed). The distance given is the maximum horizontal
radius to which a 2 cGy/h dose rate will extend one hour after burst.
Table 6 - 10. Radii of Induced Contamination

Estimated Yield (KT) 2 cGy/h dose rate at H + 1 hour
Horizontal Radius (meters)
0.1 200
1 700
10 1000
100 1600
1000 2000
3. The circular area with a radius as given in Table 6 - 10 around GZ is regarded as

contaminated until actual dose rate readings indicate otherwise. The actual area of contamination is
usually substantially less, depending upon actual yield and height of burst.
0643. Decay of Induced Radiation
1. The soil in the target area is radioactive to a depth of 0.5 metres at GZ. In contrast, fallout is a
deposit of radioactive dust on the surface. From this it can be seen that decontamination of the area is
impractical.
2. The decay characteristics of induced radiation are considerably different from those of fallout.
Fallout is a mixture of many substances, all with different rates of decay. Induced radiation is produced
primarily in aluminium, manganese, and sodium.
3. Other elements, such as silicon, emit so little gamma radiation or decay so fast that they are
less important.
4. During the first 30 minutes after a burst, the principal contributor to induced radiation is
radioactive aluminium. Almost all soils contain aluminium. It is one of the most abundant elements in
the earths surface. Radioactive aluminium has a half-life of two to three seconds. Because of this,
almost all the radioactive aluminium has decayed within 30 minutes after the burst.
5. Most soils also contain significant quantities of manganese. This element decays with a half-
life of about 2.6 hours. From 30 minutes after burst until 10 to 20 hours after the burst, both
manganese and sodium are the principal contributors to the radiation. After 10 to 20 hours after the
burst, sodium, which decays with a half-life of about 15 hours, is the principal source of radiation.
6. Soil composition is the most important factor in the decay of induced radiation. Its decay must
be considered differently from that of fallout. For fallout, the decay rate is calculated by using the
Kaufmann equation. For induced radiation, the percentage, by weight, of elements present in the soil
determines the decay rate.
7. Since soil composition varies widely, even in a localized area, you must know the actual
chemical composition of the soil to determine the rate of decay of induced radiation. The soils are
divided into four types. Table 6 - 11 has been extracted from Defense Nuclear Agency Effects Manual
1 (DNA EM-1).
8. Since the actual soil composition will not be known, soil type II, the slowest decay, is used for
all calculations until the CBRN Centre advises use of a different soil type.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 6 - 11. Soil Types for Induced Radiation Calculations

Chemical Composition of Soils
Type IV
Type I Type II Type III
Element (Beach, Sand,
(Liberia, Africa) (Nevada Desert) (Lava, Clay, Hawaii)
Pensacola, Florida)
Sodium - 1.30 0.16 0.0001
Manganese 0.008 0.01 2.94 -
Aluminium 2.89 6.70 18.79 0.006
Iron 3.75 2.20 10.64 0.005
Silicon 33.10 32.00 10.23 46.65
Titanium 0.39 0.27 1.26 0.004
Calcium 0.08 2.40 0.45 -
Potassium - 2.70 .088 -
Hydrogen 0.39 0.70 0.94 0.001
Boron - - - 0.001
Nitrogen 0.065 - 0.26 -
Sulphur 0.07 0.03 0.2 -
Magnesium 0.05 0.60 0.34 -
Chromium - - 0.04 -
Phosphorus 0.008 0.04 0.13 -
Carbon 3.87 - 9.36 -
Oxygen 50.33 50.82 43.32 53.332
9. Soil type is determined by using engineer soil maps or a CBRN 4 report and the induced
decay nomograms. The method is basically a process of elimination. The dose rate and the time it was
measured are applied to an induced decay nomogram. This will result in an H+1 or R 1 dose rate. Then
if the other dose rates and times from the series report result in the same R 1 dose rate that is the soil
type. If not, check the other nomograms until the one used results in the same R 1 .
0644. Dose Rate Calculations
1. The decrease in the dose rate must be calculated before total dose can be found. This is done
with decay nomograms. Use the residual radiation (induced) decay nomograms in (Figure 6 - 63
through Figure 6 - 66) for these calculations. They allow the user to predict the dose rate at any time
after the burst. Each nomogram denotes time (hours) after the burst for one of the four soil types.
2.
3. In each nomogram, the R 1 scale is at the right. This scale shows H+1 dose rates. The R t scale
is on the left. This scale shows dose rates at times t.
4. Example.
Given: Rt = 150 cGy/h at H + 3 hours, soil type II.
Find: R1
Answer: 190 cGy/h.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Solution:
Select nomogram for soil type II. Align the hairline with the 3 hour tick mark on the time (middle)
scale (t) and the 150 cGy/h point on the R t scale. Read the dose rate as 190 cGy/h at the point
of intersection with the R 1 scale.
0645. Total Dose Calculations
1. The nomogram below is used for predicting the total dose received in an induced area. This
nomogram relates total dose, H + 1 dose rate, stay time, and entry time. The two scales to the left of
the index line show total dose and H + 1 dose rate. There are two stay time scales to the right of the
index line. The extreme right scale shows entry time. The index line is a pivoting line, which is used as
an intermediate step between D and R 1 . R 1 is found by using one of the induced decay nomograms. If
soil type is unknown, assume the soil is type II. The total dose nomogram, Figure 6 - 16, is NEVER
used to find R 1 .
2. On Figure 6 - 16, soil types II and IV under "stay time" will be used for total dose calculations if
the soil type is not known. If the soil type is known, the appropriate scale under "stay time" will be
used. It is possible to find any one value on the total dose nomogram if the other three are given, as
illustrated in the following examples.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 16. Total Dose Received in an Induced Area
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Example 1

Te = H + 6 hours.
Ts = 1 hour.
Soil type: II
Find: D
Answer: 72 cGy.
Solution.
On nomogram at Figure 6 - 16, connect H + 6 on the T e scale with 1 hour on the T s scale (soil
types II and IV) with a hairline. Pin the hairline at the point of intersection with the index scale.
Now pivot the hairline to 140 cGy/h on the R 1 scale. Read 72 cGy on the D scale.
Example 2
Given: R 1 = 300 cGy/h.

T e = H + 6 hours.
D = 70 cGy.
Soil Type: III
Find: Ts
Answer: 1 hour.
Solution.
On nomogram at Figure 6 - 16 connect 70 cGy on the D scale with 300 cGy/h on the R 1 scale.
Pin the hairline at the point of intersection with the index scale. Pivot the hairline to H + 6 hours
on the T e scale. Read 1 hour on the T s scale (soil types I and III).
0646. Transmission Factors
1. TF for induced areas are determined in the field. The TF in Table 6 8 should be used with
the greatest reservation. Actual TF in induced areas may be lower by as much as 70 percent because
of a very technical characteristic of radiation.
2. Essentially the strength of gamma radiation is measured in million electron volts (MeV). Fallout
less than 24 hours old has an average energy of 0.67 MeV. Induced radiation emitted from the three
principal soil elements has a range of 0.68 MeV to 1.2 MeV.
3. Because of the unique decay characteristics of induced radiation, TF must be recalculated

frequently. Every four hours is recommended. This accounts for changes in the penetration ability of
the remaining radiation.
0647. Crossing an Induced Radiation Area
1. If an area must be crossed, the lowest dose rate area, consistent with the mission, is selected.
2. In calculating total dose, it is necessary to determine an average dose rate; dose rates
increase as the centre of the area is approached and then decrease beyond the centre of the area.
The average dose rate represents a mean value the individual is exposed to during the time of stay. A
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
reasonable approximation of the average dose rate can be obtained by dividing by two the maximum
dose rate predicted to be encountered. This is written as:
R max
R avg =
2
Time of stay (stay time) must be calculated for crossing problems. Use the relationship of:
dis tan ce
TS =
speed
Then follow the same procedures as for fallout.
0648. Plotting Data and Producing a CBRN 5 NUC Message
1. Contaminated areas are shown on the radiological situation map, and information about them
must be passed to other units and HQs. The most expeditious means for this is the radiological
contamination overlay.
2. The preparation of such an overlay is described below:
a. After all available information from monitoring and surveying has been plotted on a map as
normalized (H+1) and corrected (unshielded, 1 m above ground) dose rates, contour lines for
standard dose rates can be drawn on a radiological contamination overlay.
b. When constructing the radiological contamination overlay, there are factors that locally affect the
contamination pattern.
c. This is particularly true between points in an aerial survey. These include topographic features
such as bluffs or cuts, heavily built-up or wooded areas, and bodies of water. For example, a
large river will carry away any fallout landing on it, leaving its path relatively free of
contamination. Also, the contamination hazard near a lake will be lower than expected. The
fallout particles will sink to the bottom of the lake, and the water will provide shielding. In wooded
areas or built-up areas, a measure of the reduction of dose rate can be obtained by using the
TFs (see Table 6 - 8) for these areas.
d. Dose-rate contour lines showing the contamination hazard in an area can be drawn as follows:
(1) Determine the H+1 dose-rate contour lines to be plotted (for example, 30, 100, 300, 1,000
centigray per hour). These contour lines may be required for CBRN 5 purposes or for
anticipated calculations to be made from the data.
(2) Determine the points on the chosen survey routes, or on course legs, and close to
monitoring locations that are providing the desired dose rates. Interpolate linearly between
dose rates as required.
(3) Connect all the points having the same dose rates with a smooth line. Use all plotted
monitoring data as additional guides in constructing these contours.
e. The plotter must use care and judgement in plotting these contours and must visualize the
probable general shape and direction of the pattern. Any dose rates disproportionately higher
than other readings in the immediate area indicate possible hot spots, when such readings are
reported, that area should be rechecked. If dose rates are confirmed, these hot spots should be
plotted and clearly identified.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
f. Figure 6 - 17 shows a typical plot, which might be developed, from survey data.
Figure 6 - 17. Fallout Pattern plotted from Survey Data
Legend:
Actual
Predicted
g. Radiological contamination overlays used for evaluation purposes must provide the most
detailed information possible.
h. The minimum information required is:
(1) Map designation and orientation data.
(2) Nuclear burst and GZ identification (sets ALFA and FOXTROT of CBRN 2).
(3) H-hour (set DELTA of CBRN 2).
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
(4) Reference time (set OSCAR of CBRN 5).
(5) Decay rate/soil type.
(6) Time of preparation and validity time.
(7) Source of the contamination fallout or neutron induced contamination.
(8) Dose rate contour lines as established by the commander.
3. Additional information such as time of completion lines for fallout may also be included where
unit SOPs require such information.
0649. Reporting Data
1. Electronic communications are not always available. If this is the case, the radiological
contamination overlay must be converted into a series of readings and co-ordinates for transmission
as a CBRN 5 NUC report. This method has a disadvantage. It requires the addressee to re-plot data
from the CBRN 5 NUC report and connect them to produce dose rate contours; a time consuming
process. Staff planners must consider that the shapes of dose rate contours drawn to correspond with
a relatively brief series of readings and co-ordinates can vary significantly.
2. If electronic communications of data or communications of hard copy are not available and if
time and distance permit, radiological contamination overlays are sent by messenger. Data is
transmitted, manually by the CBRN 5 NUC report as a last resort.
3. When the contamination comes from a single burst, the dose rates will be normalized to H + 1.
But if there have been several detonations at different times and no single H + 1 is possible, then the
dose rates are reported for a specific time.
4. On the CBRN 5 NUC report a closed contour line on a plot, is represented by repeating the
first coordinate.
5. To calculate the dose rates along the contour lines at a later time use the procedures
described in paragraph 0636, and label the contour lines accordingly. AEP-45 describes methods by
which contour lines may be produced using computers.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 18. Stabilized Cloud and Stem Parameters (Graph)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Note: Safety distance for an AIR burst and unproted unwarned (open air) personnel.
Figure 6 - 19. Safety Distance as a Function of Weapon Yield
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
1. Graphical Method. When a sequence of dose rates (CBRN 4 NUC reports) from one location is
plotted on log-log graph paper, the decay rate of the contamination will cause the line plotted to be a
straight line, inclined at a slope (n) to the axes of the graph.
2.
3. Figure 6 - 20 shows data plotted on log-log graph paper for 3 locations. The time is used as the
number of hours past H-hour. A set of three lines is drawn through the points. The slope of the line is n
= a/b, the decay exponent for each location. The best straight line is fitted to the points. The value of n
may then be determined for each location and an average n determined for the area. If the slopes of
the lines differ by more than 30% from one location to the next, a mean value cannot be defined, and
the decay rate determined for a given location can only be applied in the immediate vicinity of that
location.
TIME (H-hour + NUMBER OF HOURS)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 20. Decay Rate Determination (Measurement of Slope)
Figure 6 - 21. Overlay for Determination of Decay Rate
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 6 - 12. Normalizing Factors (Correction to H + 1 hour)

Normalizing factors (Correction to H + 1 hour).
TIME AFTER DECAY EXPONENT (n)
BURST
0.600 0.800 1.000 1.200 1.400 1.600 1.800 2.000
10 min 0.341 0.238 0.167 0.116 0.081 0.057 0.040 0.028
20 min 0.517 0.415 0.333 0.268 0.215 0.172 0.138 0.111
30 min 0.660 0.574 0.500 0.435 0.379 0.330 0.287 0.250
40 min 0.784 0.723 0.667 0.615 0.567 0.523 0.482 0.444
50 min 0.896 0.864 0.833 0.803 0.775 0.747 0.720 0.694
1 hr 00 min 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
1 hr 10 min 1.090 1.130 1.160 1.200 1.240 1.280 1.320 1.360
1 hr 20 min 1.180 1.250 1.330 1.410 1.490 1.580 1.670 1.770
1 hr 30 min 1.270 1.380 1.500 1.620 1.760 1.910 2.070 2.250
1 hr 40 min 1.350 1.500 1.660 1.840 2.040 2.260 2.500 2.770
1 hr 50 min 1.430 1.620 1.830 2.070 2.330 2.630 2.970 3.360
2 hr 00 min 1.510 1.740 2.000 2.290 2.630 3.030 3.480 4.000
2 hr 15 min 1.620 1.910 2.250 2.640 3.110 3.660 4.300 5.060
2 hr 30 min 1.730 2.080 2.500 3.000 3.600 4.330 5.200 6.250
2 hr 45 min 1.830 2.240 2.750 3.360 4.120 5.040 6.170 7.560
3 hr 00 min 1.930 2.400 3.000 3.730 4.650 5.800 7.220 9.000
3 hr 15 min 2.020 2.560 3.250 4.110 5.200 6.590 8.340 10.560
3 hr 30 min 2.120 2.720 3.500 4.490 5.770 7.420 9.530 12.250
3 hr 45 min 2.210 2.870 3.750 4.880 6.360 8.280 10.790 14.060
4 hr 00 min 2.290 3.030 4.000 5.270 6.960 9.190 12.120 16.000
4 hr 20 min 2.410 3.230 4.330 5.810 7.790 10.440 14.000 18.770
4 hr 40 min 2.520 3.420 4.660 6.350 8.640 11.760 16.000 21.770
5 hr 00 min 2.620 3.620 5.000 6.890 9.510 13.130 18.110 25.000
5 hr 20 min 2.730 3.810 5.330 7.450 10.410 14.560 20.350 28.440
5 hr 40 min 2.830 4.000 5.660 8.010 11.340 16.040 22.690 32.110
6 hr 00 min 2.930 4.190 6.000 8.580 12.280 17.580 25.150 36.000
6 hr 20 min 3.020 4.370 6.330 9.160 13.250 19.170 27.720 40.110
6 hr 40 min 3.120 4.560 6.660 9.740 14.230 20.800 30.410 44.440
7 hr 00 min 3.210 4.740 7.000 10.330 15.240 22.490 33.200 49.000
7 hr 20 min 3.300 4.920 7.330 10.920 16.270 24.230 36.100 53.770
7 hr 40 min 3.390 5.100 7.660 11.520 17.310 26.020 39.110 58.770
8 hr 00 min 3.480 5.270 8.000 12.120 18.370 27.850 42.220 64.000
9 hr 00 min 3.730 5.800 9.000 13.960 21.670 33.630 52.190 81.000
10 hr 00 min 3.980 6.310 10.000 15.840 25.110 39.810 63.090 100.000
11 hr 00 min 4.210 6.800 11.000 17.760 28.700 46.360 74.900 121.000
12 hr 00 min 4.440 7.300 12.000 19.720 32.420 53.290 87.600 144.000
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NORMALISATION FACTOR (H + 1)
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
250
200
1.9
150
1.7
100
90
80
70
60 1.5
50
40
1.3
30
25
2.0
20 1.1
1.8
15
1.6 0.9
10
9 1.4
8
7 0.7
1.2
6
5 1.0
4
0.8
3
2.5 0.6
1.5
1
1 2 3 5 7 9 15 25 40
1.5 2.5 4 6 8 10 20 30 48
TIME (H + ____ HOURS AFTER BURST) READING WAS TAKEN
Figure 6 - 22. Graphical Method for Determining Normalization Factor

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NORMALISATION FACTOR (H + 48)

1000
900
800
700
600
500 1.9
400
300
250 1.7
200
150
1.5
100
90
80
70 1.3
60
50
40 2.0
1.1
30 1.8
25
20 1.6 0.9
15
1.4
10 1.2
0.7
9
8
7
1.0
6
5
0.8
3 0.6
2.5
2
1.5
1
48 70 90 150 300 500 800 1500 3000 5000
60 80 100 200 400 600 1000 2000 4000
TIME (H + ____ HOURS AFTER BURST) READING WAS TAKEN
Figure 6 - 23. Graphical Method for Determining Normalization Factor

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 24. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 0.2

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 43. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 0.2

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 62. Multiplication Factor
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 63. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type I

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 64. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type II

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 65. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type III

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 6 - 66. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type IV
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION VIII - CBRN NUC REPORTS 1- 6
0651. Reporting of Nuclear Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting System
1. Nuclear incident warning and reporting aid in the rapid collection, evaluation and
dissemination of data concerning nuclear fallout and hazards, including the prediction of hazard areas.
0652. Reporting CBRN 1 NUC
1. This is the observers initial report.
Table 6 - 13. CBRN 1 NUC Example

CBRN 1 NUC
determined sets:
BRAVO Location of Observer and M BRAVO/MGRS:32UNB0620063400/25
Direction of Incident 00MLG//
DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident Start M DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//
and incident End
FOXTROT Location of Incident O FOXTROT/-/-//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information M GOLF/SUS/AIR/1/BOM/1//
HOTEL Type of Nuclear Burst M HOTEL/SURF//
JULIET Flash-to-Bang Time in seconds O JULIET/57//
LIMA Nuclear Burst Angular Cloud O LIMA/18DEG//
Width at H+5 Minutes
MIKE Stabilized Cloud Measurement at O MIKE/TOP/33DEG/9KM//
H+10 Minutes
PAPAC Radar Determined External O
Contour of Radioactive Cloud
PAPAD Radar Determined Downwind O
Direction of Radioactive Cloud
GENTEXT CBRN Info O
1. The CBRN Centre may assign an Incident Serial Number (ALFA) to the CBRN 1 report and
transmit the information as a CBRN 2 report.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45

CBRN 2 NUC
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/DEU/A234/001/N//
and incident End
FOXTROT Location of Incident M FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB1860048300/
EE//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information M GOLF/SUS/AIR/1/BOM/1//
NOVEMBER Estimated Nuclear Yield in KT M NOVEMBER/50//
GENTEXT CBRN Info O
1. This report provides a prediction of the nuclear hazard area to assist the commander in
ordering the appropriate protective posture for his forces in the predicted hazard area.

CBRN 3 NUC
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/DEU/A234/001/N//
and incident End
FOXTROT Location of Incident M FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB1860048300/
EE//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O GOLF/SUS/AIR/1/BOM/4//
NOVEMBER Estimated Nuclear Yield in KT O NOVEMBER/50//
Estimated/Actual Contour Lines
PAPAB Detailed Fallout Hazard Prediction M PAPAB/019KPH/33KM/5KM/
Parameters 272DGT/312DGT//
PAPAC Radar Determined External O
PAPAD Radar Determined Downwind O PAPAD/030DGT//
XRAYB* Predicted Contour Information O
GENTEXT CBRN Info O
*OSCAR is required if set XRAYB occurs, otherwise it is prohibited.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
1. This report provides detection data and passing monitoring and survey results.

CBRN 4 NUC
determined sets:
Set Description Cond Example
ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/BEL/001/001/N//
KILO Crater Description O KILO/NKN//
QUEBEC* Location of M QUEBEC/MGRS:31UDS9840062800/-
Reading/Sample/Detection and Type /MPDS/HGSM/-/-/-/-/-/-//
of Sample/Detection
ROMEO* Level of Contamination, Dose Rate M ROMEO/RAT:38CGH/DECR/DN//
Trend and Decay Rate Trend
SIERRA* Date-Time-Group of Reading or Initial M SIERRA/REA:030900ZAPR2010//
Detection of Contamination
WHISKEY Sensor Information O WHISKEY/POS/POS/Y/HIGH//
GENTEXT CBRN Info O
* Sets QUEBEC, ROMEO and SIERRA are a segment. Sets/segments are repeatable up to 20 times
in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or survey points.
1. This report will outline the actual extent of the ground contamination from survey data.

CBRN 5 NUC
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/BEL/001/001/N//
DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident O DELTA/030726ZAPR2010//
OSCAR Date-Time-Group for M OSCAR/030826ZAPR2010//
Estimated Contour Lines
XRAYA* Actual Contour Information M XRAYA/600CGH/31UES051714/31UES082
701/31UES080669/31UES054643/31UES0
17643/31UES028698/31UES051714//
XRAYA/300CGH/31UES056727/31UES093
714/31UES106719/31UES069635/31UES0
04598/31UES004640/31UES012682/31UE
S030714/31UES056727//
XRAYA/150CGH/31UES103724/31UES062
551/31UDS955434/31UDS848387/31UDS8
45452/31UDS908565/31UDS978677/31UE
S041727/31UES103724//
GENTEXT CBRN Info O
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
* Sets are repeatable up to 50 times to represent multiple contours
1. This message will be used to provide specific information required to produce a more detailed
nuclear hazard prediction.

CBRN 6 NUC
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/DEU/A234/001/N//
DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident Start O DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//
and Incident End
FOXTROT Location of Incident O FOXTROT/32UNB058640//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O
QUEBEC Location & Type Reading /Sample M QUEBEC/MGRS:32UNB2830070400/
/Detection GAMMA/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//
ROMEO Level of Contamination, Dose O
Rate Trend and Decay Rate
Trend
SIERRA Date-Time Group of Reading or O SIERRA/REA:202300ZSEP2010//
GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/WEAPON
YIELD ESTIMATED FOR
EVALUATION OF COLLATERAL
DAMAGE PURPOSES ONLY//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CHAPTER 7
HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING (COASTAL/SEA)
AND MERCHANT SHIPPING WARNING
0701. Aim
1. The aim of this chapter is to provide information on the location, the extent of the hazard area
and the duration of the hazard resulting from incidents with chemical agents and nuclear fallout at sea
and in the coastal region. It provides information necessary for commanders to warn units at sea and
13
on the adjacent land areas .
2. Biological hazard area prediction procedures for shipping are the same as for land and are
described in Chapter 4.
3. Radiological hazard area prediction procedures for shipping are the same as for land and are
13
MERWARN messages are for communication with non-military authorities, so these are NOT referred to in APP-11.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION II - CHEMICAL HAZARD AREA PREDICTION (COASTAL/SEA)
0702. Agents at Sea or on Shorelines
1. This chapter refers to agents at sea or on the shoreline. If the location of the release is
unknown, it is assumed to be located up wind, at a distance equivalent to the unit's maximum range of
reconnaissance. The size of the release area is assumed to be contained within a 0.5 NM radius
circle.
0703. General Procedures
1. Horizontal Extent of the Downwind Hazard Area. The horizontal extent of the downwind
hazard area depends on:
a. The type of chemical agent.
b. The means of delivery (agent concentration in the release area).
c. The meteorological conditions.
d. The defined hazard (hazard level).
2. When preparing a CBRN 3 CHEM message for the following listed chemical agents, the CBRN
defence agency must always indicate which hazard level the predicted hazard area is based upon.
This information should be contained in set GENTEXT. In this publication, 3 different levels of hazard
may be taken into account - LCt 50 , ICt 5 , and miosis. The following dosage limits (mg x min/m3) are
valid:
Agent LCt 50 ICt 5 Miosis

SARIN 70 5 3
SOMAN 70 5 3
3. Vertical Extent of the Hazard. The hazard extends at least up to 150 m above the sea surface.
Aircrews flying low level must therefore be warned accordingly.
4. Chemical Attacks. Chemical attacks may basically be divided into Air-contaminating Attacks
(Type A ) (non-persistent agents), and Ground-contaminating Attacks (Type B ) (persistent agents) :
a. Type A (non-persistent). In this publication, for prediction purposes, two types of air
contaminating (non-persistent) agents are recognized:
(1) Sarin (GB) and all other known non-persistent agents, and
(2) Soman (GD) as an aerosol. If the agent cannot be identified, use GB.
b. Type B, (persistent agents). Large quantities of persistent chemical agents may be released
with the intention of contaminating ship surfaces. For such a situation the procedures in
Chapter 3 should be used. However at sea, the resulting hazard area will be over predicted
since persistent agent(s) hydrolyze and mix with water and will not generate as much vapour
from evaporation as results from land contamination.
5. Means of Delivery. The delivery means are listed in Annex C, paragraph C012. In cases where
the means of delivery is unknown, MLR is assumed.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
6. Meteorological Data. The meteorological data required for the downwind hazard area
prediction procedure is provided in a CBRN CDM (see chapter 2). Valuable MET information can be
provided by the attacked unit itself. Therefore units at sea reporting a chemical attack should always
attempt to include actual weather information under set YANKEE and ZULU in CBRN 1 CHEM or
CBRN 2 CHEM reports.
0704. Prediction Procedures
1. For sea areas, the prediction of chemical downwind hazard areas follows either the simplified
procedure or the detailed procedure. The simplified procedure is intended for use in ships, whereas
the detailed procedure is designed for use by CBRN defence agencies at Naval HQs, where trained
CBRN defence personnel and suitable facilities are available.
0705. Plotting Procedures in Case of Releases Near a Coast
1. The following procedures apply if a release is on land, near a coast and the wind direction is
off shore or a release is over the water, near a coast, and the wind direction is towards the land.
Using the following descriptions/situations the user will know which procedures to use even though it is
not always clear whether one needs to use the land or the sea procedures:
a. A template is (almost) completely over land if more than 80% of the area that is covered by the
template is over land; or, if more than 20% is over water but the involved water body (or
2
bodies) covers less than 400 km of water, within a distance of 30 km from the release point
(attack center location).
b. A template is (almost) completely over sea if more than 80% of the area that is covered by the
template is over water; or, if more than 20% is over land but the involved land mass (or
2
masses) covers less than 400 km of land, within a distance of 30 km from the release point
(attack centre location).
c. In every case, if the MET report indicates that there are land/sea breeze conditions, the land
sea breeze procedures must be used. If that is not the case, and the release takes place over
land, use the land procedures from Chapter 3 to produce a hazard area template. Then
determine if this template is almost completely over land (see explanation above). If that is the
case, use the template that was just produced. If that is not the case, use the sea procedures
as described in the rest of this chapter to produce a second template. Combine the land and
the sea template using the convex hull method as follows: plot both the land template is the
hazard areaand the sea template; then connect the outer points of the 2 templates and
prepare the CBRN 3 CHEM message.
d. If that (land sea breeze conditions) is not the case, and the release takes place over the sea,
use the sea procedures as described in the rest of this chapter to produce a hazard area
template. Then, determine if this template is almost completely over sea. If that is the case,
use the template that was just produced. If that is not the case, use the land procedures from
Chapter 3 to produce a second template. Combine the land and the sea template using the
convex hull method as follows: plot both the land template and the sea template; then connect
the outer points of the 2 templates and prepare the CBRN 3 CHEM message.
0706. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Simplified Procedure Requirements
1. The chemical weapon hazard prediction simplified procedure requires:
a. Sea charts (maps) of the area of operation;
b. Ship's Chemical Template (Figure 7 - 2);
c. CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM; and

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
d. CBRN CDM.
2. If a valid CBRN CDM is not available, Figure 7 - 1 may be used to determine the air stability
category, which is the basis for the determination of the maximum downwind hazard area distance.
3. This distance is determined from Figure 7 - 1 and Figure 7 - 2. When using the simplified
procedure, use the downwind hazard area distances related to miosis.
4. The downwind direction and downwind speed must be determined on board.
Figure 7 - 1. Graph for Determination of Air Stability Category (SEA)
Note: The numbers 1 through 7 in the above graph refers to the seven stability categories as
0707. Downwind Hazard Area Distance (Nautical Miles) "Sea"
1. The following represents downwind hazard area distance (nautical miles) at sea:
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 7 - 1. Downwind Hazard Area Distance Table 7 - 2. Downwind Hazard Area Distance
versus Wind Speed (KTS) versus Wind Speed (KTS)
and Air Stability, SEA and Air Stability, SEA
Size of Release : SML Size of Release :LRG

STABILITY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DOSE STABILITY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DOSE
WIND <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 2 2 LCt50 WIND 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 LCt50
59 4 4 6 8 8 10 8 ICt5 5 9 12 16 20 26 28 26 20 ICt5
KTS KTS
4 6 8 10 12 12 12 MIOSIS 16 22 30 36 38 34 26 MIOSIS
WIND <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 2 LCt50 WIND 2 2 2 2 4 4 LCt50
10 14 2 4 6 6 8 10 ICt5 10 14 10 14 20 26 30 32 ICt5
KTS KTS
4 6 8 10 12 14 MIOSIS 16 20 28 38 44 42 MIOSIS
WIND <1 <1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 2 2 2 2 LCt50
15 19 2 4 6 6 ICt5 15 19 10 16 20 26 ICt5
KTS KTS
4 6 8 10 MIOSIS 16 22 30 38 MIOSIS
WIND <1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 2 2 2 LCt50
20 24 4 4 6 ICt5 20 24 12 18 22 ICt5
KTS KTS
4 6 8 MIOSIS 18 26 34 MIOSIS
WIND <1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 2 2 2 LCt50
25 29 2 4 4 ICt5 25 29 10 14 20 ICt5
KTS KTS
WIND <1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 2 2 2 LCt50
30 34 2 4 4 ICt5 30 34 10 12 18 ICt5
KTS KTS
2. Determination of the Hazard Area. The hazard area is determined as follows:
a. The centre of the release area (CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM, set FOXTROT) is plotted
on the chart. A circle, the radius of which is 0.5 NM, is drawn around the centre. This circle
represents the release area (Figure 7 - 2).
b. The template for a simplified chemical hazard area prediction is placed on the chart in such a
way that the centre point of the template circle coincides with the centre of the release area.
The value on the protractor corresponding to the downwind direction given in the CBRN CDM
must be oriented towards the north on the chart. This position of the template is marked on the
chart by using the holes punched in the template along the downwind axis. The template is
then moved back along the downwind axis until the radial lines become tangents to the circle
(30 degrees standard). Use the holes punched out along the radial lines to mark the position
and connect to the circle, forming tangents.
c. The maximum downwind hazard area distance is then marked on the downwind axis. Through
this point a line is drawn perpendicular to the downwind axis, to intersect the tangents. (Figure
7 - 2).
d. When, in the CBRN CDM, light winds are reported (wind speeds of 5 knots or less), the
hazard area is represented by a circle concentric to the release area, with a radius equal to 15
NM.
0708. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Detailed Procedure Requirements
1. The detailed procedure is based upon the information compiled in the "Chemical Prediction
Data Sheet" (CPDS) and CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM. The CPDS (See Table 7 - 3) must be
filled in immediately on receipt of a new and updated CBRN CDM, and checked on the receipt of a
CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM, containing meteorological information in set YANKEE and ZULU.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CDM (ADP formatted)

EXER/CC92//
MSGID/CBRNCDR/AAP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/FLKDOGEOPHYSBLSTN/003/JUN/-/-
/NATO/UNCLASSIFIED/-//
AREAM/NFEA//
ZULUM/110500ZJUN2010/110600ZJUN2010/111200ZJUN2010//
UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C//
WHISKEYM/030/005/1/14/7/0/-//
XRAYM/040/010/3/15/6/6/-//
YANKEEM/070/012/4/16/6/6/-//
Table 7 - 3. Example Chemical Prediction Data Sheet (CPDS)

CHEMICAL PREDICTION SHEET
Agent: Sarin
Delivery Means: Artillery
Hazard Level: ICt5
1 CBRN CENTRE: AMZ BSN
2 AREA OF VALIDITY: NFEA
3 ORIGINATOR OF CDM: F1Kdo/GEOPHYS B1St N
4 DATE: 11 JUN 2010 PERIOD
5 TIME OF VALIDITY: 0600Z - 1200Z W X Y
6 Downwind Direction (Degrees) 030 040 070
7 Downwind Speed 10 m (KTS) 5 10 12
8 1.5 times the Wind Speed (KTS) 7.5 15 18
9 .5 times the Wind Speed (KTS) 2.5 5 6
10 Stability Category 1 3 4
11 Temperature (Centigrade) 14 15 16
12 Relative Humidity (Percent) 70 60 60
13 Significant Weather Phenomena - RAIN RAIN
14 Cloud Coverage - - -
15 Maximum Downwind Hazard Area Distance 4 6 6
(NM)
16 Maximum Duration of Hazard (Hours) 1.6 1.2 1
17 Half Sector Angle (Degrees) CIRCULAR 20 20
18 Remarks
2. The delineation of the hazard area resulting from an attack with chemical agents requires
information on:
a. The chemical agent and means of delivery.
b. Location of the release area as reported in CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM.
c. Downwind direction of the agent cloud (taken from CDR).
d. Maximum downwind hazard area distance(s) related to the appropriate hazard level(s) (LCt50
and/or ICt 5 and/or miosis). (Taken from Table 7 - 1 or 7 - 2).
e. Half-sector angle of the hazard area:
(1) 35 degrees for wind speeds higher than 5 knots, but less than 10 knots,
(2) 20 degrees for wind speeds of 10 knots and more.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
3. For wind speeds equal to 5 knots or less, the hazard area will be circular with radius equal to
the downwind hazard area distance for 5 knots wind speed. However, the radius should not exceed 15
NM.
0709. Determination of Downwind Hazard Areas
1. To plot the chemical downwind hazard area on a sea chart or on General Operations Plot, the
above information is used in the following way: (See Figure 7 - 3).
a. Plot the location of the release area. If the exact location (centre of the attack) is known, draw
a circle around this point with a radius of 0.5 NM. If only a dissemination area is reported,
determine the centre point of this area and draw a circle around this point, using a radius of
0.5 NM. If the size of the release area is known to be larger, the radius must be adjusted
accordingly.
b. From the centre of the release area circle draw a line, representing the downwind direction.
c. Draw two lines which, being tangents to the circle, form an angle equal to the half sector angle
on either side of the downwind direction (downwind axis).
d. Label the point on the downwind direction line (downwind axis), thus marking the extend of the
downwind hazard area distance(s) for the relevant level(s) of hazard (LCt 50 and/or ICt 5 and/or
miosis) and draw a line through this (these) point(s), perpendicular to the downwind axis and
intersecting the two tangents. The downwind hazard area(s) is (are) contained within this
(these) line(s), the tangents and the upwind arc of the release area circle.
2. When low wind speeds are reported in the CBRN CDM, (wind speed 5 knots or less), draw a
circle concentric to the release area circle, using the relevant downwind hazard area distance as the
radius.
0710. Change in Meteorological Conditions
1. If the meteorological conditions change within the period of duration of the hazard, the
predicted hazard area must be adjusted only if:
a. The stability category changes from one category to another; and/or
b. The wind speed changes by more than 5 knots or from 5 knots or less to more than 5 knots
and vice versa; or
c. The wind direction changes by more than 20 degrees.
2. The hazard area is then determined as follows: Calculate the downwind distance that the
agent cloud may have travelled at the time the change in the meteorological conditions occurred, by
using the downwind speed. Consider this point to be the centre point of a "new" release area, and
draw a circle around it with a radius equal to half the width of the hazard area at that point. From there
on, repeat the steps beginning with the procedure prescribed in paragraph 0709.1.b. The distance that
the agent cloud may already have travelled must be subtracted from the maximum downwind hazard
area distance under the new weather conditions (Figure 7 - 6).
0711. Agent Clouds crossing the Coast Line
1. When a cloud from a chemical agent crosses the coast line from sea to land or vice versa,
consider the point where the downwind direction line (downwind axis) intersects the coast line to be
the centre point of a "new" release area, and follow the procedure described in paragraph 0710.2
above, using the appropriate tables for sea and land to determine the downwind hazard area
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
distances. When frequent changes occur, use the land procedure when working manually (Chapter
3).
2. In the case of air contaminating attacks, the beginning and the end of the hazard at a given
point may be determined from:
a. The downwind speed;
b. The distance of the location from the edge of the release area;
c. The beginning and the end of the attack;
d. The following two formulas are used:
t B = (d A x 60) / (1.5 x V Z ) or
t B = (d A x 40) / V Z and
t E = (d B x 60) / (0.5 x V Z ) or
t E = (d B x 120) / V Z
tB = time in minutes from the beginning of the attack to the beginning of the hazard.
dA = distance between the location and the downwind leading edge of the dissemination
area (in NM).
dB = distance between the location and the downwind trailing edge of the dissemination
area (in NM).
VZ = wind speed in knots. If necessary, the wind speed must be determined as the mean
wind speed over several periods of validity of the CBRN CDM.
tE = time in minutes from the end of the attack to the end of the hazard.
Example
Given: d A = 5 NM, V Z = 10 knots.
Using the formulas,
t B and t E are calculated as follows:
t B = (5 NM x 40) / 10 knots = 20 minutes, and
t E = (6 NM x 120) / 10 knots = 72 minutes
3. The expected maximum duration of the air-contaminating hazard (i.e.; when the calculated
hazard is expected to be completely clear) may be obtained by using the maximum downwind hazard
area distance as d A , and calculating t E from the formulas in sub-paragraph d. above.
4. The CBRN defence agency (CBRN Collection Centre/CBRN Sub Collection Centre) must
continuously check the CBRN 3 CHEM messages issued in order to ensure that any new information
(meteorological or CBRN) is considered. If necessary, a corrected CBRN 3 CHEM message must be
transmitted.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 7 - 2. Ship's Chemical Template (example)

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Note: The production of the Chemical Template is a national responsibility.
Example:
CBRN CDM
AREAM/NEEA//
ZULUM/250830ZAUG2010/250900ZAUG2010/251500ZAUG2010//
UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C//
WHISKEYM/030/030/4/25/5/-/0//
XRAYM/025/035/4/25/5/-/0//
YANKEEM/020/040/4/24/5/-/0//
BRAVO/4133N00318E/-// BRAVO/4130N00318E/359DGG//
DELTA/250915ZAUG2010/250920ZAUG2010// DELTA/250916ZAUG2010//
FOXTROT/4133N00318E /AA// GOLF/-/-/-/-/-//
GOLF/OBS/MRL/-/RKT/8// INDIA/SURF/-/-/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-//
MIKER/-/-// TANGO/SEA/-//
TANGO/SEA/-//
BRAVO/4134N00314E/118DGG// ALFA/DEU/TG300/003/C//
DELTA/250915ZAUG2010// DELTA/250915ZAUG2010/250920ZAUG2010//
GOLF/-/-/-/-/-// FOXTROT/4133N00318E/AA//
INDIA/SURF/-/-/-/-// GOLF/OBS/MRL/-/RKT/8//
MIKER/-/-// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-//
TANGO/SEA/-// MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/SEA/-//
ZULU/4/25C/-/-/0//
Hazard Area
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR. = 030 DGT
411148N0092348E
DHD = 28 km
Figure 7 - 3. Chemical Downwind Hazard Area Plot (Simplified Procedures
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Example:
CBRNCDM
AREAM/NFEB4//
ZULUM/160530ZJUL2010/160600ZJUL2010/161200ZJUL2010//
UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C//
WHISKEYM/160/025/4/22/5/-/0//
XRAYM/160/030/4/21/5/-/0//
YANKEEM/160/025/4/20/5/-/0//
ALFA/DEU/TG301/011/C// ALFA/DEU/TG301/011/C//
DELTA/160610ZJUL2010/160613ZJUL2010// DELTA/160610ZJUL2010/160613ZJUL2010//
FOXTROT/554230N0104630E/AA// FOXTROT/554230N0104630E/AA//
GOLF/OBS/BOM/2/-/-// GOLF/OBS/BOM/2/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/SN:GB/NP/-/-// INDIA/SURF/SN:GB/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-// MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/SEA/-// PAPAA/1NM/-/2NM/-//
PAPAX/100600ZJUL2010/554234N0104444E/
554327N0104554E/554308N0104752E/554114N0
105041E/554001N0104444E/
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/THIS CBRN 3 HAS BEEN
CALCULATED FOR THE ICT5 LEVEL//
554001N0104444E
Release Area
Level of Hazard = ICT5
554114N0105041E
N
DOWNWIND DIR. = 160 DGT

554308N0104752E
554230N0104630E
554327N0104554E
DHD = 2 NM
554234N0104444E
Figure 7 - 4. Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, Wind Speed 10 knots or more
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Example:
CBRNCDM
AREAM/NFEB3//
ZULUM/150530ZJUN2010/150600ZJUN2010/151200ZJUN//
UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C//
WHISKEYM/070/005/3/20/5/-/0//
XRAYM/075/005/3/20/5/-/0//
YANKEEM/070/005/3/20/5/-/0//
ALFA/ITA/TG402/002/C// ALFA/ITA/TG402/002/C//
DELTA/150655ZJUN2010/150656ZJUN2010// DELTA/150655ZJUN2010//
FOXTROT/541000N0113000E/AA// FOXTROT/541000N0113000E/AA//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/2/BOM/6// INDIA/SURF/SN:GB/NP/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/SN:GB/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-//
MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/01NM/-/008NM/-//
TANGO/SEA/-// PAPAX/150600ZJUN2010/541000N0113000E //
YANKEE/O70DGT/010KPH// YANKEE/070DGT/010KPH//
ZULU/3/20C/-/-/0// ZULU/3/20C/-/-/0//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/LEVEL OF HAZARD
MIOSIS//
Release Area
Downwind Direction = 070 DGT

541000N0113000E
DHD = 8 NM
Figure 7 - 5. Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, Wind Speed 5 knots or less or variable
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Example:
CBRN CDM
AREAM/NFEB4//
ZULUM/250830ZOCT2010/250900ZOCT2010/251500ZOCT2010//
UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C//
WHISKEYM/040/010/4/12/7/5/2//
XRAYM/090/009/4/14/7/5/2//
YANKEEM/120/008/4/15/7/5/2//
ALFA/ITA/TG402/002/C// ALFA/ITA/TG402/002/C//
DELTA/251215ZOCT2010// DELTA/251215ZOCT2010//
FOXTROT/554100N0103500E/AA FOXTROT/554100N0103500E/AA//
// INDIA/SURF/SN:GB/NP/-/-//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/3/BOM/3// MIKER/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/SN:GB/NP/-/-// PAPAA/1NM/-/16NM/-//
MIKER/-/-// PAPAX/251300ZOCT2010/554100N0103406E/554124N010343
TANGO/SEA/-// 0E/ 554306N0103942E/554518N0104624E/554518N0110936E/
YANKEE/O90DGT/009KTS// 552724N0105136E/553854N0103942E/554036N0103430E//
ZULU/4/14C/-/-/2// YANKEE/090DGT/009KTS//
ZULU/4/14C/7/5/2//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/LEVEL OF HAZARD ICT5//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Level of Hazard = ICT5

554518N0104624E 554518N0110936E
554306N0103942E
554124N0103430E
First Downwind Dir. = 090 DGT
554100N0103406E
DA = 6.75 Se
co
554036N0103430E nd S
DH econd
D= D
16 ownw
553854N0103942E
NM ind
D Dir
Release Area A = . = 12
9.2 0D
5N GT
M
552724N0105136E
Figure 7 - 6. Recalculation of Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, after

Change in Downwind Direction at Point B
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION III FALLOUT HAZARD AREA PREDICTION (COASTAL/SEA)
0712. General
1. When a nuclear explosion is reported, the ship should immediately gather the necessary
information to be able to plot the potential hazard area.
0713. Effective Downwind Direction and Downwind Speed
1. Winds in the atmosphere vary considerably with height, both in direction and speed, and have
a major influence on the distribution of radioactive fallout from a nuclear cloud.
2. The worst contamination will fall to the surface along a path represented by the average wind
between the surface and the middle of the nuclear cloud.
3. Based upon meteorological information on the wind conditions in the air space between the
surface and the height of the nuclear cloud, CBRN Collection Centres will compute the average
direction and speed of the radioactive particles' path from the nuclear cloud to the surface.
4. The results of this computation make the fallout prediction, expressed in the terms of effective
downwind direction and wind speed. This direction is also known as the fallout axis.
5. The surface wind will usually be considerably different from the effective downwind, both in
direction and speed, and the surface wind should never be used to estimate the drift of fallout.
0714. Ship's Fallout Template
1. To simplify the plotting and presentation of fallout information in ships, while preserving a
reasonable accuracy, a "Fallout Template" is required. A "Ship's Fallout Template" is shown in Figure
7 - 7, designed for use in naval ships as well as in merchant ships. The table containing cloud radii and
safety distances at the bottom of the template is for use in naval ships only and correspond to the
yields illustrated in Error! Reference source not found..
0715. Fallout Plotting
1. When a nuclear explosion is reported in a CBRN 3 NUC message, the ship should
immediately plot the fallout area, using the information contained in the message.
2. The transparent Ship's Fallout Template is used, and the plotting should be made in the
following order:
a. Look up fourth and fifth field of set PAPAB (left and right radial line of the fallout area) and
calculate the bisector. This line is the equivalent to the downwind direction. Draw the grid north
(GN) line from the centre of the inverted compass rose through the number of degrees on the
compass rose equal to the above-calculated downwind direction.
b. Using the scale of the chart on which the plot is to be used and with GZ as centre and the
downwind distance of Zone I (set PAPAB, field two) as radius, draw an arc between the two
radial lines printed on the template on each side of the downwind axis.
c. Using double the distance of Zone I as radius, draw another arc, representing the Zone II
downwind distance.
d. Using the chart scale with GZ as centre, draw a semicircle upwind, the radius of the circle
being the radius given in the CBRN 3 NUC, (set PAPAB, field three). The previously plotted
semi circles may be helpful.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
e. From the intersections of the Zone I arc with the two radial lines, draw lines to the ends of the
cloud radius semi circle.
f. Determine the area in which fallout deposition is predicted to occur at any given time after the
detonation:
(1) Multiply the effective downwind speed (from CBRN 3 NUC, set PAPAB, first field) by the
time after burst (in hours), the result being a distance in nautical miles.
(2) To and from this distance add and subtract a safety distance of 15 nautical miles to allow
for finite cloud size, diffusion and wind fluctuations. The result is two distances.
(3) With GZ as centre and the two distances obtained in (2) as radii, draw arcs across the
plotted fallout area.
(4) The area enclosed between the two arcs will contain, in most cases, the area of deposition
of fallout at this particular time after the burst. (See the worked example in paragraph
0716).
0716. Plotting from CBRN 3 NUC
Example
Given:
CBRN 3 NUC
ALFA/GBR/CBRNC/09-001/N//
DELTA/091715ZSEP2010/-//
FOXTROT/PLYMOUTH/AA//
HOTEL/SURF//
PAPAB/018KTS/040NM/05NM/275DGT/315DGT//
Problem:
Determine the predicted fallout area and the area within which fallout is predicted to deposit at
the surface at 091845ZSEP2010.
Solution:
See
Figure 7 - 8.
- Calculate the downwind direction 295 degrees as bisector from left and right radial line
from set PAPAB, fourth and fifth field. Draw the GN line from GZ through 295 degrees of
the inverted compass rose on the template.
- From set PAPAB, the downwind distance of Zone I is 040 nautical miles. Therefore the
Zone II downwind distance is 2 x 40 = 80 nautical miles. Using the appropriate chart scale,
with GZ as centre and 40 and 80 nautical miles as radii, draw arcs between the two radial
lines.
- From set PAPAB, third field, the cloud radius is 5 nautical miles. With GZ as centre and 5
nautical miles as radius draw the cloud radius semicircle upwind of GZ. The pre-printed
semi circles may be helpful.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
- Connect the ends of the cloud radius semi circles with the intersection of the left and right
radial lines and the Zone I arc.
- 091845Z is 1 hours after the burst. From set PAPAB, first field, obtain the speed of the
effective downwind, i.e. 018 knots.
018 knots * 1 h = 27 nautical miles.

The safety distance is always 15 nautical miles.
27 + 15 = 42 nautical miles, and
27 - 15 = 12 nautical miles.
- With GZ as centre and 42 and 12 nautical miles as radii draw arcs across the fallout
pattern. The area enclosed by the two arcs and the contour of the pattern is the area
within which fallout is predicted to deposit at the surface at 091845ZSEP2010.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 7 - 7. Ships Fallout Template
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Figure 7 - 8. Fallout Plotting, using Ships Template

NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION IV MERCHANT SHIPPING WARNING
0717. Significance of CBRN Warnings for Merchant Shipping
1. Chemical, biological, radiological and fallout contamination from nuclear explosions (hereafter
collectively referred to as contamination) on sea and land targets, particularly from the latter, may
affect large areas of adjacent waters.
2. The areas affected will depend upon the prevailing wind conditions, and any ship close to or
approaching these areas will be in danger. It is therefore essential that shipping should be warned of
the fallout hazards and contamination in order that defensive measures may be taken and course may
be altered to avoid the dangerous areas.
0718. MERWARN, Warnings to Merchant Ships at Sea
1. The MERWARN message, which is not reflected in the APP-11, is a simplified approach for
broadcasting warnings of CBRN hazards, endangering merchant shipping. These warnings will
originate from naval authorities using the preformatted messages:
a. MERWARN CHEM. The MERWARN CHEM is issued to pass immediate warning of a

predicted chemical contamination and hazard area.
b. MERWARN BIO. The MERWARN BIO is issued to pass immediate warning of a predicted
biological hazard area.
c. MERWARN RAD. The MERWARN RAD is issued to pass immediate warning of a predicted
radiological contamination and hazard area.
d. MERWARN NUC. The MERWARN NUC will be issued after a nuclear attack and gives fallout
data for a specific nuclear explosion or series of explosions, which will be identified in the
message.
e. MERWARN DIVERSION ORDER. This is a general diversion order, based upon the fallout
threat, whereby merchant ships proceeding independently are passed evasive routing
instructions of a general nature.
2. In some cases it may be better to provide warning of contamination by means of general plain
language messages rather than by the formats above.
0719. MERWARN Originating and Diversion Authorities
1. MERWARN Originating and Diversion authorities will be designated by national or NATO

commanders before commencement of operations.
0720. Precedence of MERWARN Messages
1. All MERWARN CBRN messages should be given the precedence FLASH (Z) to ensure rapid
handling on any military circuit between the originating authority and the appropriate navigation
service. This precedence should not be used where the rules for the use of the International Safety
Signal (TTT for CW and Security for voice circuits) apply.
0721. Method of Promulgation
1. MERWARN CBRN messages will be transmitted by ADP systems or in plain language, using
GMT, preceded by the International Safety Signal (TTT for CW and Security for voice circuits) from the
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
World Wide Navigation Service. Thus masters need not concern themselves with the identity of the
MERWARN originators, but only with the sea areas covered by each message.
0722. MERWARN CHEM
1. MERWARN CHEM, ADP Format. This message is issued to pass immediate warning of a
predicted chemical contamination and hazard area. MERWARN CHEM reports are issued as soon as
possible after a chemical substance release is detected. They contain sufficient information to enable
the master of a ship to plot the downwind hazard area. The following standard format will be used for
MERWARN CHEM:
MERWARN CHEM (Message identifier)
ALFA: Incident Serial Number (as defined by naval authority).

DELTA: Date/time group (Z) of incident start and incident end.
FOXTROT: Location of incident.
INDIA: Release Information.
PAPAA: Predicted release and hazard area. Note, if downwind speed is 5 knots or less, or
variable, this set will consist of three (3) digits instead of coordinates, representing
the radius of a circle in nautical miles centred on the location of the attack
contained in set FOXTROT.
PAPAX: Hazard area location for weather period
YANKEE: The downwind direction and speed.
ZULU: Information on Measured weather conditions.
GENTEXT: Remarks
2. MERWARN CHEM, Plain Language Format. The MERWARN CHEM standard format may
not always be suitable. In such cases warnings will be plain language statements of a more general
nature, indicating areas affected and expected movement of the hazard.
Example 1
MERWARN CHEM
ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N//
DELTA/150630ZFEB2010/-//
GENTEXT/PERSISTENT NERVE AGENT VAPOUR HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO
HATTERAS AT 150627ZFEB2010 AND IS SPREADING SOUTH-EASTWARDS AT 017
KNOTS. SEA AREA OUT TO 100 NAUTICAL MILES FROM COAST LIKELY TO BE
AFFECTED BY 150930ZFEB2010//
Example 2
MERWARN CHEM
ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS

THIS IS XXX (Call sign)
TIME 150630ZFEB2010
BREAK PERSISTENT NERVE AGENT VAPOUR HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO
AFFECTED BY 150930ZFEB2010 BREAK THIS IS XXX OUT
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0723. MERWARN BIO
1. MERWARN BIO, ADP Format. This message is issued to pass immediate warning of a
predicted biological hazard area. MERWARN BIO reports are issued as soon as possible after a
biological substance release is detected. They contain sufficient information to enable the master of a
ship to plot the downwind hazard area. The following standard format will be used for MERWARN BIO:
MERWARN BIO (Message identifier)

INDIA: Release Information.
ZULU: Information on Measured weather conditions.
GENTEXT: Remarks
2. MERWARN BIO, Plain Language Format. The MERWARN BIO standard format may not
always be suitable. In such cases warnings will be plain language statements of a more general
Example 1
MERWARN BIO
ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N//
DELTA/150630ZFEB2010/-//
GENTEXT/BIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO
Example 2
MERWARN BIO

TIME 150630ZFEB2010
BREAK BIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO
AFFECTED BY 150930ZFEB2010 BREAK THIS XXX OUT
0724. MERWARN RAD
1. MERWARN RAD, ADP Format. This message is issued to pass immediate warning of a
predicted radiological contamination and hazard area. MERWARN RAD reports are issued as soon as
possible after a radiological material release is detected. They contain sufficient information to enable
the master of a ship to plot the downwind hazard area. The following standard format will be used for
MERWARN RAD:
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
MERWARN RAD (Message identifier)

INDIAR: Release Information.
ZULU: Information on measured weather conditions.
GENTEXT: Remarks
2. MERWARN RAD, Plain Language Format. The MERWARN RAD standard format may not
always be suitable. In such cases warnings will be plain language statements of a more general
Example 1
MERWARN RAD
ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N//
DELTA/150630ZFEB2010/-//
GENTEXT/RADIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO
Example 2
MERWARN RAD

TIME 150630ZFEB2010
BREAK RADIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO
AFFECTED BY 150930ZFEB2010 BREAK THIS IS XXX OUT
0725. MERCHANT NUC
1. MERWARN NUC, ADP Format. MERWARN NUC messages are issued as soon as possible
after the attack producing fallout, and gives fallout data for a specific explosion or series of explosions,
which will be identified in the message. The MERWARN NUC will then be transmitted at six hour
intervals (to the nearest hour) thereafter, for as long as the fallout danger exists. They contain
information, which enables the master of a ship to plot the danger area. As a minimum the
MERWARN NUC should contain the following information, which is also represented within the CBRN
message system by the sets ALFA, DELTA, FOXTROT and PAPAX:
ALFA: Incident Serial Number (as defined by the naval authority)

DELTA: Date-time Group of nuclear attack (GMT)
FOXTROT: Location of attack (latitude and longitude, or geographical place name)
HOTEL: Type of nuclear burst
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Example
MERWARN NUC (ADP version)
Common MSG heading followed by:
ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N//
FOXTROT/556900N0091400E /AA//
HOTEL/SURF//
PAPAX/140600ZMAR2010/556900N0091400E//
2. MERWARN NUC, Plain Language Format. The MERWARN NUC standard format may not
be suitable after a multiple nuclear attack, which produces fallout from several bursts in a large or
complex target area. In such cases warnings will be plain language statements of a more general
nature, indicating area affected and expected movement of the fallout.
Example 1
MERWARN NUC
ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N//
GENTEXT/ Fallout extends from Glasgow area to eastern Ireland at 021405Z and is spreading
westwards with 12 Knots. Irish Sea is likely to be affected within an area of 60 nautical miles of
the British coast.
Example 2
MERWARN NUC

TIME 140608ZMAR2010
BREAK FALLOUT EXTENDS FROM GLASGOW AREA TO EASTERN IRELAND AT 021405Z
AND IS SPREADING WESTWARDS WITH 12 KNOTS. IRISH SEA IS LIKELY TO BE
AFFECTED WITHIN AN AREA OF 60 NAUTICAL MILES OF THE BRITISH COAST BREAK
THIS IS XXX OUT
0726. MERWARN DIVERSION ORDER
1. In addition to the origination of MERWARN CHEM, BIO, RAD and NUC messages, naval
authorities may, if circumstances dictate, broadcast general diversion orders, based upon the fallout
threat, whereby merchant ships proceeding independently will be passed evasive routing instructions
of a more general nature, using the standard Naval Control of Shipping (NCS) identifier MERWARN
DIVERSION ORDER.
MERWARN DIVERSION ORDER

TIME 140608ZMAR2010
BREAK ENGLISH CHANNEL CLOSED. ALL SHIPPING IN NORTH SEA TO REMAIN
NORTH OF 052 DEGREES N UNTIL 031500ZSEP2010 BREAK THIS IS XXX OUT
0727. Other Warnings
1. ATP-2, VOL II, gives instructions for the display of signals by ships that have received a
MERWARN NUC message, which affects their area. Ships arriving from sea but remaining beyond
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
visual/aural range of shore stations should continue to keep radio watch in order to receive
MERWARN Messages.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CHAPTER 8
FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKE WARNING (STRIKWARN) AND
MISSILE INTERCEPT REPORT (MIR)
0801. Aim
1. The aim of this chapter is to provide guidance and direction for NATO forces who will require
warning of friendly nuclear strikes and the interception of an adversary incoming missile.
0802. Requirement
1. The requirement for a standard warning message and for delineation of warning and reporting
responsibilities is essential to ensure that the timely warning of friendly nuclear strikes is provided. This
is done so that personnel and units may take relevant measures to protect themselves and their
equipment and be prepared to exploit the weapons effects.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION II FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKE WARNING RESPONSIBILITIES
0803. Coordinating Commander
1. Responsibility for issuing a warning rests with the coordinating commander. The coordinating
commander is the regional commander who coordinates the activities of nuclear delivery and
supporting units.
0804. Commanders authorization
1. Commanders authorized to release nuclear strikes will ensure that strikes affecting the safety
of adjacent or other commands are coordinated with those commands. Commanders must allow
sufficient time to permit dissemination of warnings to personnel, the taking of protective measures, and
preparation to exploit the effects of the weapons. Points at issue must be submitted to the next higher
commander for resolution and decision.
0805. Warning Dissemination
1. The Commander responsible for disseminating a nuclear STRIKWARN must inform:
a. Subordinate headquarters whose units are likely to be affected by the strike.
b. Any other land, air, and naval headquarters/commands, as appropriate, whose units are likely
to be affected by the strike.
c. Next higher level of command, when units not under the command of the coordinating
commander are likely to be affected by the strike.
2. Each unit concerned, down to the lowest level, will be warned by its next higher command as
to the level of safety measures it should take, in light of their proximity to the target.
3. Only information that is of direct interest to the units affected will be disseminated.
0806. Impending Strike Warning
1. Warning of impending strikes (See Section III for example message) will be initiated no earlier
than is necessary to complete warning of personnel. Any means of communications chosen by the
staff, preferably secure, will be used to ensure all affected personnel are warned.
0807. Other Warning
1. Dazzle warnings are to be passed to all region flying squadrons. For dazzle warnings, only
lines ALFAW, DELTAW, FOXONEW [Designated Ground Zero (DGZ(s) only], and INDIAW are sent.
0808. Message Characteristics
1. Classification. STRIKWARN messages should be classified with regard to current

operational security instructions and speed of dissemination. STRIKWARN messages by their nature
contain time-oriented specific friendly force attack information.
2. Use of Codes. Should the STRIKWARN messages be classified and secure electronic means
not be available, the message should be encrypted. Only circuits and coding systems, which meet
NATO security criteria, may be used. Messages may be sent in clear when the coordinating
commander determines that safety warnings override security requirements. A warning message will
not normally be sent in the clear earlier than 60 minutes before the strike, or time on target.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
3. Precedence. All messages should be given a precedence, which reflects the operational
value of the contents. Normally IMMEDIATE would be appropriate. However, due to the nature of the
STRIKWARN message, higher levels of precedence may be considered. The principle is to transmit
the message with precedence adequate to ensure timely warning of all personnel likely to be affected
by the strike.
4. Units of Measurement. Standard ground units of measure will be used for coordinates and,
distance (UTM grid, and metres). Organizations (e.g., naval) who use different SI units will be
responsible for converting units for retransmission to their subordinates. They will also be responsible
for providing warning messages to all units who may be affected by their weapons. Units different from
those used in this publication are not permitted.
5. Position Referencing. When using the STRIKWARN APP-11 message text format, locations
must be identified by geographical coordinates (LAT/LONG), in WGS84 standard Universal
Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates, or by geographical name. SOPs or software must
provide for any situation where the use of differing systems may cause confusion.
6. Message Format. (See Annex C).
0809. Action on Cancelled Attacks
1. When strikes are cancelled, units previously warned will be notified in clear by the most
expeditious means in the following format. The message will be authenticated. For multiple strikes, all
strikes have to be cancelled before disseminating cancellation messages. Include the following
information:
a. Target Number or Nickname.
b. CANCELLED.
0810. Reporting STRIKWARN
Table 8 - 1. CBRN STRIKWARN

CBRN STRIKWARN
determined sets:
ALFAW STRIKWARN Target Identifier M ALFAW/THUNDER//
DELTAW Date-Time-Group of Strike or Strike M DELTAW/031400ZAPR2010/031405Z
Cancelled APR2010//
FOXONEW Minimum Safe Distance One O FOXONEW/012/MGRS:31UES087008
4400//
FOXTWOW Minimum Safe Distance Two M FOXTWOW/016/MGRS:31UES087008
4400//
HOTELW Number of Surface Burst O HOTELW/1//
INDIAW Number of Burst in a Multiple Strike O
AKNLDG Aknowledge Requirement M AKNLDG/-//
0811. CBRN 3 Reports
1. When line HOTELW of the STRIKWARN indicates a surface or subsurface burst, a CBRN 3
NUC Message will be transmitted as soon as possible after the STRIKWARN. The development and
transmission of this message is the responsibility of the coordinating commander when analysis
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
indicates that fallout could affect friendly units. Refer to the nuclear chapter for all hazard prediction
and warning and reporting procedures upon the occurrence of the nuclear explosion.
SECTION III EXAMPLE STRIKWARN MESSAGES
0812. Example of STRIKWARNs
Table 8 - 2. Single Airburst (Minimum Safe Distance (MSD) 1 and MSD 2)

Single Airburst (MSD 1 and MSD 2)
Voice MTF Format
STRIKWARN MSGID/STRIKWARN/AAP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC
JTFZ /025/JUN/-/-/NATO/SECRET/-//
A HOT CANDLE ALFAW/HOT CANDLE//
D 072220Z-072310Z JUN 2010 DELTAW/072220ZJUN2010/072310ZJUN2010//
F1 011 32UNB706101 FOXONEW/011/MGRS:32UNB7060010100//
F2 025 FOXTWOW/025/MGRS:32UNB7060010100//
AKNLDG/YES//
Table 8 - 3. Single Airburst (Only MSD 2 Transmitted)

Single Airburst (Only MSD 2 Transmitted)
Voice MTF Format
STRIKWARN MSGID/STRIKWARN/AAP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC
A AC016 ALFAW/AC016//
F2 023 32UNB669228 FOXTWOW/023/MGRS:32UNB6690022800//
AKNLDG/YES//
Table 8 - 4. Multiple Bursts (All Airbursts)

Multiple Bursts (All Airbursts)
Voice MTF Format
STRIKWARN MSGID/STRIKWARN/APP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC
A ENCHANTMENT ALFAW/ENCHANTMENT//
F2 030 FOXTWOW/030/MGRS:32UNB5900016700
32UNB590167, 32UNB521723, /MGRS:32UNB5210072300/MGRS:32UNB6300035000
32UNB630350, 32UNB600354 /MGRS:32UNB6000035400//
I 12 INDIAW/12//
AKNLDG/NO//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 8 - 5. Multiple Bursts (3 Surface Bursts)

Multiple Bursts (3 Surface Bursts)
Voice MTF Format
A LAMP POST ALFAW/LAMP POST//
F2 030 FOXTWOW/030/MGRS:32UPA4900065000/MGRS:32U
32UPA490650, 32UPA511671, PA5110067100
32UPA537674, 32UPA527650, /MGRS:32UPA5370067400/MGRS:32UPA5270065000
32UPA515650, 32UPA511656, /MGRS:32UPA5150065000/MGRS:32UPA5110065600
32UPA505656, 32UPA505650 /MGRS:32UPA5050065600
/MGRS:32UPA5050065000//
H 3 HOTELW/3//
I 22 INDIAW/22//
AKNLDG/YES//
Table 8 - 6. Multiple Bursts (3 Surface) and MSD 1 and MSD 2

Multiple Bursts (3 Surface) and MSD 1 and MSD 2
Voice MTF Format
A BURNING WICK ALFAW/BURNING WICK//
F1 010 FOXONEW/010/MGRS:32UPA4720025700/MGRS:32U
32UPA472257, 32UPA493255, PA4930255032
32UPA460236, 32UPA457241 /MGRS:UPA4600023600/MGRS:32UPA4570024100//
F2 030 FOXTWOW/030/MGRS:32UPA4710028900/MGRS:32U
32UPA471289, 32UPA501268, PA5010026800
32UPA501241, 32UPA461228, /MGRS:32UPA5010024100
32UPA448240 /MGRS:32UPA4610022800/MGRS:32UPA4480024000/
/
H 3 HOTELW/3//
I 3 INDIAW/3//
AKNLDG/YES//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION IV - TROOP WARNING AND PROTECTION FOR

FRIENDLY USE OF NUCLEAR WEAPONS
0813. Friendly Force Protection Level
1. There are two categories of friendly forces warning and protection levels assumed in nuclear
weapons employment planning. Those categories are (1) unwarned and exposed and (2) warned and
protected.
a. Unwarned Exposed. Personnel are standing in the open at time of burst but are assumed to
have dropped to a prone position by the time the blast wave arrives. They may have a small
percentage of their bare skin exposed to direct thermal radiation and may suffer temporary
loss of vision. This category also applies to civilian personnel in open areas.
b. Warned Protected. Personnel have some protection against heat, blast and radiation.
Adequate protection includes personnel in tanks, armoured personnel carriers, fighting
positions (foxholes), weapons emplacements, and fortified or reinforced command posts and
shelters.
0814. Minimum Safe Distance Considerations
1. The closer a unit is to GZ, the greater are the precautions it must take. That is why there are
two minimum safe distances (MSDs) in the STRIKWARN. Each MSD corresponds to a degree of
protection needed to remain in the area. Thus, if a unit cannot achieve the protection required, it must
exit that zone. Table 8 - 7 explains the relationship between MSD and protection.
Table 8 - 7. Relationship between MSD and protection

Protection Requirements (See Notes 1 and 2)
Radius Corresponding To Requirements
MSD 1 Limit of negligible risk to warned and Evacuation of all personnel (See Note 3)
protected personnel (See Note 4)
MSD 2 Limit of negligible risk to unwarned and Protection (See Notes 5 and 6)
exposed personnel. (See Note 4)
More No protective measures except against
than dazzle and EMP
MSD 2
Note 1. The MSD is equivalent to the radius of safety (RS) for the yield, plus a buffer distance
(BD) related to the dispersion of the weapon system used. When surface bursts are used,
or an intended airburst has less than a 99 percent assurance of no militarily significant
fallout, the fallout hazard will be considered. Details will be transmitted in a subsequent
CBRN 3 NUC report if fallout will be a hazard to friendly units.
Note 2. Commanders will be guided to safety criteria as stated in Joint Pub 3-12.2 (NATO),
Nuclear Weapons Employment Effects Data (or appropriate national manuals with the
same criteria) covered by STANAG 2111 and by national policies for EMP protection.
Note 3. If a unit commander is unable to evacuate MSD 1, he will immediately initiate actions,
within the scope of the current combat operation, to provide maximum personnel and
equipment protection and report through his next higher headquarters to the
releasing/executing commander.
Note 4. Higher risks may be accepted. However, negligible risk should not normally be exceeded
unless significant advantages will be gained. Negligible risk corresponds to the likelihood
that one percent of personnel at this radius and protection will experience blast, radiation,
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
or thermal injury that may cause short performance degradation and long-term combat
ineffectiveness.
Note 5. Maximum protection for ground forces denotes that personnel are in closed down tanks
or sheltered in foxholes with overhead protection. Minimum protection for ground forces
denotes that personnel are prone on open ground with all skin areas covered and with an
overall thermal protection at least equal to that provided by a two-layer uniform.
Note 6. To avoid significant degradation of the airframe or pilot performance (except against
dazzle) severe enough to prevent mission accomplishment, aircraft in flight should remain
beyond MSD 2 or the least separation distance (LSD) for light aircraft in flight, whichever
is greater.
0815. STRIKWARNING and Unit Actions
1. When a unit receives a STRIKWARN message, the first action is to plot it on the tactical map.
This identifies GZ or DGZ and how far the MSDs extend. The commander can then determine what
actions to take. Figure 8 - 1 shows a plotted STRIKWARN for a single burst.
MSD 2 MSD 1
Figure 8 - 1. STRIKWARN for a Single Burst
2. The ALFA team in Figure 8 - 1 should evacuate MSD 1 if possible. Otherwise the unit will have
to dismount and get in foxholes. Evacuation is first choice followed by seeking shelter with overhead
cover. If not evacuated, ALFA team will exceed the specified risk. The other units will as a minimum, if
tactically achievable, assume a prone position and protect against dazzle and EMP. However, those
not in a warned protected posture may exceed the specified risk.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION V - DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM SAFE DISTANCES FOR

MULTIPLE FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKES
0816. Nuclear Weapons Packages
1. Nuclear weapons are often grouped as a weapon package to defeat a particular threat. It
would be time consuming to send separate STRIKWARNs for every weapon in the package. For that
reason, multiple bursts are grouped as a package, and the outer limits of the MSDs plotted as a box.
The coordinates for the corners of the box are then transmitted.
0817. MSD Box
1. Typically, tactical units will only receive the grid coordinates of the box ABCD in Figure 8 - 2.
This represents the MSD corresponding to the STRIKWARN line used to transmit the coordinates.
STRIKWARNs for multiple bursts may also be given by multiple grid points for each MSD when the
MSDs do not form a simple box and friendly forces may be interspersed between designated GZ
locations. An example of such a plot is depicted in Figure 8 - 3.
0818. MSD Polygons
1. When formatting a message text format for a STRIKWARN with multiple bursts and the MSD
forms an area that is contained within up to 20 different grid coordinates, the field for the MSD distance
in the FOXONEW and FOXTWOW will contain -. This is necessary to ensure that automated
systems interpret the data correctly. Additionally, when the MSD is contained within that area, no MSD
distance is required.
0819. Description of MSD Regions
1. Nuclear target planners will use their targeting procedures to establish appropriate MSDs
included in STRIKWARN messages. The procedures below describe the typical methods used to
determine the areas depicted in MSD shapes that may occur as part of STRIKWARN. Procedures for
determining MSD area for multiple strikes (Line FOXONEW or FOXTWOW) are as follows:
a. Determine MSD 1 and/or 2 for each burst and draw the MSD 1 and/or 2 circle around each
DGZ.
b. Draw tangents to the peripheral MSD circles to determine the corners of the box. These are
the minimum requirements to be transmitted in Line FOXTWOW. (Points A, B, C, and D
below).
c. When transmitting MSD box, the point(s) nearest friendly troops will be transmitted first.
Points will be connected in the sequence given. (Note: Lettering of points as shown in Figure
8 - 2 will NOT be transmitted in Line FOXONEW or FOXTWOW.)
d. Normally, only the FOXTWOW line is transmitted if all forces are outside the box; however, if
FOXONEW is transmitted, FOXTWOW should be transmitted.
e. The minimum to be transmitted for a FOXTWOW line would be points A, B, C, and D.
f. When manoeuvre is limited, the box could be defined by points A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, and

K (as shown in Figure 8 - 3) or as many other additional points as required up to 20.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
B
A
Figure 8 - 2. Example plot of multiple burst STRIKWARN
0820. Multiple STRIKWARN Messages
1. If the planned bursts within a multiple strike area are widely separated by time and/or distance,
the coordinating commander may find it desirable if necessary to send more than one STRIKWARN
message to avoid unnecessary operational restrictions. Additional information required by subordinate
units must be requested; i.e., location of DGZs in their vicinity.
E
D
I
J
F
G
H
Figure 8 - 3. Example plot of multiple burst STRIKWARN under manoeuvre restrictions
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION VI BALISTIC MISSILE INTERCEPT REPORT
0821. General
1. This section refers to the prediction of the hazard area after the intercept of a ballistic missile
(defined as a release above 2 km) of a chemical agent as well as for radiological material releases
without nuclear detonation. Calculation tables are provided for releases only up to and including 30
km. Use of other hazard prediction systems will be required for higher altitudes. An example, that of a
liquid release from a missile intercept incident, is provided. This section may only be used for ballistic
missile intercepts. It describes a chemical agent liquid (or nuclear material) released at high altitude.
2. This section addresses only chemical, radiological and nuclear incidents.
0822. Reporting Coordinating Responsibility
1. A Missile Intercept Report (MIR) is created to report a high altitude release. The responsibility
for issuing the missile intercept report rests with the authority conducting the missile intercept tasks.
0823. MIR Distribution
1. Commander responsible for disseminating a MIR must inform:
a. Subordinate headquarters whose units are likely to be affected by the interception.
b. Any other headquarters/commands, as appropriate, whose units are likely to be affected by

the hazard area caused by the interception.
c. Next higher level of command, when units not under the command of the coordinating
commander are likely to be affected by the interception.
2. Each unit concerned, down to the lowest level, will be warned by its next higher command as
to the level of safety measures it should take, in light of their proximity to the intercept point and
potential hazard area. It is expected that the MIR will not be issued to the lowest level. This will be
done by the use of a CBRN 3 which will be generated by the appropriate CBRN Cell on receipt of the
MIR.
0824. Warnings
1. Missile Intercept Report. Warning of the predicted location of the collateral impact from the
interception will be initiated by any means of communications.
1. Classification. Unless the MIR contains operational information considered classified, all
messages should be unclassified.
2. Precedence. Messages will be transmitted with precedence adequate to ensure timely

warning of all personnel likely to be affected by the missile interception.
0826. Simplified Hazard Prediction Calculation
1. Simplified procedures are not required.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0827. Detailed Hazard Prediction Calculation
1. Practical Limits of Templates. The boundaries of the zones within the Hazard Area template
given are based on analysis of a wide range of possible scenarios. A precautionary approach has
been adopted to ensure that measures adopted always assume an appropriate level of caution until
confirmed by survey.
2. Hazard prediction calculation and the production of CBRN 3 messages will be conducted as
soon as possible upon receipt of the CBRN MIR.
3. Chemical Warhead. In the case of a chemical warhead interception, the warhead may be
destroyed and depending on the characteristics of the agent, a percentage will fall to the ground. The
release area is a 3 km radius circle on the surface of the earth vertically below the centre of the
interception point. The following table provides the maximum probable extent for downwind hazard
area distances for persistent chemical agents.
Table 8 - 8. Downwind hazard area distance (km) in case of missile intercept

Maximum Wind Speed from the
Layers in the BWR up to the
Height of intercept Height of Intercept (km/h)
(km) 0-54 >54-72 >72
2 12 18 18
4 17 20 24
6 19 24 27
8 22 26 -
10 24 27 -
12 24 - -
14 26 - -
16 26 - -
18 26 - -
20 - - -
22 - - -
24 - - -
26 - - -
28 - - -
30 - - -
Note If a dash appears in the table no ground contamination is expected.
4. Nuclear Warhead. The following scenarios must be considered:
a. Nuclear missile warhead interception without nuclear detonation; plot a 6 km radius circle on
the surface of the earth vertically below the centre of the Intercept Point (IP).
b. Missile intercepted but nuclear warhead not destroyed. In this situation there are two possible
cases:
(1) Without nuclear detonation: Assume a radiological point source hazard. Until the exact
location of the radiological source is identified plot a 6 km radius circle on the surface of
the earth vertically below the centre of the IP.
(2) With nuclear detonation: Follow the nuclear chapter procedures.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0828. Hazard Area Prediction Chemical Warhead Interception
1. Detailed Procedure. For the specific high altitude release sub-case of missile intercept
hazard area prediction, detailed procedures require the following information: the heading of the
missile relative to True North (BRAVOK), Date Time Group of Incident Start and Incident End
(DELTA), the location of the IP, altitude of the intercept and location of the PTP (FOXTROTK), the
predicted Payload and Efficiency of kill (GOLFK), the type of agent (INDIA), the meteorological
information given in BWR messages. A downwind hazard vector plot must be prepared each time new
meteorological data is received. A polygonal shape comprising the predicted hazard area is
determined from a graphically computed wind vector (See template.)
Example
Chemical Warhead
Voice format MTF Format

MIR MSGID/CBRN MIR/APP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC JTFZ
/025/JUN/-/-/NATO/RESTRICTED//
BK 1500/317 Degrees BRAVOK/1500/317DGT//
D 211200ZSEP2010 DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-//
FK 31UFT412757/4000 FOXTROTK/MGRS:31UFT4120075700/4000M/MGRS:31
Metres/31UFT383788 UFT3830078800//
G Suspected /missile/1/bulk warhead GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/BML/NKN//
GK SCUD/-/Not known GOLFK/SCUD/-/-//
I Air/ VX / Persistant INDIA/AIR/VX/P/-/-//
2. For missile intercepts above 18 km no ground contamination is expected. The procedure to

determine the hazard area as a consequence of a missile intercept 18 km and below is described as
follows:
a. Determine the intercept point (noted as IP in the diagram below), plot it on the map and draw
a circle around it with a 3 km radius. (Intercept point: MIR Set FOXTROTK Field 1)
IP
Figure 8 - 4. Example plot of Intercept Point
b. Determine the predicted target point (noted as PTP): This is Set FOXTROTK field 3 from MIR.
Draw a straight line through the intercept point in the flight direction of the missile (Set
BRAVOK field 2)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
PTP
TN
IP
Figure 8 - 5. Example plot of Intercept Point and Predicted Target Point
c. Determine the effective wind direction based on the BWR and the downwind hazard area
distance for the reported intercept altitude by use of the following procedures: First, from set
FOXTROTK Field 2, find the height of intercept. Second, from BWR create a wind vector plot
to determine the effective downwind direction for all the layers up to the intercept point. Third,
from Table 8 - 8, determine the maximum downwind distance. The downwind hazard area
distance should be taken from the column that corresponds to the maximum wind speed in
any of the layers in BWR up to the intercept point.
d. Draw a line from the intercept point in the downwind direction, with length as found from Table
8 - 8.
PTP
TN
Downwind direction 90
IP
Figure 8 - 6. Example plot of IP and PTP and Downwind Direction
e. Draw the Hazard Area:
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
direction
intercept location equal to 6 km (2 X 3 km radius circle).
line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle
(4) Connect the fan to the PTP as shown. The predicted missile intercept hazard area is
constructed as shown in Figure 8-7.
PTP
Hazard Area
TN
Flight direction of the missile
30
Release Area
IP DOWNWIND DIR. 90
r = 3 km
30
Figure 8 - 7. Example plot of Missile Intercept Hazard Area

f. Prepare CBRN 3 Message. After the generation of the CBRN 3, RECCE teams should be
tasked to determine the extent of the contaminated area. Once the contaminated area is
defined, proceed as described in the chemical chapter.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/NLD/A234/010/C//
DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:31UFT4120075700//
GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/BML/NKN//
INDIA/4000M/SN:VX/P/-/-//
PAPAX/211200ZDEC2010/MGRS:31UFT4090075700/MGRS:31UFT3830078800/MGRS:31U
FT4290077000/MGRS:31UFT4290074300/MGRS:31UFT4110075500//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
0829. Hazard Area Prediction Nuclear Warhead Interception
Sample message
Nuclear Warhead
Voice format MTF Format
MIR MSGID/CBRN MIR/AAP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC JTFZ
/025/JUN/-/-/NATO/RESTRICTED//
BK 1500 Meters pr. Sec./350 Degrees BRAVOK/1500MPS/350DGT//
D 211200ZSEP2010 DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-//
FK 31UFT412757/18000M/31UFT383718 FOXTROTK/MGRS:31UFT4120075700/18000M/MRGS
:31UFT3830071800//
G Suspected/missile/ nuclear warhead GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/NWH/1//
GK Not known/ - / Not known GOLFK/NKN/-/NKN//
IR Not known / Not known / Not known / Not INDIAR/NKN/NKN/NKN/NKN//
known
a. The following procedure applies in the above sample message: Nuclear missile warhead
interception without nuclear detonation; plot a 6 km radius circle on the surface of the earth
vertically below the centre of the IP.
Release/Hazard Area
r = 6 km
IP
Figure 8 - 8. Example plot of Missile Intercept Hazard Area
Example
CBRN 3 RAD
ALFA/NLD/123/001/R//
DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-//
FOXTROT/MGRS:31UFT4120075700//
GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/NWH/1//
INDIA/NKN/NKN/ NKN/ NKN //
PAPAR/-/-/-/6//
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
b. Prepare CBRN 3 Message. After the generation of the CBRN 3, specialist RECCE teams
should be tasked to determine the extent of the contaminated area. Once the contaminated
area is defined, proceed as described in the radiation chapter to update the hazard area.
0830. Reporting CBRN MIR
1. The MIR will contain the following sets M mandatory and O operationally determined sets:
Table 8 - 9. CBRN MIR - Example

CBRN MIR
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/UK/A234/001/C//
BRAVOK Heading of Missile Intercepted M BRAVOK/1500/350DGT//
DELTA Date Time Group of Intercept M DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-//
FOXTROTK Location of the intercept point (IP), M FOXTROTK/MGRS:31UFT412007570
altitude of the intercept and location 0/4000M/MGRS:31UFT3830078800//
of the Predicted target point (PTP)
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/BML/NKN//
GOLFK Payload and Efficiency Information M GOLFK/SCUD/-/-//
INDIA Release Information on CBRN M INDIA/AIR/SN:VX/P/-/-//
Incidents
GENTEXT CBRN Info O (example, an intercept serial number
assigned by the air space management
authority could be specified here. The
dive angle of the missile could be
specified also)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
CHAPTER 9
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL RELEASE WARNING TO FRIENDLY FORCES
(HAZWARN)
0901. Aim
1. The aim of this chapter is to provide NATO forces with a standardized procedure, for
transmitting advanced hazard warning of the possibility of a significant CBRN release. Advance
warning of hazards from possible future CBRN release covered by this chapter include releases that
are both friendly and adversary induced.
2. Friendly induced. Friendly induced is when significant CBRN release is likely as a result,
either directly or indirectly, of friendly attack or counter-force operations.
3. Adversary induced. Adversary induced is when significant CBRN release is likely as a result
of adversary actions within areas under their control or subject to their attack.
4. A significant release is one that is specifically analyzed and:
a. has the potential to permanently and adversely affect, to an unacceptable level, unprotected
and unwarned populations; or
b. may affect areas larger than those addressed by minimum safe distances (MSDs) as they
relate to munitions target interaction and safety distances to unprotected personnel; or
c. for air or ground hazards extend farther downwind than those same munitions-related
preclusion distances for unprotected personnel; or
d. the immediate dangerous levels of ground contamination within the MSD area is likely to
cause immediate, permanent injury to unprotected personnel.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
SECTION II OPERATIONAL PLANNING AND RESPONSIBILITIES
0902. Operations Planning Process
1. Estimates of release consequences are made as part of the operations planning process and
are transmitted using the CBRN HAZWARN report message formats with the CBRN incident identifier,
WARN to signify pre-incident warnings. After CBRN releases occur, hazard estimates, monitoring,
warning and reporting continue to be addressed using the CBRN message formats for that particular
hazard (CHEM, BIO, RAD and/or NUC).
2. Storage of CBRN weapons and agents includes large CBRN ammunition stockpiles, multiple
CBRN bulk storage containers. TIM includes massed storage and/or production facilities. Estimates of
the predicted release and hazard areas will be transmitted using the HAZWARN report and will contain
the applicable sets therefore characterizing the nature of the expected substance release. A
HAZWARN report provides a baseline hazard estimate for dissemination to forces as the warning
message. More sophisticated studies and site specific analyses may allow the planning commander to
provide subordinate forces with more detailed hazard estimates that will supplement the HAZWARN
report. The more detailed estimates should characterize both the immediate release and downwind
hazard areas over time after the releases until the releases are no longer of operational consequence.
This is done so that personnel and units may take necessary, time-varying measures, as
recommended by the warning-originating headquarters, to protect themselves and their equipment.
3. Following the actual release, the pre-release estimates are validated and updated by using
updated weather, the assessed release information (appropriate CBRN 2 message), provided updated
hazard warning estimation (appropriate CBRN 3 message) and reconnaissance/detection information
(appropriate CBRN 4/5/6 message).
0903. Hazard Estimation and Warning Responsibilities
1. Hazard Estimation:
a. Friendly induced release incidents. In the targeting process, commanders and their staffs
assess the capabilities of friendly forces to deny an adversary the use of CBRN agents and
weapons or selected TIMs in fixed facilities or on mobile transport. It is realized that friendly
actions against CBRN agent or TIM containing targets may or may not result in a CBRN
release.
b. CBRN message formats will be used. A HAZWARN message will be used to provide details of
an expected release. A HAZWARN message is appropriate when, as part of operations
planning, a significant CBRN agent or TIM release is likely to occur.
c. Adversary induced release incidents. During the friendly force planning process, intelligence
preparation of the battle space assesses all threats. Threats considered include geographically
focused assessments of region and country-specific CBRN weapons and CBRN weapons
infrastructures, TIM facilities and stockpiles. CBRN weapons assessments are considered
under the CBRN threat. CBRN non-weaponized material and TIM facilities are considered as
CBRN-related concerns as potentially hazardous to friendly forces. If the adversary is
assessed to be capable of and willing to initiate non-weaponized, CBRN agent or TIM releases
as part of operations, an assessment of the most likely and significant release locations and
consequences will be conducted. The highest geographic headquarters capable of conducting
the assessment will conduct assessment for dissemination as intelligence information. If the
planning headquarters determines that adversary-initiated hazards may permanently and
adversely affect, to an unacceptable level, unprotected and unwarned populations that
reasonably require friendly protection. Assessments will be disseminated to subordinates as
required.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
2. Warning Responsibilities. The commander coordinating an operation, during which friendly

or adversary actions are likely to release large quantities of CBRN or TIM, conducts risk analysis and
collateral damage assessments in the development of friendly courses of action. CBRN agent or TIM
release must be evaluated for potential effects on friendly forces or effects into designated damage or
weapons effects exclusion areas. Airborne contamination may extend further than conventional
damage and must be assessed as part of consequences of attack or counter-force operations.
0904. Planning
1. Planning for the consequences of adversary-initiated releases of known TIM or CBRN agent
stockpiles in an area also uses this method as a pre-release incident warning method. Both the
conditions and extent of the expected release are estimated by the commander and areas affected are
assessed for significance versus consequences of the planned actions. Releases that may be
operationally significant and immediately dangerous may use CBRN hazard methods as appropriate,
to provide an estimation of downwind warning and hazard areas. In assessing CBRN agent or TIM
releases, the commander also assesses the protection required for those forces or exclusion areas
within the expected release areas. Those actions resulting in large area downwind hazards extending
into hazard preclusion areas such as areas with unprotected friendly forces will cause initiation of a
hazard estimate and CBRN HAZWARN to appropriate friendly forces. Detection of actual
contamination will be reported by units using the appropriate CBRN 4 or 5 messages if they are
equipped with sensors capable of detecting the specific type of CBRN released.
0905. Determination of Units to be Warned
1. Determination of Headquarters, Units to be Warned of Expected Releases from Actions

on CBRN Storage and TIM Facilities. Commanders responsible for conducting operations involving
likely large area release of CBRN agents or TIMs, must generate an appropriate hazard estimate,
determine safety measures, protection required, and movement actions necessary by forces in the
determined hazard areas. Only information, which is of direct interest to the units concerned, will be
disseminated. The commander then informs:
a. Subordinate headquarters whose units are likely to be affected by the release.
b. Any other land, air, and naval headquarter/commands, as appropriate, whose units are likely to
be affected by the release.
c. Next higher level of command when potentially affected units are not under the command of the
coordinating commander but are within the estimated hazard area.
0906. Hazard Estimate and Warning Timeliness
1. Warning of impending friendly actions that may result in large areas of CBRN or TIM hazards
will be initiated no earlier than is necessary to complete warning of personnel. Any means of
communications chosen by the staff, preferably secure, will be used to ensure all affected personnel
are warned. As part of operational plans before releases occur, potentially affected units may be
directed to move or to take other passive protection means as necessary as risk reduction methods
that are not explicitly linked to a specific release possibility.
0907. Other Warnings
1. In the event that the release is the result of friendly forces using a nuclear weapon,
commanders must ensure that a STRIKWARN is disseminated. See Chapter 8 for guidance on the
procedures required to disseminate a STRIKWARN.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
1. Classifications. CBRN messages depicting warnings of CBRN or TIM releases due to

friendly actions should be classified with regard to current operational security instructions and speed
of dissemination. Messages will be sent in the clear when the coordinating commander determines
that safety warnings override security requirements. A warning message will normally not be sent in
clear earlier than necessary to provide units with sufficient time to prepare for, and take protection from
the CBRN agent or TIM release.
2. Use of Codes. Only circuits and coding systems that meet NATO security criteria will be used.
If secure electronic means are not available, the message should be encrypted using manual
methods.
3. Message Precedence. All messages should be given a precedence reflecting operational

value and timeliness. Messages will be transmitted with precedence adequate to ensure timely
warning of all personnel expected to be affected by the CBRN release. Normally IMMEDIATE would
be appropriate; however, due to the nature of a warning message, higher levels of precedence may be
considered.
4. Units of Measure. Standard ground units of measure will be used for coordinates, distance,
and speed (UTM grid, and meters). Organizations (e.g., naval) which use different units will be
responsible for converting units for retransmission to their subordinates and for providing warning
messages to land forces when the effects of their weapons may be experienced by those land forces.
5. Position Referencing. When using the HAZWARN APP-11 message text format, locations
must be identified by geographical coordinates (LAT/LONG), in WGS84 standard UTM grid
coordinates, or by geographical name. SOPs or software must provide for any situation where the use
of differing systems may cause confusion.
0909. Warning Cancellation
1. Cancellation of a CBRN HAZWARN message will be sent in clear to friendly forces previously
warned, by the most expeditious means possible, when actions that could release CBRN agents or
TIM are cancelled.
0910. Reporting HAZWARN
1. A CBRN HAZWARN provides details of the CBRN agent or TIM release. This message will be
developed and transmitted by the coordinating commander when analysis indicates that a hazard
produced by the friendly or likely adversary actions could affect friendly units downwind. Explanation of
the details of the possible release, when not meeting existing CBRN message format legal entry
requirements such as the strike time window will be transmitted in the GENTEXT set.
2. This example is for a HAZWARN dealing with a CHEM incident. This message can be used to
warn for hazards deriving from a BIO, RAD or NUC incident. This HAZWARN message should than be
filled in accordingly.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
Table 9 - 1. CBRN HAZWARN - Example

CBRN HAZWARN
determined sets:
ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/UK/A234/001/N//
DELTA* Date-Time-Group of Attack or M DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//
Detonation and Attack End
FOXTROT Location of Attack or Event M FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB0580064000/
EE//
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O GOLF/SUS/AIR/1/BOM/1//
INDIA Release Information on CBRN M INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/P/-/-//
Incidents
INDIAR Release and Sampling Information O
MIKER Description and Status of Chemical, O MIKER/-/-//
Biological and Radiological Incidents
OSCAR Reference DTG for Estimated C
Contour Lines
PAPAA Predicted Release and Hazard Area M PAPAA/1KM/3-10DAY/10KM/2-6DAY//
PAPAR Radiological Hazard Prediction O
Parameters
PAPAX** Hazard Area Location for Weather M PAPAX/201400ZSEP2010/MGRS:32V
Period NJ4560028000/MGRS:32VNJ4560011
900/MGRS:32VNJ5760020000/MGRS:
32VNJ5660021700/MGRS:32VNJ4560
028000//
TANGO Terrain, Topography and Vegetation O TANGO/URBAN/URBAN//
Description
XRAYB*** Predicted Contour Information O
GENTEXT CBRN Info O
* For HAZWARN purposes, the Date Time Group will represent the planned Incident Start
and Incident End time period.
** For HAZWARN it is anticipated that Set PAPAX will only be required once, however, the Set
can be repeated up to 3 times in order to describe three possible hazard areas corresponding to the
time periods from the CDM. A hazard area for a following time period will always include the previous
hazard area.
*** Set is repeatable up to 50 times to represent multiple contours
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45
INTENTIONNALY BLANK
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX A TO
ATP-45
ANNEX A
CBRN OPERATIONAL SYMBOLS
A01. General. APP-6A Military Symbols for Land Based Systems provides for common operational
symbols along with details on its display and plotting to ensure the compatibility, and to the greatest
extent possible, the interoperability of NATO Land Component Command, Control, Communications,
Computer, and Intelligence (C4I) systems, development, operations, and training. APP-6A addresses
the use of a standard methodology for symbol hierarchy, information taxonomy, and symbol identifiers.
The standard applies to both automated and hand-drawn graphic displays. These symbols are
designed to enhance NATOs joint interoperability by providing a standard set of common C4I
symbols.
A02. Scope. The contents of this Annex are intended to provide the reader with illustrated
examples of those symbols, directly related to CBRN incidents and defence units, which can be
displayed for either automated map display systems or for manual map marking.
A03. Purpose of Symbols. The purpose of operational symbols is to convey information about
incidents, actions and units within the battlespace. APP-6A denotes two types of operational symbols:
icon-based symbols and tactical graphics:
a. Icon-based Symbol. An icon-based symbol is composed of a frame (geometric border), fill,

and icon, as shown in Figure A - 1.
(1) Frame. The frame is the geometric border of a symbol which, when displayed, provides
an indication of the affiliation, battle dimension, and status of an operational object. The
frame is the border of the symbol and does not include associated material inside or
outside of the border. Normally, the center of the frame is the location that the symbol
relates to. Alternatively, a direction indicator (graphic modifier) can be used to reduce
clutter or movement. When used to de-clutter, the units location is represented at the end
of the indicator. The frame serves as the base to which other symbol components and
modifiers are added. Though sometimes optional, in most cases a icon.
FRAME
COLOR FILL
(GEOMETRIC BORDER)
D ICON
GE
AJ2455
TEXT FIELDS DIRECTION INDICATOR
(TEXT MODIFIER) (GRAPHIC MODIFIER)
Figure A - 1. Icon-Base Symbol
A-1 EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX A TO
ATP-45
(2) Fill. The fill is the interior area within a symbol. If the fill is assigned a color, it provides an
enhanced presentation of information about the affiliation of the object. If colour is not
used, the fill is transparent.
(3) Icon. The icon is the innermost part of a symbol which, when displayed, provides an
abstract pictorial or alphanumeric representation of an operational object. The icon
portrays the role or mission performed by the object.
b. Tactical Graphics. Tactical graphics provide operational information that cannot be presented
via icon-based symbols alone. These graphics portray unit boundaries, special area
designations, and other unique markings related to battlespace geometry and necessary for
battlefield planning and management.
A04. Symbol Modifiers. A modifier is an optional text field or graphic indicator that provides
additional information about the associated symbol or tactical graphic, as shown in Figure A2.
CHEMICAL BIOLOGICAL
INCIDENT INCIDENT
W H W H
CHEM A BIO A
C B
Y Y
Q Q
RADIOLOGICAL NUCLEAR
INCIDENT STRIKE
W H B
RAD A W H
R Y V A
N
T Y
Q
Q
Figure A - 2. Placement of modifiers for CBRN incidents
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX A TO
ATP-45
Table A - 1. Filed Types and Description of Symbols

Field Text/
Field Type Description
Graphic
A Serial number Incident Serial Number Text
Text and
B Size Indicator Nuclear detonation (in kilotons)
Graphic
Additional
H Free text (ex. Type of agent) Text
Information
With arrow, for chemical, biological, radiological and
Direction of
nuclear release indicates downwind direction. Without
Q Movement Graphic
arrow, it is used to denote precise location or to de-
Indicator
clutter.
Unique For friendly nuclear strikes, designates the friendly
T Text
Designation delivery system (missile, aircraft, etc...).
V Type of Equipment Nuclear: Friendly weapon type. Text
An alphanumeric designator for displaying a date/time
W Date-Time Group Text
group (DDHHMMSSZMONYY) or O/O for on order.
Y Location Latitude and longitude or grid coordinates. Text
A05. Symbol ID Code. A symbol ID code is an alphanumeric code that can be used to transfer the
information required to generate and display symbols and tactical graphics.
A06. Colors. Origination of incident and unit symbols, as well as details describing a hazard area,
can be further identified through the use of colour as outlining and/or fills.
a. Icon Based Symbols Fills
Amber = Unknown
Blue = Friendly
Green = Neutral
Red = Hostile
b. CBRN Incident Symbols Fills
Yellow = Chemical
Blue = Biological
Black = Radiological / Nuclear
c. CBRN Hazard Prediction Areas Outlines (CBRN 3 Reports - Templates)
Yellow = Chemical
Blue = Biological
Black = Radiological / Nuclear
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX A TO
ATP-45
A07. Example CBRN Related Incident and Unit Symbols:
Table A - 2. Example CBRN Related Incident and Unit Symbols

Example Special Drawing
Symbols/Outlines Reference
Instructions
Icon Based Symbols
Combat Support
APP-6 See Paragraph A06.a
CBRN
Combat Support C
Chemical
Combat Support S
Smoke
Combat Support D
Decontamination
Combat Support SD
Smoke/Decontamination
Combat Support SD
Smoke/ Decontamination APP-6 See Paragraph A06.a
Armoured
Combat Support B
Biological
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX A TO
ATP-45

Instructions
Icon Based Symbols
Combat Support N
Nuclear
Combat Support C
Chemical Reconnaissance
DCN
Decontamination Site/Point
(Unspecified)
APP-6 3 See Paragraph A06.a
DCN
Alternate Decontamination
Site/Point (Unspecified)
APP-6 3 ALT See Paragraph A06.a
DCN
(Troops)
APP-6 3 T See Paragraph A06.a
DCN
(Equipment)
APP-6 3 E See Paragraph A06.a
DCN
(Equipment and Troops)
APP-6 3 E/T See Paragraph A06.a
DCN
Alternate Decontamination
Site/Point (Operational)
APP-6 3 THO See Paragraph A06.a
DCN
(Thorough)
APP-6 3 TH See Paragraph A06.a
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX A TO
ATP-45

Instructions
CBRN Incident Symbols
YIELD
DTG
Nuclear Detonation Friendly

APP-6 HEIGHT See Paragraph A06.b
Ground Zero
YIELD
DTG
ENY
Enemy Nuclear Detonation HEIGHT
APP-6 See Paragraph A06.b
Known Ground Zero
YIELD
DTG
ENY
Enemy Nuclear Detonation HEIGHT
Templated
YIELD
DTG
Nuclear Detonation Friendly
Planned or On-Order Ground APP-6 HEIGHT
See Paragraph A06.b
Zero
Nuclear Detonation Fallout

Producing
Radioactive Area APP-6 N See Paragraph A06.b
Shown in Yellow
(if Available)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX A TO
ATP-45

Instructions
CBRN Incident Symbols
B
Biologically Contaminated
Area
Shown in
Yellow
(if Available)
Chemically Contaminated C
Area
Shown in Yellow
(if Available)
FREE FREE
DTG TEXT DTG TEXT
Biological and Chemical

Incidents Downwind Downwind
Direction Direction
CBRN Hazard Prediction Areas
25cGy
50cGy
100cGy
Dose Rate Contour Lines APP-6 See Paragraph A06.c
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX A TO
ATP-45
INTENTIONNALY BLANK
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX B TO
ATP-45
ANNEX B
CONVERSION TABLE
Table B - 1. Conversion Table and Distance Conversion Factors

To convert To
Multiply by
Kilometres Miles
0.62
Kilometres Nautical Miles 0.54
Miles Kilometres 1.61
Miles Nautical Miles 0.87
Nautical Miles Kilometres 1.85
Nautical Miles Miles 1.15
metres feet 3.28
feet metres 0.30
mph km/h 1.61
mph knots 0.87
mph m/sec 0.45
mph ft/sec 1.47
km/h mph 0.62
km/h knots 0.54
km/h m/sec 0.28
km/h ft/sec 0.91
knots km/h 1.85
knots mph 1.15
knots m/sec 0.51
knots ft/sec 1.69
m/sec km/h 3.60
m/sec mph 2.24
m/sec knots 1.94
m/sec ft/sec 3.28
ft/sec km/h 1.10
ft/sec mph 0.68
ft/sec knots 0.59
ft/sec m/s 0.30
kilograms pounds (lb) 2.20
pounds (lb) kilograms 0.45
gallons (US) litres 3.79
litres gallons (US) 0.26
B-1 EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX B TO
ATP-45
Table B - 2. Conversion Table, Degrees to Mils
Degrees Mils Degrees Mils Degrees Mils Degrees Mils

1 17.78 65 1,155.55 165 2,933.33 265 4,711.11
2 35.55 70 1,244.44 170 3,022.22 270 4,800.00
3 53.33 75 1,333.33 175 3,111.11 275 4,888.89
4 71.11 80 1,422.22 180 3,200.00 280 4,977.78
5 88.89 85 1,511.11 185 3,288.89 285 5,066.67
6 106.67 90 1,600.00 190 3,377.78 290 5,155.55
7 124.44 95 1,688.89 195 3,466.67 295 5,244.44
8 142.22 100 1,777.78 200 3,555.55 300 5,333.33
9 160.00 105 1,866.67 205 3,644.44 305 5,422.22
10 177.78 110 1,955.55 210 3,733.33 310 5,511.11
15 266.67 115 2,044.44 215 3,822.22 315 5,600.00
20 355.55 120 2,133.33 220 3,911.11 320 5,688.89
25 444.44 125 2,222.22 225 4,000.00 325 5,777.78
30 533.33 130 2,311.11 230 4,088.89 330 5,866.67
35 622.22 135 2,400.00 235 4,177.78 335 5,955.55
40 711.11 140 2,488.89 240 4,266.67 340 6,044.44
45 800.00 145 2,577.78 245 4,355.55 345 6,133.33
50 888.89 150 2,666.67 250 4,444.44 350 6,222.22
55 977.78 155 2,755.55 255 4,533.33 355 6,311.11
60 1,066.67 160 2,844.44 260 4,622.22 360 6,400.00
B-2 EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
ANNEX C
CBRN MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION I - CBRN MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT
C01. General
C01.1 This Annex provides explanations for the CBRN Message Text Formats (MTF), as published in
APP-11 (NATO Message Catalogue). This Annex is included in ATP-45 just for readability
purposes; the sole reference for NATO Text Messages is APP-11.
a. An ADP formatted CBRN message consists of segments, sets and fields. A segment is a
group of contiguous sets related by content. The general and common message headings
(Sets and Fields) are explained in paragraph C02. The CBRN 1 - 6 and CBRN SITREP
message heading (Sets and Fields) are explained from paragraph C03.
b. In the instructions the field contents are described by one of the following:
A = alphabetic upper case: ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

B = blank
N = numeric: 0123456789
S = special characters: .,-()?
a = alphabetic lower case: abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
E = extended special characters: !@#$%^&*=_+[]{}\"';<>~|
X = refers to A, B, N and S
Combinations of the codes exist in some fields.
In Field 2 of Set GENTEXT all characters except two consecutive slants are allowed.
Additionally the use of a colon double slant sequence :// is possible.
c. Fields must be filled with the number and type of characters, indicated in the legal entries.
However, some fields have variable length, which is indicated by giving a range for the
number of characters (e.g. 1-20AB).
d. Whenever a segment, set or field is repeatable, this is indicated by a preceding asterisk.

For programming purposes the limits of repeatability are specified, e.g. (*=3) indicates that
data can be entered up to 3 times.
e. If a repeatable segment is used, then all sets within that segment must be used each time
that segment is repeated. If a repeatable field is repeated, then all following fields in the set
must be repeated.
f. Although an asterisk is indicated it should not be entered into the field when actually
filling it with characters.
g. A hyphen (-) may be inserted into a field when the data needed to complete a field is not
available or is being withheld. The hyphen can be used in a mandatory field.
.
h. In manual procedures all information under one set is put into one sentence. In ADP
systems the information is subdivided into fields.
i. Certain fields will contain numeric values where the unit of measurement can be different e.g.
kilometres or nautical miles. In these fields the unit of measurement must follow the numerical
value.
C-1 EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
j. In STRIKWARN, the units of measurement are default values and are therefore excluded
from the fields.
k. All directional/angular measurements must be stated in either degrees (3N) or mils (4N)
(i.e. 40 degrees = 040, 18 mils = 0018).
l. All sets or fields are either mandatory (M), operationally determined (O) or conditional (C) as
defined in C047.
C02. General and Common Message Heading Sets and Fields Explanation
C02.1. The contents of these sets are common to all CBRN ADP messages. The General Message
Heading depends on regulations given by APP-11. It has to be followed by a Common CBRN
Message Heading, which is the set CBRN Type (CBRNTYPE).
C02.2. General Message Heading:
OccSet ID
(O) EXER Exercise Identification
/- /- //
| (O) NICK: followed by Exercise Additional Nickname, 1 - 16 ABNS
| (O) Exercise Additional Identifier , 4 - 16 AB
(M) Exercise Nickname, 1 - 56 ABNS
(O) OPER Operation Code Word

/- /- /- /- //
| | | (O) Secondary Option Nickname, 1 - 23 ABNS
| | (O) Option Nickname, 1 - 23 ABNS
| (O) Plan Originator and Number, 5 - 36 ABNS
(M) Operation Code Word, 1 - 32 ABNS
(M) MSGID Message Identifier

/- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- //
| | | | | | | | | | (O) Message
| | | | | | | | | | Security Category, 1
| | | | | | | | | | 50 ABNS
| | | | | | | | | Message Security
| | | | | | | | | Classification:
| | | | | | | | | (M) Message Security
| | | | | | | | | Classification Extended,
| | | | | | | | | 11 - 17 AB, or
| | | | | | | | | (M) Message Security
| | | | | | | | | Classification, other 1
| | | | | | | | | 50 ABNS
| | | | | | | | (M) Message Security Policy, 1 50
| | | | | | | | ABNS
| | | | | | | (O) Serial Number of Qualifier, 1 - 3 N
| | | | | | (O) Qualifier , 3 A
| | | | | (M) Reference Time of Publication:
| | | | | Month Name abbreviated, 3 A, or
| | | | | DateTime (ISO), 16 AN*
| | | | (O) Message Serial Number, 1 - 7 ABNSE
| | | (M) Originator, 1 - 30 ABNS
| | (M) Version of Message Text Format, 1-20 ABNS
| (M) Standard of Message Text Format, 1-20 ABNS
(M) Message Text Format Identifier (See C0236) 3 - 19 ABN
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
(O) REF** Reference(**=3)

/- /- /- /- /- /- /-* // (*= 3 )
| | | | | | (O) Signal Indicator Code (SIC) , 3 AN, or
| | | | | | (O) FN: followed by Filing Number, 1 - 10 ABNSE
| | | | | (O) Special Notation, , 5 A
| | | | (O) Reference Serial Number, 1 30 ABNSE
| | | Date and/or Time of Reference:
| | | (M) Day-Time Group of Reference, 4 Digit Year, 14 AN or
| | | (M) Day-Time of Reference, 7 AN, or
| | | (M) Day-Time and Month of Reference, 10 AN, or
| | | (M) Date of Reference, DDMMMYYYY, 9 AN, or
| | | (M) DMY: followed by Date of Reference, DDMMYYYY, 8 N, or
| | | (M) YMD: followed by Date of Reference, YYYYMMDD 8 N, or
| | | (M) Month-Year, 7AN, or
| | | (M) Date Time (ISO), 16AN
| | (M) Originator, 1 - 30 ABNS
| Communication Type:
| (M) Message Text Format Identifier , 3 19 ABN, or
| (M) Type: followed by Communication Type , 3 A
(M) Serial Letter, 1 A
Explanation of Repeatable Set and Field

Set REF: Field 7 is repeatable to accommodate up to 3 data entries.
Set REF is repeatable three times
(C) GEODATUM Geodetic Datum

/- /- //
(O) National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN
(M) Geodetic Datum, 3-6 ABNS
Explanation of conditions.
Set GEODATUM is required when any geographic position occurs in the message.
(M) DTG Date Time Group of Message/Report Created

/- //
(M) Date-Time-Group in Zulu-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
(M) ORGIDDFT Organisation Designator of Drafter/Releaser

/- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- //
| | | | | | | | | (C) Unit Identification Code (UIC), 7-9 AN
| | | | | | | | (M) Armed Service, 1AN, Qualifier or
| | | | | | | | (M) Civilian Agency Code, 2-8 AN, Qualifier
| | | | | | | (M) Higher Formation Name, 1-15 ANS
| | | | | | (M) Unit Role Indicator Code D, 2-6 A
| | | | | (M) Unit Role Indicator Code C, 2-6 A
| | | | (M) Unit Role Indicator Code B, 2-6 A
| | | (M) Unit Role Indicator Code A, 2-6 A
| | (M) Geographical Entity, 2 A
| (M) Unit Size Indicator, 1-7 A
(M) Unit Designation Name, 1-15 ANS
For further information on entries, refer to national standing operating procedures

Explanation of Conditions
Set ORGIDDFT: If Field 2 is CORPS, ARMY, AG, MOD or MD then Field 10 is mandatory,
otherwise it is operationally determined.
C02.3. Common CBRN Message Heading.
OccSet ID
CBRNTYPE Type of CBRN Report
/- /- //
| (O) Validation Code, 1-10 ABNS
(M) Type of CBRN Report (see C024), 3 - 4 A, or
(M) WEA: followed by Type of CBRN Weather Report (see C025), 3 A
Note: Field 2 is used only with CIS systems
C03. CBRN 1 - 6 and CBRN SITREP Message Heading Sets and Fields
C03.1. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02) followed by the set (s) identified in the
occurrence matrix is shown at C049 (see Table C - 4). The occurrence depends on which
message the set is to be used.
C03.2. The following represents decode of the Set Identification (Set ID) ALFA, which is used for the
Incident Serial Number (ISN). Each set includes the occurrence (Occ) and ID (Set ID). For
example:
OccSet ID
ALFA Incident Serial Number (ISN)
/- /- /- /- //
| | | (M) Type of incident (C, B, R, N or U as explained below), 1A.
| | (M) Sequence Number, 1-10 X.
| Code for Originating Unit,
I (M) Code for Originator, 1-6 X, or
I (M) UIC followed by Unit Identification Code, 7-9 X
Geographic Location
(M) ISO three letter code for the geographical entities (STANAG 1059), 3 A, or
(M) Two letter code for the geographical entities (STANAG 1059), 2 A, or
(M) ACC followed by code for the Area Control Centre, 3 A.
Field 1:
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
a. This field can only be used by an agency (Area Control Centre) responsible for an Area of
Observation in accordance with the definitions in the GLOSSARY. This can be a national or a
multinational Area Control Centre (ACC) as defined in NATO and national SOPs.
b. Field 1 will then contain a symbol for this ACC (e.g., the NATO abbreviation for that nation).
c. When the qualifier is used it indicates that the message has been evaluated, correlated, and
approved and is considered as the validated report on a CBRN incident, and the ISN will be
known as an Official Incident Serial Number (OISN).
d. Otherwise (e.g. when originated by other units) field 1 is left unused as indicated by /-/, and
the ISN will be known as a Local Incident Serial Number (LISN).
Field 2:
a. This field will be used by the originator of the message.
b. It will contain an indicator identifying the originator of the report. This is the agency (CBRN
Centre), which creates the message.
c. Individual SOPs must define how to use this field.
d. To indicate the retransmitting agency the set MSGID explained in para C02 is used.
Field 3:
a. This field will contain the incident sequence number (ISN) assigned by the originator.
b. A separate sequence may or may not be used for each of the incident types listed in field 4.
However, NATO or national SOPs must define how to use this field.
Field 4:
This field will contain letters C, B, R, N or U depending on the type of incident:
C for CHEM incidents.

B for BIO incidents.
R for Radiological incidents.
N for NUC attacks.
U for Not Known
BRAVO Location of Observer and Direction of Incident
/- /- //
| Direction of Incident from Observer
| (M) Direction of Incident from Observer in Degrees (see C019.7), 6-7AN or
| (M) Direction of Incident from Observer in Mils (see C019.7), 6-7AN
Location of Observer:
(M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or
(M) UTM: followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 17 AN, or
(M) MGRS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or
(M) UPS: followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or
(M) MUPS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or
(M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AN, or
(M) NAME: followed by Geographic Place Name, 1-30 ABNS
DELTA Date Time Group of Incident Start and Incident End

/- /- //
| (O) Date Time-Group Incident ended in Zulu-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN
(M) Date-Time-Group of Start of Incident in Zulu-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
FOXTROT Location of Incident

/-* /- // (* = 6)
| (M) Location Qualifier (see C028), 2-3 A
Incident Location:
(M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN, or
(M) NAME: followed by Place Name, Extended, 1-54 ABNS
Explanation of Repeatable Field

Set FOXTROT: Fields 1-2 are repeatable to accommodate up to 6 data entries in order to define
a line or area release.
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information

/- /- /- /- /- //
| | | | Substance Container or Release
| | | | (M) Total Release Quantity and Unit of Weight Measurement
I I I I (see C019.5) 3-9 ANS or
| | | | (M) Total Release Quantity and Unit of Volume Measurement (see
I I I I Error! Reference source not found.), 3-9 ANS
| | | | (M) Total Release Quantity and Unit of Measurement (see
I I I I Error! Reference source not found.), 3-9 ANS
| | | | (M) Number of Substance Containers, 1 - 3 N, or
| | | | (M) Size of Release (see C014.1for Chem, see C014.2 for Bio or C014.3
I I I I for Rad), 6-7 A
| | | (M) Type of Substance Containers (see C013), 3 A
| | (M) Number of Delivery Systems, 1-3 N
| (M) Type and Means of Delivery (see C012), 3 A
(M) Qualification of Incident (Suspected or Observed) (see C015), 3 A
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
GOLFC Confidence in Delivery and Quantity Information

/- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- //
| | | | | | | | Accuracy of Total Release:
| | | | | | | | (O) Total Release Quantity, 3-9
| | | | | | | | ANS, or
| | | | | | | | (O) Maximum Total Release Quantity ), 3-9 ANS,
or
| | | | | | | | (O) Minimum Total Release Quantity 3-9 ANS, or
| | | | | | | | (O) Total Release Quantity Estimation Method
| | | | | | | | (see C016), 3 A
| | | | | | | Accuracy of Number of Agent Containers:
| | | | | | | (O) Minimum Number of Substance Containers, 1-3 N,
| | | | | | | or
| | | | | | | (O) Accuracy of Number of Substance Containers, 1-3
| | | | | | | N, or
| | | | | | | (O) Maximum Number of Substance Containers, 1-3 N,
| | | | | | | or
| | | | | | | (O) Number of Substance Containers Estimation
| | | | | | | Method (see C016), 3 A, or
| | | | | | | (O) Probability of Size of Release, 1-3 N, or
| | | | | | | (O) Size of Release Estimation Method (see C016), 3
| | | | | | | A
| | | | | | Probability of Substance Container Identification:
| | | | | | (O) Probability of Specific Substance Container Identification
| | | | | | (see C045), 1-3 N, or
| | | | | | (O) Specific Substance Container Identification Estimation
| | | | | | Method (see C016), 3 A
| | | | | (O) Specific Substance Container Identification, 1-60 X
| | | | Probability of Type of Substance Container:
| | | | (O) Probability of Type of Substance Container, 1-3 N, (see C045) or
| | | | (O) Type of Substance Container Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
| | | Specific Delivery System Identification
| | | (O) Probability of Specific Delivery System Identification, 1-3 N, or
| | | (O) Specific Delivery System Identification Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
| | (O) Delivery System Identification, 1-60 X
| Number of Delivery Systems:
| (O) Accuracy of Number of Delivery Systems, 1-3 N, or
| (O) Maximum Number of Delivery Systems, 1-3 N, or
| (O) Minimum Number of Delivery Systems, 1-3 N, or
| (O) Number of Delivery Systems Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
Type of Delivery:
(M) Probability of Type and Means of Delivery, 1-3 N, or
(M) Type and Means of Delivery Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
HOTEL Type of Nuclear Burst

/- //
(M) Type of Nuclear Burst (see C020), 3-4 A
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
INDIA Release Information on CBRN Incidents.

/- /- /- /-* /-* // (* = 7)
| | | | (O) Detection Confidence level (see C037.3) 3 A
| | | (O) Type of Detection (see C038) 3-5 A
| | (O) Type of Persistency (see C010), 1-3 A
| Substance Definition:
| (O) TS followed by Type of Substance (see C011.1), 1-5 A, or
| (O) SN followed by Substance Name (see C011.2), 1-7 A or
| (O) UN/NA Identification Number (see ERG), 4 N
Substance Release Height:
(M) Type of Substance-Release-Height (see C020), 3-4 A, or
(M) Substance Release Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
Explanation of Repeatable fields.

Set INDIA: Field 4 and 5 are repeatable to accommodate up to 7 entries in order to provide
information on multiple types of detection.
INDIAB Release and Sampling Information on Biological Incidents

/- /- /- /- //
| | | (M) Type of Identification (see C038), 4 A
| | (O) Probability of Persistency, (see C045), 1-3 N
| Substance Probability:
| (O) Probability of Type of Substance, (see C045), 1-3 N or
| (O) Probability of Substance Name, (see C045), 1-3 N
Substance release Height:
(O) Probability of Release-Height, (see C045), 1-3 N, or
(O) Accuracy of Substance-Release-Height (see C014.4), 21-7 AN, or
(O) Maximum Substance-Release-Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN, or
(O) Minimum Substance-Release-Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1) 2-7 AN
Note 1: Some of the info will be available from automated detection (stand off) system.
INDIAC Release and Sampling Information on Chemical Incidents

/- /- /- /- //
| | | (M) Type of Identification (see C038), 4 A
| | (O) Probability of Type of Persistency, (see C045), 1-3 N
| Probability of UN/NA Identification Number
| (O) Probability of Type of Substance, (see C045), 1-3 N or
| (O) Probability of Substance Name, (see C045), 1-3 N or
| (O) Probability of UN/NA Identification Number,(see ERG), (see C045) 1-3 N
Probability of Type of Agent-Release-Height :
(O) Probability of Release-Height, (see C045), 1-3 N, or
(O) Accuracy of Substance-Release-Height (see C014.4), 2-7 AN, or
(O) Maximum Substance-Release-Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN, or
(O) Minimum Substance-Release-Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
Note 1: Some of the info will be available from automated detection (stand off) system.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
INDIAR Release and Sampling Information on Radiological Incidents

/- /- /- /- /- //
| | | | (O) Type of Identification (see C038), 4 A
| | | (O) Means of Radiological Detection (see C038.2) 3-5 A
| | (O) Radioactive Half Life (see Table C - 3), 3-9 ANS
| Identification of the Material:
| (O) IUPAC Isotope Name (see Table C - 3) and Atomic Weight, 5-6 ANS, or
| (O) UN/NA Identification Number (see ERG), 4 N, or
| (O) Type of Radioactivity (C044), 3-4 A, or
(M) Type of Source (see C043), 3-4 A
JULIET Flash-to-Bang Time in Seconds

/- //
(M) Flash-to-Bang Time in Seconds, 1-3 N
KILO Crater Description

/- /- //
| (O) Crater Width (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
(M) Crater Indicator (see C036), 3-6 A
LIMA Nuclear Burst Angular Cloud Width at H+5 Minutes

/- //
Angular Cloud Width (at H + 5 Min)
(M) Angular Cloud Width in Degrees (at H + 5 Min) (see C019.8), 6 AN
(M) Angular Cloud Width in Mils (at H + 5 Min) (see C019.8), 7 AN
MIKE Stabilised Cloud Measurement at H+10 Minutes

/-* /- /- // (* = 2)
| | (M) Cloud Height (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
| Cloud Angle
| (M) Cloud Angle in Degrees (see C019.8), 6 AN or
| (M) Cloud Angle in Mils (see C019.8), 7 AN
(M) Cloud Section (see C034), 3 A

Set MIKE: Fields 1-3 are repeatable to accommodate up to 2 data entries in order to
describe the cloud height and/or the cloud angle for cloud top and/or for cloud
bottom.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
MIKECB Description and Status of Chemical, Biological Substance or Storage or

Release Information
/- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- //
| | | | | | | | | Accuracy of Pool Size
| | | | | | | | | (O) Maximum Pool Size (see C019.1) 2-5 AN
| | | | | | | | | (O) Pool Size (see C019.1), 2-5 AN
| | | | | | | | | (O) Minimum Pool Size (see C019.1), 2-5 AN
| | | | | | | | | (O) Pool Size Estimation Method (see Error! Reference
source not found.), 3 A
| | | | | | | | (O) Pool Size (see C019.1), 2-5 AN
| | | | | | | Accuracy of Initial Temperature
| | | | | | | (O) Maximum Initial Temperature (see C019.4), 2-6 ANS
| | | | | | | (O) Accuracy Initial Temperature (see C019.4), 2-6 ANS
| | | | | | | (O) Minimum Initial Temperature (see C019.4), 2-6 ANS
| | | | | | | (O) Initial Temperature Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
| | | | | | (O) Initial Temperature (see C019.4), 2-6 ANS
| | | | | Accuracy of Release Rate
| | | | | (O) Release Rate in Kilograms per Second 1-4 NS
| | | | | (O) Maximum Release Rate in Kilograms per Second, 1-4 NS
| | | | | (O) Minimum Release Rate in Kilograms per Second, 1-4 NS
| | | | | (O) Release Rate Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
| | | | (O) Release Rate in Kilograms per Second, 1-4 NS
| | | Accuracy of Release Direction:
| | | (O) Maximum Release Direction in Degrees (see C019.7), 6-7AN
| | | (O) Maximum Release Direction in Mils (see Error! Reference source not found.), 6-
7AN
| | | (O) Minimum Release Direction in Degrees (see C019.7), 6-7AN
| | | (O) Minimum Release Direction in Mils (see C019.7), 6-7AN
| | | (O) Release Direction in Degrees (see C019.7), 3-7AN
| | | (O) Release Direction in Mils (see C019.7), 3-7AN
| | | (O) Release Direction Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
| | Release Direction
| | (O) Release Direction in Degrees (see C019.7), 6 AN or
| | (O) Release Direction in Mils (see C019.7), 7 AN
| (O) Status of TIM or Storage Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
(M) Description of TIM or Storage Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
MIKER Description and Status of Chemical, Biological and Radiological Incidents

/- /- //
| (M) Status of Incident (see C041) 4-5 A
(M) Description of Incident (see C040), 3-6 A
NOVEMBER Estimated Nuclear Yield in Kilotons

/- //
(M) Estimated Nuclear Yield in Kilotons, 1- 6 NS
OSCAR Date Time Group for Estimated Contour Lines

/- //
(M) Date-Time-Group for estimated contour lines, 14 AN
PAPAA Predicted Release and Hazard Area

/- /- /- /- //
| | | (M) Duration of Hazard in Hazard Area (see C019.3), 5-8 ANS
| | (M) Hazard Area Distance (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
| (M) Duration of Hazard in Release Area (see C019.3), 5-8 ANS
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
(M) Release Area Radius (see C019.1), 2-8 AN
PAPAB Detailed Fallout Hazard Prediction Parameters

/- /- /- /- /- //
| | | | Right Radial Line
| | | | (M) Right Radial Line in Degrees (see C019.7), 6 AN
| | | | (M) Right Radial Line in Mils (see C019.7), 7 AN
| | | Left Radial Line
| | | (M) Left Radial Line in Degrees (see C019.7), 6 AN
| | | (M) Left Radial Line in Mils (seeC019.7), 7 AN
| | (M) Cloud Radius (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
| (M) Downwind Distance of Zone I (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
(M) Effective Wind Speed (see C019.2), 6 AN.
PAPAC Radar Determined External Contour of Radioactive Cloud

/-* // (* = 6)
External Contour of Radioactive Cloud:
Explanation of Repeatable Fields

Set PAPAC: Field 1 is repeatable to accommodate up to 6 entries in order to describe the
radioactive cloud outline.
PAPAD Radar Determined Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud

/- //
Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud
(M) Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud in Degrees (see C019.7) 6 AN
(M) Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud in Mils (see C019.7), 7 AN
PAPAR Radiological Hazard Prediction Parameters

/- /- /- /- //
| | | (O) Release Area Radius (see C019.1) 2-8 AN
I I (M) Radiological Hazard Area Distance R3 (see C019.1) 1-6 AN
| |(M) Radiological Hazard Area Distance R2 (see C019.1) 1-6 AN
(M) Radiological Hazard Area Distance R1 (see C019.1) 1-6 AN
PAPAX** Hazard Area Location for Weather Period (**=3)

/- /-* // (* = 20)
| Hazard Area Location for weather period 1-22 AN:
| (M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or
| (M) UTM: followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or
| (M) MGRS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or
| (M) UPS: followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or
| (M) MUPS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or
| (M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN
(M) Date-Time-Group of Start of Meteorological Period in Zulu 14 AN
Explanation of Repeatable Set and Field
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
Set PAPAX:Set is repeatable up to 3 times in order to describe three possible hazard areas
corresponding to the time periods from the CDM. A hazard area for a following
time period will always include the previous hazard area.
Set PAPAX:Field 2 is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe the hazard area outline.
Note: If Hazard Area Location has only one Position, draw a circle with Radius of the
(Remaining) Hazard Area Distance from set PAPAA(CHEM or BIO) or from set
PAPAR(RAD).
If Hazard Area Location has only two Positions, these are the extreme ends of a linear
release. For each point, draw a circle with Radius of the Hazard Area Distance from
set PAPAA and connect the circles by two tangents.
QUEBEC* Location of Reading/Sample/Detection and Type of Sample/Detection (* = 20)

/- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- //
| | | | | | | | | Cloud Bottom Angle and Unit of
| | | | | | | | | Measurement
| | | | | | | | | (O) Cloud Bottom Angle and Unit of
| | | | | | | | | Measurement in Degrees (see C019.8), 6
AN or
| | | | | | | | | (O) Cloud Bottom Angle and Unit of
| | | | | | | | | Measurement in Mils (see C019.8), 7 AN
| | | | | | | | Cloud Top Angle and Unit of Measurement
| | | | | | | | (O) Cloud Top Angle and Unit of Measurement
| | | | | | | | in Degrees (see C019.8), 6 AN or
| | | | | | | | (O) Cloud Top Angle and Unit of Measurement
| | | | | | | | in Mils (see C019.8), 7 AN
| | | | | | | Right Radial Line and Unit of Measurement
| | | | | | | | (O) Right Radial Line and Unit of Measurement in
Degrees (see C019.7), 6 AN or
| | | | | | | | (O) Right Radial Line and Unit of Measurement in Mils
(see C019.7), 7 AN
| | | | | | Left Radial Line and Unit of Measurement
| | | | | | (O) Left Radial Line and Unit of Measurement in Degrees
(see C019.7), 6 AN or
| | | | | | (O) Left Radial Line and Unit of Measurement in Mils (see
C019.7), 7 AN
| | | | | (O) Distance to cloud and Unit of Measurement (see C019.1),
| | | | | 2-7 AN
| | | | (O) Height of Measurement above Ground Level and Unit of
| | | | Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
| | | ((O) Means of Detection (see C038.2), 2-5 A
| | (M) Type of Detection (see C038.1), 3-5 A
| (M) Type of Sample (see C038.3), 3-5 A
Location of Reading/Sample/Detection:
(M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN
Explanation of Repeatable Set

Set QUEBEC: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detectors, monitoring
or survey points.
ROMEO* Level of Contamination, Dose Rate Trend, and Decay Rate Trend. (* = 20)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
/- /- /- //
| | Radiation Decay Rate
| | (O) Relative Decay Rate (see C022), 2 A, or
| | (O) Actual Decay Rate, 4 NS.
| (O) Dose Rate Trend (see C021), 4 A.
Contamination, Dose and Doserate/Dosage
(M) RAT followed by Level of Dose Rate/Dosage and Unit of Measurement (see C019.9,
4-12 ANS, or
(M) DOS followed by Level of Dose and Unit of Measurement (see C019.10), 4-13 ANS, or
(M) CON followed by Level of Contamination and Unit of Measurement (see C019.12),
4-12 ANS, or
(M) Miosis (see C019.11), 2-3 A

Set ROMEO: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or
survey points.
SIERRA* Date Time Group of Reading or Initial Detection of Contamination (* = 20)

/- //
Reading or Detection of Contamination:
(M) CON followed by Date-Time Group of Contamination Detection in Z-Time, Month and Year,
14 AN, or
(M) REA followed by Date-Time Group of Reading in Z-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN.

Set SIERRA: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or
survey points.
TANGO* Terrain/Topography and Vegetation Description (* = 20)

/- /- //
| (M) Vegetation Description (see C018), 3-5 A.
(M) Terrain/Topography Description (see C017), 3-6 A.

Set TANGO: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or
survey points.
WHISKEY* Sensor information (* = 20)

/- /- /- /- //
| | | (O) Detection Confidence level (see C037.3) 3 A
| | Confirmatory Test
I I (O) Confirmatory Test, 1 A, or
I I (O) Affirmative or Negative Indicator (see C037.2) 3 A
| (M) Non Specific Potential Harmful Result (see C037.1) 3 A
(M) Generic Alarm Result (see C037.1) 3A

Set WHISKEY: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or
survey points.
Set WHISKEY: The format is prepared for future use. Procedures how to use it will follow later.
XRAYA** Actual Contour Information (** = 50)

/- /-* // (*=50)
| Limit Contour Line or Area of Contamination:
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
| (M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN
Contamination, Dose, Doserate/dosage and Hazard:
(M) Level of Dose Rate/Dosage and Unit of Measurement (see C019.9), 4-12 ANS, or
(M) Level of Dose and Unit of Measurement (see C019.10), 4-13 ANS, or
(M) Level of Contamination and Unit of Measurement (see C019.12), 4-12ANS, or
(M) Level of Hazard (see C019.13), 3-5 AN, or
(M) Miosis (see C019.11), 2-3 A
Explanation of Repeatable Field and Set

Set XRAYA: Field 2 is repeatable to accommodate up to 50 data entries in order to describe
respective contour lines.
Set XRAYA: Set is repeatable up to 50 times to represent multiple contours.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
XRAYB** Predicted Contour Information (** = 50)

/- /- /-* // (*=50)
| | Limit Contour Line or Area of Contamination:
| | (M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or
| | (M) UTM: followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or
| | (M) MGRS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM),
| | 15 AN, or
| | (M) UPS: followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or
| | (M) MUPS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS),
| | 13 AN, or
| | (M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN
I Contamination, Dose, Doserate/dosage and Hazard
| (M) Level of Dose Rate/Dosage & Unit of Measurement (see C019.9) 4-12 ANS or
| (M) Level of Dose and Unit of Measurement (see C019.10) 4-12 ANS or
| (M) Level of Contamination and Unit of Measurement (see C019.12), 4-13 ANS
| (M) Level of Hazard (see Error! Reference source not found.), 3-5 AN, or
| (M) Miosis (see C019.11), 2-3 A
(M) Type of Contour (see C042), 1-4 N
Explanation of Repeatable Field and Set

Set XRAYB: Field 3 is repeatable to accommodate up to 50 data entries in order to describe
respective contour lines.
Set XRAYB: Set is repeatable up to 50 times to describe multiple contours or segments.
YANKEE* Downwind Direction and Downwind Speed (* = 20)

/- /- //
| (M) Representative Downwind Speed (see C019.2), 6 AN
Representative Downwind Direction (see C019.7)
(M) Representative Downwind Direction in Degrees (see C019.7), 6 AN or
(M) Representative Downwind Direction in MILs (see C019.7), 7 AN.

Set YANKEE: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection,
monitoring or survey points.
ZULU* Measured Weather Conditions (* = 20)

/- /- /- /- /- //
| | | | (M) Cloud Coverage (see C033), 1 N
| | | (M) Significant Weather Phenomena (see C032), 1 AN
| | (M) Relative Humidity Range (see C031), 1 N
| (M) Surface Air Temperature and Unit of Measurement, (see C030 and C019.4), 2-6 ANS
Air Stability Category:
(M) Detailed Air Stability Category, (see C029.2), 1 N or
(M) Simplified Air Stability Category, (see C029.1), 1 A.

Set ZULU: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or
survey points.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
GENTEXT CBRN Info (unlimited free text).

/- /- //
| (M) Free Text, 1-99 X.
(M) Text Indicator, (see C027), 1-61 X.
Note: The text limiter 1-99 X indicates an unlimited text.
C04. CBRN Situation Report (SITREP) Message Heading Sets and Fields
C04.1. Description of SITREP. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02) followed by the set
(s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5).
C04.2. Specific Sets for SITREP. There are no specific sets for a SITREP message.
C05. Missile Intercept Report (MIR) Message Heading Sets and Fields
C05.1. Description of MIR. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02)followed by the set (s)
identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5).
C05.2. Specific Sets for MIR.
Occ Set ID
BRAVOK Heading of Missile Intercepted
/- /- /- /- /- /- //
| | | | | (O) Velocity component Up in m/sec, 4-9 NS
| | | | (O) Velocity component North in m/sec, 4-9 NS
| | | (O) Velocity component East in m/sec, 4-9 NS
| | (O) Dive Angle of attack (Angle of Descent) of Missile in degrees, 1-3 NS
| (M) Heading of Missile to True North, 4 AN
(M) Velocity in m/sec, 4-9 NS
Field 1 will contain the speed of the missile before the intercept in meters per second
Field 2 will contain the Heading of the Missile to True North (before Intercept) and Unit of
Measurement.
Field 3 may contain the Dive Angle/Angle of desent ((Positive or negative) of the intercepted
Missile (before Intercept) in degrees. Dive Angle/Angle of Descent is the vertical angle between
the horizontal plane and the trajectory (speed vector) of the missile. A negative angle would mean
that the intercept took place when the missile was going up. This field is optional because the
calculation of the hazard area and the generation of CBRN 2 and CBRN 3 do not require it
explicitly as far as the predicted impact point is mandatory given in FOXTROTK.
Fields 4, 5, 6 may contain the three directional components of the velocity vector, in the East,
North and Up direction respectively, in meters per second. Fields 4, 5 and 6 are optional because
the information they contain is redundant if fields 3 is filled out.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
FOXTROTK Location of the Intercept Point (IP), Altitude of the Intercept and Location of the
Predicted Target Point (PTP)
/- /- /- //
| | Predicted Target point Location:
| | (O) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or
| | (O) UTM: followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or
| | (O) MGRS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM),
| | 15 AN, or
| | (O) UPS: followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or
| | (O) MUPS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS),
| | 13 AN, or
| | (O) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN, or
| | (O) NAME: followed by Place Name, Extended, 1-54 ABNS
| (M) Altitude of missile intercept (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
Intercept/kill location:
(M) NAME: followed by Place Name, Extended, 1-54 ABNS
When used in the CBRN MIR report, Field 2 will report the Agent Release Height.
GOLFK Payload and Efficiency Information

/- /- /- //
| | (O) Percentage of Intercept/Kill Efficiency , 1-4 NS
| (O) Interceptor type, 1 - 30 X
(M) Missile type, 1-20 X
Set GOLFK is used to transmit necessary information about the payload of an intercepted missile
and the efficiency of the intercept. The set is (M) for CBRN MIR.
Field 1 will contain a free text description of the incoming missile type.
Field 2 will contain a free text description of the interceptor type
example: PATRIOT
Field 3 will contain the estimated percentage of the agent that was neutralized by the intercept
C06. STRIKWARN Reports Message Heading Sets and Fields
C06.1. Description of STRIKWARN. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02) followed by
the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5).
C06.2. Specific Sets for STRIKWARN.
Occ Set ID
ALFAW STRIKWARN Target Identifier
/- //
(M) Target Number, 1 - 10 X, or
(M) Target Nickname, 3 - 10 AN
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
DELTAW Date-Time of Strike/Strike cancelled

/- /- //
| (M) Date-time Strike Cancelled in Z time, Month and Year, 14 AN
(M) Date-Time of Strike in Z time, Month and Year, 14 AN
FOXONEW Minimum Safe Distance One

/- /-* // (* = 20)
| MSD 1 Box Area:
| (M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AN
(M) Minimum Safe Distance 1 in Hundreds of Metres, 3 N

Field2: Field is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple positions.
FOXTWOW Minimum Safe Distance Two

/- /-* // (*=20)
| MSD 2 Box Area:
| (M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AN
(M) Minimum Safe Distance 2 in Hundreds of Metres, 3 N

Field2: Field is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple positions.
HOTELW Number of Surface Bursts

/- //
(M) Number of Surface Bursts, 1-2 N
INDIAW Number of Burst in a multiple Strike

/- //
(M) Number of Bursts in a Multiple Strike, 1-2 N
AKNLDG Acknowledge Requirement

/- /-* //(* = 50)
| Instructions for, or Force or Unit Required to, Acknowledge
| (O) Instructions for Acknowledging, 1 - 50 X
| (O) Force or Unit required to Acknowledge, 1 - 30 X
(M) Acknowledge Requirement Indicator. (YES or NO), 2 - 3 A
Explanation of Repeatable Field: Field 2 is repeatable up to 50 times.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
C07. CBRN HAZWARN Reports Message Heading Sets and Fields
C07.1. Description of CBRN HAZWARN. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02 followed
by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C -
5).
C07.2. Specific Sets for CBRN HAZWARN. There are no specific sets for an HAZWARN message.
C08. CBRN Basic Wind Reports Message Heading Sets and Fields
C08.1. CBRN Basic Wind Report (CBRN BWR). Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02
followed by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see
Table C - 5):
C08.2. CBRN Effective Downwind Report (CBRN EDR). Common Message Heading (see
paragraph C02 followed by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in
paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5):
C08.3. CBRN Chemical Downwind Report (CBRN CDR). Common Message Heading (see
paragraph C02) followed by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in
paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5):
C08.4. Specific Sets for CBRN Meteorological Reports.
Occ Set ID
AREAM Area of Validity
/- //
(M) Name of Area of Validity, 1 - 30 X
ZULUM Period of Validity

/- /- /- //
| | (M) Effective Date-time in Z time, Month and Year Valid to, 14 AN
| (M) Effective Date-time in Z time, Month and Year Valid from, 14 AN
(M) Observation Date-time in Z time, Month and Year, 14 AN
UNITM Units of Measurement

/- /- /- /- //
| | | (M) Unit of Measurement - Temperature (see C019.4) 1 A
| | (M) Unit of Measurement - Speed (see C019.2), 3 A
| (M) Unit of Measurement - Direction (see C019.7), 3 A
(M) Unit of Measurement - Distance (see C019.1), 1-2A
Notes : For BWR or CDR insert a dash in Field 1.

For EDR or BWR insert a dash in Field 4.
LAYERM Wind Condition at 2000 m Increments up to 30000 m

/-* /- /- // (* = 15)
| | (M) Wind Speed, 3 N
| (M) Wind Direction, 3-5 NS
(M) Layer Indicator (see C035), 2 N

Set LAYERM: Fields 1, 2 and 3 are repeatable to accommodate up to 15 entries for
the 2 km - layer wind data.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
ALFAM Effective Downwind for Yield Group ALFA

/- /- /- /- //
| | | (C) Angle Expansion Indicator (see C039), 1 N
| | (C) Wind Speed, 3 N
| Downwind Direction
I (C) Downwind Direction in Degrees, 3 N
I (C) Downwind Direction in Mills, 4 N
I (C) Wind Variability Indicator, 3 A
(O) Radius of Zone I, 3 N
Note: The units of measurement used are always indicated by set UNITM.
Explanation of Conditions:
If Field 1 is used, field 2, 3 and 4 are not used.
If Field 1 is not used, fields 2, 3 and 4 must be used.
BRAVOM through to GOLFM as under ALFAM above
WHISKEYM Surface Weather for the first two hour Period

/- /- /- /- /- /- /- //
| | | | | | (M) Cloud Coverage (seeC033), 1 N
| | | | | (M) Significant Weather Phenomena (see C032), 1 AN
| | | | (M) Relative Humidity Range (see C031), 1 N
| | | (M) Surface Air Temperature (C030); 3 NS
| | | (M) Detailed Air Stability Category (see C029.2),1 N, or
| | (M) Simplified Air Stability Category (see C029.1), 1 A
| (M) Wind Speed, 3 N
Downwind Direction
(M) Downwind Direction in Degrees, 3 N
(M) Downwind Direction in Mills, 4 N
(M) Wind Variability Indicator, 3 A
Note: Field 1: For variable wind enter VAB. See C019.16
XRAYM Same information as under WHISKEYM above (but for the second two hour
period instead of the first)
YANKEEM Same information as under WHISKEYM above (but for the third two hour period
instead of the first)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
SECTION II - LEGAL ENTRIES FOR CIS USE
C09. General
C09.1. This Section describes the legal entries. The codes and definitions listed below, which must be
used in ADP messages, should also be used in manually produced CBRN messages. In all
mandatory fields a hyphen must be entered if no information is known.
C010. Type of Persistency
P Persistent
NP Non-persistent
T Thickened
NKN Not known
C011. Type of Substances
C011.1. Type of Substances. Legal entries for radiological information are found in paragraph C043
Type of Source, new set INDIAR).
Table C - 1. Legal Entries for Type of Substances

Chemical Biological Nuclear
BL Blister agent BAC Bacterial FL Nuclear
Weapon
Fallout
BLOD Blood agent BIO Biological NKN Not
Known
CHOK Choking agent CLA Chlamydia NWH Nuclear
warhead
G G agent NIL No substance
detected (only
used in CBRN
4)
H Mustard agent NKN Not known
INCP Incapacitating OTR Other
agent substance
IRT Irritant RIC Rickettsiae
NERV Nerve agent TIB Toxic Industrial
Biological
NIL No substance TOX Toxin
detected (only used
in CBRN 4)
NKN Not known VIR Viral
OTR Other substance
PENT Penetrating agent
T Thicken agent
TIC Toxic Industrial
Chemical
V V-agent
VMT Vomiting agent
Note 1: If OTR, include any details available in set GENTEXT
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
C011.2. Substance Name. The following table lists the name of substance of military concern for
hazard prediction purposes. In the case of RAD they are also referred to as the IUPAC isotope name.
Table C - 2. Legal Entries for Substance Name or IUPAC Isotope Name

Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear
AC Hydrogen ANTB Bacillus CS137 Cesium MXR Mixture of
cyanide anthracis radiation
emissions
BZ 3-Quinuclidinyl BRUB Brucella spp CO60 Cobalt
benzilate
CG Phosgene VICB Vibrio AM241 Americium
cholerae
CK Cyanogen ESCB Escherichia U240 Uranium
chloride Coli
CX Phosgene oxime RITB Rickettsia SR90 Strontium
typhi
DP Di-Phosgene BUMB Burkholderia PU238 Plutonium
mallei
GA Tabun BUPB Burkholderia IR192 Irridium
pseudomallei
GB Sarin YPEB Yersinia SE75 Selenium
pestis
GD Soman CBUB Coxiella YB169 Yturbium
burnetii
GF Cyclo-Sarin RICB Rickettsia TM170 Thulium
rickettsii
HD Mustard distilled SALB Salmonella CF252 Californium
spp
HL Mustard-Lewisite OTSB Orientia RA226 Radium
tsutsugamus
hi
HN Nitrogen mustard SDYB Shigella I125 Iodine
dysenteriae
HT Trimeric mustard FRTB Francisella KR85 Krypton
tularensis
L Lewisite SATB Salmonella PM147 Promethium
Typhi
PS Chloropicrin JUNV Junin virus CM244 Curium
SA Arsin MACV Machupo PO210 Polonium
virus
TG Tear gas CHIV Chikungunya AMBE Americium /
virus Berillium
VX VX CCHV Crimean- RURH Ruthenium /
Congo Rhodiun
hemorrhagic
fever virus
EBOV Ebola virus C14 Carbon
EEEV Eastern P32 Phosphorus
equine
encephalomy
elitis virus
ETBV European tick CL36 Chlorine
borne
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear

encephalitis
virus
INFV Influenza I131 Iodine 131
virus
HANV Hantaviruses DEPU Depleted
Uranium
LASV Lassa virus NATU Natural
Uranium
MARV Marburg virus TH232 Thorium
MONV Monkeypox K40 Potassium
virus
OHFV Omsk
hemorrhagic
fever virus
RVFV Rift Valley
fever virus
FLAV Flaviviruses
VARV Variola virus
VEEV Venezuelan
equine
encephalitis
virus
WEEV Western
equine
encephalitis
virus
YELV Yellow fever
virus
AFLT Aflatoxins
BOTT Botulinum
toxins
CLPT Clostridium
Perfringens
toxins
PALT Palytoxin
RICT Ricins
SAXT Saxitoxins
STET Staphylococc
al
Enterotoxins
TETT Tetradotoxin
TRMT Trichothecen
e mycotoxins
Note: Nuclear weapon fallout is a mixture of a large number of radionuclides. For most (if not all)
purposes it is not necessary to distinguish specific types.
C011.3. List of Radionuclides
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
Table C - 3. List of Radionuclides Commonly used for Industrial, Medical and Research
Applications
Decay
1 Principal Emissions
Nuclide Name Half-life (t ) Rate
Alpha Beta Gamma Neutron L (1/h)
Co-60 Cobalt 5.27 y 1.50E-05
Cs-137 Caesium 30.00 y 2.64E-06
Ir-192 Iridium 73.80 d 3.91E-04
(e,g,
Am-241 Americium 432.20 y 1.83E-07
Am/Be)
Se-75 Selenium 119.80 d 2.41E-04
Sr-90/Y-
Strontium/Yttrium 28.79 y 2.75E-06
90
U-235+ Uranium 7.00E+08 y 1.13E-13

2
Pu-238 Plutonium 87.70 y 9.02E-07

2
Pu-239 Plutonium 24000.00 y 3.30E-09

2
Pu-240 Plutonium 6570.00 y 1.20E-08
C-14 Carbon 5734.00 y 1.38E-08
P-32 Phosphorus 14.62 d 1.98E-03
P-33 Phosphorus 25.30 d 1.14E-03
Cl-36 Chlorine 3.00E+05 y 2.64E-10
Cr-51 Chromium 27.70 d 1.04E-03
Co-57 Cobalt 271.80 d 1.06E-04
Co-58 Cobalt 70.80 d 4.08E-04
Ga-67 Gallium 78.30 h 8.85E-03
Mo-
Molybdenum /
99/Tc- 65.90 h 1.05E-02
Technetium
99m
Cd-109 Cadmium 453.00 d 6.38E-05
In-111 Indium 2.80 d 1.03E-02
I-123 Iodine 13.30 h 5.21E-02
I-125 Iodine 59.40 d 4.86E-04
I-131 Iodine 8.00 d 3.61E-03
Ba-133 Barium 10.70 y 7.39E-06
Pm-147 Promethium 2.60 y 3.04E-05
Eu-152 Europium 13.20 y 5.99E-06
Yb-169 Ytterbium 32.00 d 9.03E-04
Tm-170 Thulium 128.60 d 2.25E-04
Au-198 Gold 2.70 d 1.07E-02
Tl-201 Thallium 72.90 h 9.51E-03
Po-210 Polonium 128.40 d 2.25E-04
Ra-226+ Radon 1600.00 y 4.95E-08
Dep U+ Depleted Uranium 4.50E+09 y 1.76E-14

2
Cm-244 Curium 18.10 y 4.37E-06

2
Cf-252 Californium 2.64 y 3.00E-05
Nat U+ Natural Uranium 4.50E+10 y 1.76E-15
Th-232+ Thorium 1.40E+10 y 5.65E-15
Ra-226+ Radium 1600.00 y 4.95E-08
K-40 Potassium 1.30E+09 y 6.09E-14
1. Nuclides with a + indicate that daughter products are likely to be present that could aid
detection
2. Low energy X-rays
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
8
3. XX E8 y: meaning XX x 10 because superscript characters are not supported in formatted
messages.
4. The isotopes in Table C-3 are ordered so as to provide a preference list for use as a tie-
breaker in procedures to generate CBRN 2 RAD.
C012. Type and Means of Delivery
AIR Aircraft
BOM Bomb (delivering Bomblets only)
CAN Cannon
DEV Device
FFF Fuel Fabrication Facility
FMS Fissile Material Storage
FRF Fuel Reprocessing Facility
MLR Multiple-launch Rocket System
MOR Mortar
MSL Missile
NKN Not known
PLT Plant
RLD Railroad Car
RNP Reactor Nuclear Plant
RNR Research Nuclear Reactor
RWS Radioactive Waste Storage
SHP Ship
TIR Toxic Industrial Radiological Facility
TPT Road Transport
C013. Substance Container Types
BML Bomblets
BMP Bulk Missile Payload (Bulk Warhead)
BOM Bomb
BTL Pressurised Gas Bottle
BUK Bunker
CMP Canister Missile Payload (Binary agent Warhead)
CON Generic Storage Container
DRM Nominal 200 litre Storage Drum
GEN Generator (Aerosol)
IBC Intermediate Bulk Container
ISO Large ISO containers
MNE Mine (CBRN filled only)
NKN Not known
NWH Nuclear Warhead
PIP Pipe or pipeline
RCT Reactor
RKT Rocket
SHL Shell
SMP Sub-munitions Missile Payload (Sub-munitions Warhead)
SPR Spray (tank)
STK Stockpile
TNK Storage Tank (stationary or mobile)
TOR Torpedo
WST Waste
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
C014. Size of Spills and Releases
C014.1. Size of Spill or Release for chemicals:
SMLCHEM Small (200 litres or kilograms or Less)

MEDCHEM Medium (Greater than 200 litres or kilograms but equal to or less than 1500 litres
or kilograms)
LRGCHEM Large (Greater than 1500 litres or kilograms but equal to or less than 50000 litres
or kilograms)
XLGCHEM Extra Large (Greater than 50000 litres or kilograms)
NKN Not known
C014.2. Size of Spill or Release for TIB:
SMLBIO Small (less than 1 kilogram)

MEDBIO Medium (Greater than 1 kilogram but equal to or less than 10 kilograms)
LRGBIO Large (Greater than 10 kilograms but equal to or less than 100 kilograms)
XLGBIO Extra Large (Greater than 100 kilograms)
NKN Not known
C014.3. Size of Radiological Release for TIR:
SMLRAD Small (Evidence of Disruption/Intact Package or Device)

LRGRAD Large (Fire/Exposed Source)
XLGRAD Extra Large (Explosions and Fire/Damaged Package and Contamination)
NKN Not known
C014.4. Accuracy of:
Initial Temperature
Number of Delivery Systems
Number of Substance Containers
Pool Size
Release Direction
Release Rate in Kilograms per Second
Substance-Release-Height
Total Release Quantity
C015. Suspected/Observed Incident
OBS Observed
SUS Suspected
C016. Estimation Method
DET Detected
EST Estimated
INT Intelligence based
MES Measured
OBS Human observation
SUS Suspected
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
C017. Terrain/Topography Description
FLAT Flat
HILL Hill
NKN Not known
SEA Sea
URBAN Urban
VALLEY Valley
C018. Vegetation Description
BARE Bare
NKN Not known
SCRUB Scrubby Vegetation
URBAN Urban
WOODS Wooded Terrain
C019. Units of Measurement
C019.1. Length and Height:
FT Feet
HM Hectometres (100 metres)
KF Kilofeet (1000 feet)
KM Kilometres
M Metres
NM Nautical Miles
SM Statute Miles
YD Yards
C019.1.1. Intercept Hight for MIR
FT Feet
M Metres
C019.2. Speed:
KPH Kilometres per Hour

KTS Knots
MPH Miles per Hour
MPS Metres per Second
C019.3. Time:
DAY Days
HR Hours
MIN Minutes
SEC Seconds
WK Weeks
MON Month
C019.4. Temperature:
C Celsius
F Fahrenheit
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
C019.5. Weight:
KG Kilogram
KT Kiloton
LB Pound
LTN Long Ton
MT Megaton
STN Short Ton
TNE Metric Ton (Tonne)
TON Ton
C019.6. Volume:
CM3 Cubic centimetre

L Litre
M3 Cubic metre
MM3 Cubic millimetre
ML Millilitre
C019.7. Direction :
DGG Degrees/Grid North

DGM Degrees/Magnetic North
DGT Degrees/True North
MLG Mils/Grid North
MLM Mils/Magnetic North
MLT Mils/True North
C019.8. Angle:
DEG Degrees
MIL Mils
C019.9. Dose Rate:
CGH Centigray per hour

CSH Centisievert per hour
MGH Milligray per Hour
MSH Millisievert per hour
UGH Microgray per Hour
USH Microsievert per hour
C019.10. Dose:
CGY Centigray
CSV Centisievert
MGY Milligray
MGMM3 Milligram-minute per cubic meter
MPK milligram/70 kg person
MSV Millisievert
NOO Number of microorganisms
UGPK Microgram/70 kg person
UGY Microgray
USV Microsievert
C019.11. Affirmative or Negative Indicator:
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
YES Affirmative Indicator

NO Negative Indicator
C019.12. Contamination:
ACPL Agent containing particles per litre

BQM2 Becquerel per square metre
BQCM2 Becquerel per square centimetre
BQM3 Becquerel per cubic metre
CFUM2 Colony forming unit per square metre
CFUML Colony forming unit per millitre
MGM2 Milligrams per square metre
MGM3 Milligrams per cubic metre
PPB
9
Parts per Billion (10 )
PPM
6
Parts per Million (10 )
C019.13. Level of Hazard:
ICT Incapacitating dosage by exposure

ID Incapacitating dose
LCT Lethal dosage by exposure
LD Lethal dose
C019.14. Activity/source strength
BQ Becquerel
GBQ Gigabecquerel
KBQ Kilobecquerel
MBQ Megabecquerel
TBQ Terabecquerel
C019.15. Yield of Nuclear Weapons
KT Kiloton
MT Megaton
C019.16. Wind Direction Variability
VAB Variable wind direction
C020. Type of Nuclear Burst or Type of Substance-Release-Height
AIR Air
NKN Not known
SURF Surface (release on ground impact)
SUBS Sub surface (only used in NUC reports)
C021. Dose Rate Trends/Decay Rates
BACK Background
DECR Decreasing
INCR Increasing
INIT Initial
PEAK Peak
SAME Same
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
C022. Relative Decay Rates
DN Decay Normal
DF Decay Faster than Normal
DS Decay Slower than Normal
C023. Message Text Format Identifier
CBRN 1 CHEM CBRN 1 Chemical Report

CBRN 1 BIO CBRN 1 Biological Report

CBRN 1 RAD CBRN 1 Radiological Report

CBRN 1 NUC CBRN 1 Nuclear Report

CBRN SITREP CBRN Situation Report

CBRN MIR CBRN Missile Intercept Report
STRIKWARN Nuclear Strike Warning Message
CBRN HAZWARN CBRN Substance Released due to Friendly Targeting
CBRN BWR CBRN Basic Wind Report
CBRN EDR CBRN Effective Downwind Report
CBRN CDR CBRN Chemical Downwind Report
C024. Type of CBRN Report (Incident)
CHEM Chemical Report

BIO Biological Report
MIR Missile Intercept Report
NUC Nuclear Report
NKN Not known
RAD Radiological Report
SIT CBRN Situation Report
WARN CBRN Warning due to Friendly Targeting of a CBRN Infrastructure
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
C025. Type of CBRN Weather Report
BWM CBRN Basic Wind Data Message

BWF CBRN Basic Wind Data Forecast
EDM CBRN Effective Downwind Message
EDF CBRN Effective Downwind Forecast
CDM CBRN Chemical Downwind Message
CDF CBRN Chemical Downwind Forecast
C026. Type of Incident labelling for set ALFA
C Chemical Incident
B Biological Incident
R Radiological Incident
N Nuclear Attack
U Not Known
C027. Text Indicator
CBRN INFO For CBRN 1-6, MIR and HAZWARN reports

CBRN SITREP For CBRN Situation Report
C028. Location Qualifier
AA Actual Location
EE Estimated Location
NKN Location Qualifier Not Known
C029. Air Stability Categories
C029.1. Simplified:
U Unstable
N Neutral
S Stable
C029.2. Detailed:
1 Very Unstable
2 Unstable
3 Slightly Unstable
4 Neutral
5 Slightly Stable
6 Stable
7 Very Stable
C030. Air Temperature:
- 99 Minus 99 degrees
---
---
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
- 01 Minus 1 degree
- 00 Zero degrees
01 Plus 1 degree
---
49 Plus 49 degrees
---
999 Plus 999 degrees
C031. Relative Humidity Range
0 00 - 09 Percent
1 10 - 19 Percent
2 20 - 29 Percent
3 30 - 39 Percent
4 40 - 49 Percent
5 50 - 59 Percent
6 60 - 69 Percent
7 70 - 79 Percent
8 80 - 89 Percent
9 90 - 100 Percent
C032. Significant Weather Phenomena
0 No Significant Weather Phenomena

1 Sea Breeze
2 Land Breeze
3 Blowing Snow, Sand Storm, Dust Storm
4 Fog, Ice Fog, Thick Haze (visibility less than 4 km)
5 Drizzle
6 Rain
7 Snow, Rain, Snow mixed (no shower)
8 Showers of Rain, Snow, Rain and Snow mixed, Hail
9 Thunderstorm with or without Precipitation
A Top of inversion layer lower than 800 M
B Top of inversion layer lower than 400 M
C Top of inversion layer lower than 200 M
C033. Cloud Coverage
0 Less than half covered (scattered)

1 More than half covered (broken)
2 Completely covered (overcast)
3 No Clouds (clear conditions)
C034. Cloud Section
BOT Cloud bottom

TOP Cloud Top
C035. Layer Indicator
02 2000 Metres
04 4000 Metres
--- (and so on, in increments of 2000 Metres)
30 30000 Metres
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
C036. Crater Indicator
CRATER Crater present

NKN Not known
NONE No crater present
C037. Sensor Results
C037.1. Generic Alarm Results:
POS Positive Results

NEG Negative Results
C037.2. Confirmatory Test:
YES Yes, Conducted

NO No, Not Conducted
C037.3. Detection Confidence level
IND Indicative,
PRE Presumptive,
DEF Definitive
EVI Evidential
C038. Type of Detection, Means of Detection, Type of Sample and Type of Identification
C038.1. Type of Detection:
AS Aerial Survey
DL Deployed Laboratory
MPDS Manned Point Detection System
MSDS Manned Stand-off Detection System
MSVY Manned Survey
OTR Other (use GENTEXT to specify)
RD Remote Detection
SBD Satellite-Based Detection
UAS Un-manned Aerial Survey
UGS Un-manned Ground Survey
UMDS Un-Manned Detection System
UMPDS Un-Manned Point Detection
UMSVY Un-manned Survey
UMSDS Un-Manned Stand-off Detection
C038.2. Means of Detection (and identification):
ACD Automated Chemical Detector

ELISA Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay
FPD Flame Photometric Detector
GC Gas Chromatograph
GSPEC Gamma Spectrometer
HGSM Hand held Gamma Survey Monitor
ICPD Inductively Coupled Plasma Detector
IMS Ion Mobility Spectrometer
IR Infrared Spectroscope
LC Liquid Chromatograph
LIDAR Light Detection and Ranging
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
MS Mass Spectrometer
NMR Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
PAGE Poly Acrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
PC Particle Counting
PCR Polymerise Chain Reaction
PD Personal Dosimeter
PID Photo Ionisation Detector
RCP Radiological Contamination Probe
RDS Remote Detection System
RIA Radioimmunoassay
SBD Simple Bio Detection Kit
SBDS Satelite-Based Detection System
SCD Simple Chemical Detection Kit
VBRAD Vehicle Borne Radiation Detector
C038.3. Type of Sample:
LIQ Liquid sample

SOIL Soil Sample
SOLID Solid Sample
VAP Vapour
VEG Vegetation Sample
WATER Water Sample
C038.4. Type of Identification:
PROV Provisional Identification

CONF Confirmed Identification
UNAM Unambiguous Identification
C039. Angle Expansion Indicator:
4 40 degrees
5 50 degrees
6 60 degrees
7 70 degrees
8 80 degrees
9 90 degrees
0 100 degrees
1 110 degrees
2 120 degrees
3 More than 120 degrees
C040. Description of Chemical, Biological and Radiological Incident
ARDD Activated Radiological Dispersion Device

CLOUD Visible Cloud
DPC Damaged Package and Contamination
ESD Evidence of Site Disruption
EXFIRE Explosions and Fire
EXS Exposed Source
FIRE Burning Fire
INT Intact Package or Device
INWAT Substance spilled into water
LEAK Continuous Flow from Damaged Pipe or Container
LIQUID Liquid
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
MSLINT Missile Intercept

NARDD Non Activated Radiological Dispersion Device
POOL Large Quantity of Still Liquid
RUP Catastrophic rupture of a tank
SPILL Small Quantity of Still Liquid
C041. Status of Chemical, Biological and Radiological Release
CONT Continuous
PUFF Single Release of a Cloud
SPRAY Spraying
C042. Type of Contour
01 to 99 Probability in percent terms of exceeding value in field 2 of Set XRAYB
C043. Type of Source
FNF Fresh Nuclear Fuel

INS Industrial Source
MDS Medical Source
MWS Military Weapon Source
NKN Not Known
RDPS Radiological Device Point Source
RWM Radiological Waste Material
SRF Spent Reactor Fuel
C044. Type of Radioactivity
ALP Alpha
BET Beta
GAM Gamma
MXR Mixture of Radiation Emissions
NEU Neutron
NKN Not known
C045. Probability of:
Size of release
Specific delivery system identification
Specific substance container identification
Substance name
Type and means of delivery
Type of persistency
Type of substance
Type of substance container
Type of substance-release-height
UN/NA identification number
In percentage from 0 to 100
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
SECTION III - CBRN MESSAGES, SETS AND OCCURRENCE MATRICES
C046. General
C046.1. The CIS CBRN messages must be formatted to ensure consistency with the manually
formatted messages, thereby making messages easy to be read and understood by CBRN
defence experts or specialists. In addition computerised systems should use the same
formatting rules so that systems are made compatible.
C046.2. It is mandatory that the formatting is made consistent with the rules and procedures laid down
in ADatP-3, and that the CBRN Message Text Formats reside inside the APP-11.
C046.3. Teletype CBRN weather messages are formatted in accordance with meteorological
regulations. These messages have to be reformatted upon entry into a CBRN ADP system in
accordance with the rules in AEP-45.
C046.4. The prescribed message formats do not address those items which are governed by message
protocol, i.e. Message Precedence, Message Classification, Addresses, Date-Time Group etc.
(see AEP-45).
C047. The Use of Letters (Sets) in ADP Formatted CBRN Messages

C047.1. A CIS system requires information to be entered in specific ways to enable processing to be
completed. This is slightly at variance with the manual system. The manual system, for
example, allows any letter item to be inserted in any message. Entering information in a CIS
system is controlled by several occurrence matrices. Each occurrence matrix shows the
relationship between mandatory, operationally determined and conditional set identifiers and
the CBRN messages. These matrices are at para C049. Additional letter items can be inserted
in this CIS system by using the GENTEXT, thus making it possible to complete the same tasks
as in the manual system. Occurrence categories are defined as follows:
a. Mandatory (M). The categorisation of the occurrence of those sets formats and field formats,
which are related to essential information. Note: These are the minimum numbers of
information items absolutely necessary to complete message processing. If information for a
mandatory field is not available, a hyphen (-) must be entered into that field.
b. Operationally Determined (O). The categorisation of the occurrence of those set formats and
field formats, which are determined only by operational considerations. Note: If Information for
these sets and fields is available it should be entered, but it is not essential for message
processing.
c. Conditional (C). The categorisation of the occurrence of those set formats and field formats,
the treatment of which depends on the status of specified conditions.
C048. Legal Entries

C048.1. In the manual system variation in spelling and abbreviations are acceptable and will not affect
the transmission of messages. If the correct legal entries are not used in a CIS system,
message processing cannot take place. The legal entries are defined and required among
others for the following information:
a. Persistency indicator,
b. Substance type,
c. Air stability category, and
d. Type of nuclear burst.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
C049. Occurrence Matrix

C049.1. This paragraph contains the occurrence matrices as described in para C046. The message
types are listed as column headings while the set identifiers are listed vertically. The contents
of the matrix show which sets are used in each message.
C049.2. The letters M, O, and C indicate Mandatory, Operationally Determined and Conditional. See
para C047 for definitions of these occurrence categories.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
C049.3. Occurrence Categories for SETS in MESSAGES and REPORTS
Table C - 4. Occurrence Matrix for Common Messages Heading
CBRN SITREP
STRIKWARN
CBRN BWR
CBRN CDR
CBRN EDR
HAZWARN
CBRN MIR
SETS
CBRN 1 CBRN 2 CBRN 3 CBRN 4 CBRN 5 CBRN 6

C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N
EXER O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
OPER O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
MSGID M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
REF O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
GEODATUM M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
DTG M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
ORGIDDFT M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
CBRNTYPE M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
Table C - 5. Occurrence Matrix for CBRN Defence Messages
CBRN SITREP
STRIKWARN
CBRN BWR
CBRN CDR
CBRN MIR
CBRN EDR
HAZWARN
SET DESCRIPTIONS SETS

Aknowledge Requirement AKNLDG M
Incident Serial Number ALFA C C C C M M M M M M M M O O O O M M M M O O O O O M
Effective Downwind for Yield
ALFAM M
Group ALFA
STRIKWARN Target Identifier ALFAW M
Area of Validity AREAM M M M
Location of Observer and Direction
BRAVO M M M M
of Incident
Heading of Missile Intercepted BRAVOK M
BRAVOM O
Group BRAVO
CHARLIEM O
Group CHARLIE
DTG of Incident Start and Incident
DELTA M M M M M M M M M M M M O O O O O O O O M M
End
DELTAM O
Group DELTA
DTG of Strike or Strike Cancelled DELTAW M
ECHOM O
Group ECHO
Minimum Safe Distance One FOXONEW O
Minimum Safe Distance Two FOXTWOW M
Location of Incident FOXTROT O O O O M M M M M M M M O O O O M
Location of the IP, Altitude of the FOXTROTK M
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
CBRN SITREP
STRIKWARN
CBRN BWR
CBRN CDR
CBRN MIR
CBRN EDR
HAZWARN

Intercept and Location of the PTP
FOXTROTM O
Group FOXTROT
Delivery and Quantity Information GOLF M M M M M M M M O O O O O O O O O O
Confidence in Delivery and
GOLFC O O O O
Payload and Efficiency Information GOLFK M
GOLFM O
Group GOLF
Type of Nuclear Burst HOTEL M M M
Number of Surface Bursts HOTELW O
Release Information on CBRN
INDIA M M M M M M M M M M O O M M
Incidents
Release and Sampling Information
INDIAB O O
on Biological Incidents
INDIAC O O
on Chemical Incidents
INDIAR M M M M M O O
Number of Bursts in a Multiple
INDIAW O
Strike
Flash-To-Bang Time in Seconds JULIET O
Crater Description KILO O
Wind Conditions at 2,000 m
LAYERM M
Increments up to 30,000 m
Nuclear Burst Angular Cloud Width LIMA O
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
CBRN SITREP
STRIKWARN
CBRN BWR
CBRN CDR
CBRN MIR
CBRN EDR
HAZWARN

at H+5 Minutes
Stabilised Cloud Measurement at
MIKE O
H+10 Minutes
Description and Status of
MIKECB O O
Substance or Storage or Release
Information
Description and Status of
Chemical, Biological and MIKER M M M M M M M M M O O O O
Estimated Nuclear Yield in Kilotons NOVEMBER M O
DTG for Estimated/Actual Contour
OSCAR C C C C M M M M C
Lines
Predicted Release and Hazard
PAPAA M M M
Area
Detailed Fallout Hazard Prediction
PAPAB M
Parameters
Radar Determined External
PAPAC O O
Radar Determined Downwind
PAPAD O O
Radiological Hazard Prediction
PAPAR M O
Parameters
Hazard Area Location for Weather
PAPAX M M M M
Period
Location of Reading, Sample, QUEBEC M M M M M M M M
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
CBRN SITREP
STRIKWARN
CBRN BWR
CBRN CDR
CBRN MIR
CBRN EDR
HAZWARN

Detection and Type of Sample
Detection
Level of Contamination, Dose Rate
ROMEO O O M M O O O O
Trend & Decay Rate Trend
DTG of Reading or Initial Detection
SIERRA M M M M O O O O
of Contamination
Terrain, Topography and
TANGO O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Units of Measurement UNITM M M M
Sensor Information WHISKEY O O O O
Surface Weather for the First Two-
WHISKEYM M
Hour Period
Actual Contour Information XRAYA M M M M
Predicted Contour Information XRAYB O O O O O
Surface Weather for the Second
XRAYM O
Two-Hour Period
Downwind Direction and Downwind
YANKEE O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Speed
Surface Weather for the Third Two-
YANKEEM O
Hour Period
Measured Weather Conditions ZULU O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Period of Validity ZULUM M M M
CBRN Info GENTEXT O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O M M M O M O O
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
C050. Explantion of Conditional Sets

C050.1. Para C049 contains all the sets required for the content of all CBRN reports. A ADP system
will present to the operator only those sets required according to the CBRN incident selected.
Subsequent conditionality will now only be related to the CBRN incident selected.
a. Set EXER and OPER are mutually exclusive.
b. Set ALFA in CBRN 1 is prohibited if field 1 of set CBRNTYPE is NKN.
c. Set OSCAR in CBRN 3 is required if set XRAYB occurs, otherwise it is prohibited.
C051. Explanation of Segments

C051.1. In a CBRN 4 CHEM, BIO and RAD, set QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, WHISKEY,
YANKEE and ZULU are a Segment. Set QUEBEC, SIERRA are mandatory (M). Set ROMEO,
TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU are operationally determined (O). If there is a
repetition, the whole segment has to be repeated. Set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated
before set SIERRA appears. In a CBRN 4 RAD, set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated
before sets SIERRA and ROMEO appear.
C051.2. In a CBRN 4 NUC set QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA and WHISKEY are a segment and only
QUEBEC, ROMEO and SIERRA are mandatory (M). If there is a repetition, the whole segment
has to be repeated. Set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before set ROMEO and
SIERRA appeared.
C051.3. In a CBRN 6 CHEM, BIO, RAD and NUC set QUEBEC, ROMEO and SIERRA are a segment
and set QUEBEC is mandatory (M) due to being the first set of a segment. Set ROMEO, and
SIERRA are operationally determined (O). If there is a repetition, the whole segment should
be repeated.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
SECTION IV CBRN MESSAGE VALIDATION TABLES
C052. General
C052.1. The logical content tables in this Section are used as computer guidelines to validate
information presented in the CBRN 1 observer's report. If the report's fields are not filled in
correctly, certain combinations of legal entries will not make sense. The tables provide the
ADP system with valid or improbable combinations of information in the completed fields of a
message. The table guidelines represent a wide interpretation of combination, and all
combinations should not be regarded as 100% legal entries in all cases.
C052.2. Valid combinations are indicated in the tables with a V, while an I indicates improbable
combinations. When the message reports improbable combinations of information, the
operator is then alerted by the ADP system to take appropriate action with respect to collecting
further information. If this is not possible the operator may override the alert and continue the
process being aware that the quality of the result may be less reliable.
C052.3. The information in the tables (except Table C - 7) may be subject to changes in a real battle
situation e.g., with intelligence updates to the adversary capabilities. Only the system
supervisor should make such changes.
C053. Explanation of Tables

C053.1. Table C - 6: Type and Means of Delivery versus Type of Substance Container. Although
the CBRN 1 is a one incident report, set GOLF, fields 2-5 allow specification of type and
means of delivery, quantity of delivery system, type of substance containers and quantity of
substance containers for that one incident. The two type entries are compared to determine
valid combinations. Besides the valid combinations indicated in the table, all legal entries
paired with "-" are also valid, with the "-" being assigned the value "NKN".
C053.2. Table C - 7: Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Substance Container. Set
INDIA, field 1 (type of substance-release-height) is compared to each occurrence of set GOLF,
field 4 (type of substance container).
C053.3. Table C - 8: Type of Persistency versus Type of Substance Container. Each entry in set
INDIA, field 3 (type of persistency) is compared to each occurrence of set GOLF, field 4 (type
of substance container).
C053.4. Table C - 9: Type of Substance (or Type of Source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR)
versus Type of Substance Container. Each entry in set INDIA, field 2 (type of substance) is
compared to each occurrence of set GOLF, field 4 (type of substance container).
C053.5. Table C - 10: Type of Substance versus Type of Substance-Release-Height. Each entry of
set INDIA, field 1 (type of substance-release-height) is compared to each occurrence of set
INDIA, field 2 (type of substance).
C053.6. Table C - 11: Type of Substance versus Type of Persistency. Each occurrence of set
INDIA, field 3 (type of persistency) is compared to each occurrence of set INDIA, field 2 (type
of substance).
C053.7. Table C - 12: Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Persistency. Each
occurrence of set INDIA, field 1 (type of substance-release-height) is compared to each
occurrence of set INDIA, field 3 (type of persistency).
C053.8. Table C - 13: Type of CBRN Report versus Type of Substance Container. Each
occurrence of Set CBRNTYPE, field 1 (type of CBRN report) is compared to each occurrence
of Set GOLF, Field 4 (type of substance container).
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
C054. Tables
Table C - 6. Type and Means of Delivery versus Type of Substance Container

A B C D F F F M M M N P R R R R S T T
I O A E F M R L O S K L L N N W H I P
R M N V F S F R R L N T D P R S P R T
BML VS VS I I I I I I I VS VS I I I I I I I I
BMP VL I I I I I I VL I VL VL I I I I I VL I I
BOM VL I I VL I I I I I I VL I I I I I I I I
BTL I I I VS I I I I I I VS VS VS I I I VS I VS
BUK I I I I VL VL VL I I I VL VL I VL VL VL I VL I
CMP VL VL VL VL I I I VL I VL VL I I I I I VL I I
CON I I I VL VL VL VL I I I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL
DRM I I I VS VS VS VS I I I VS VS VS VS VS VS VS VS VS
GEN VS I I VS I I I I I I VS I VS I I I VS I VS
IBC VL I I VL VL VL VL I I I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL
ISO I I I I VL VL VL I I I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL
Type of
MNE I I I VS I I I I I I VS I I I I I VS I I
Substance
NKN VL VL VS VL VL VL VL VL VS VL I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL
Container
NWH VL VL VL I I I I I I VL VL I I I I I VL I I
PIP I I I I VL VL VL I I I VL VL I VL VL VL I VL I
RCT I I I I I I I I I I VL I I VL VL I VL I I
RKT VS I VS I I I I VL VS I VL I I I I I VL I VS
SHL I I VS VS I I I VL VS I VS I I I I I VS I VS
SMP VS I I I I I I VL I VS VS I I I I I VS I I
SPR VL I I VS I I I I I I VS I VL I I I VL I VL
STK I I I VL VL VL VL I I I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL
TNK I I I VL VL VL VL I I I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL
TOR VS I I I I I I I I I VS I I I I I VS I I
WST I I I VL VL VL VL I I I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
VS = Valid combination. Size of Release = SMLVL = Valid combination. Size of Release I = Improbable combination. Ask Operator or use Size of
Release = LRG
Table C - 7. Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Substance Container

B B B B B C C D G I I N P R R S S S S T T M N W
M M O T U M O R E B S W I C K H M P T N O N K S
L P M L K P N M N C O H P T T L P R K K R E N T
AIR V V V I I V I I V I I V I V V V V V I I I I V I
Type of Substance SURF V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
Release Height NKN V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
SUBS I I I I V I I I I V V V V V I V I I I I V V V I
V = Valid combination. I = Improbable combination.
Table C - 8. Type of Persistency versus Type of Substance Container

B B B B B C C D G I I N P R R S S S S T T M U W
M M O T U M O R E B S W I C K H M P T N O N N S
L P M L K P N M N C O H P T T L P R K K R E K T
P V V V I V V V V V V V I V V V V V V V I I I V V
NP V V V V V V V V V V V I V V V V V I V V V V V V
Type of Persistency
T V V V V V V V V I V V I V I V V V V V V V V V V
NKN V V V V V V V V V V V I V V V V V V V V V V V V
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
Table C - 9. Type of Substance (or Type of Source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR) versus Type of Substance Container
BL =
H, CX, L, HD, HL, V V V V V V V V I V V I I I V V V V V V I V V V
HN, HT
BLOD =
V V V V V V V V I V V I I I V V V V V V I I V I
AC, CK
CHOK =
V V V V V V V V I V V I I I V V V V V V I I V I
CG, DP
INCP =
V I V V V V V V V V V I I I V V V V V V V I V I
BZ
CHEMICAL
IRT =
V I V V V V V V V V V I I I V V V V V V I I V I
TG, PS, SA
NERV =
G, GA, GB, GD, GF, V V V V V V V V V V V I I I V V V V V V V V V I
V, VX
PENT I I I V V I V V I V V I I V V I I V V V I I V I
TIC I I I V V I V V I V V I I I I I I V V V I I V V
VMT I I I I I I I I I I I I I I V V I I V I I I V I
OTR V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
BIO =
V V V V V V V V V V V I V I V V V V V I V I V V
BAC, CLA, RIC, VIR
BIOLOGICAL TIB I I V I I I V V I V V I V I I I I I I I I I V V
TOX V V V V V V V V V V V I V I V V V V V I V I V V
OTR V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
FNF, MWS, RWM,
I I I I V I V V I V V I I V I I I I I V I I V V
SRF
RADIOLOGICAL
MDS, INS I I I I I I V V I V V I I I I I I I I V I I V V
RDPS V I V V V V V V V V I I V V V V V V V V V V V
FL I V V I V I I I I I I V I I V V V I V I V V I I
NUCLEAR
NWH I V V I V I I I I I I V I I V V V I V I V V I I
NKN V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
Table C - 10. Type of Substance versus Type of Substance-Release-Height
AIR SURF NKN SUBS
BL = H, CX, L, HD, HL, HN, HT V V V I
BLOD = AC, CK I V V I
CHOK = CG, DP V V V I
INCP = BZ V V V I
IRT = TG, PS, SA V V V I
CHEMICAL
NERV = G, GA, GB, GD, GF, T, V, VX V V V I
PENT V V V I
TIC V V V I
VMT V I I I
OTR V V V I
BIO = BAC, CLA, RIC, VIR V V V I
TIB V V V I
BIOLOGICAL TOX I V V I
OTR V V V I
RADIOLOGICAL FNF, INS, MDS, MWS, RDPS, RWM, SRF V V V V
NUCLEAR FL, NWH V V V V
NKN V V V V
It is improbable that materials associated with nuclear plant, industrial or medical facilities will be released from the air.
Deliberate dispersal of material from these sources from the air would constitute an RDD. The set RAD INDIAR has been created and is able to
focus more on the specificity of a radiological incident.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
Table C - 11. Type of Substance (or type of source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR) versus Type of Persistency
P NP T NKN
BL = H, CX, L, HD, HL, HN, HT V V V V
BLOD = AC, CK I V I V
CHOK = CG, DP I V I V
INCP = BZ I V I V
IRT = TG, PS, SA I V I V
CHEMICAL NERV = G, GA, GB, GD, GF, T, V, VX V V V V
PENT I V I V
TIC V V V V
VMT I V I V
OTR V V V V
TYPE OF SUBSTANCE BIO = BAC, CLA, RIC, VIR V V I V
TIB V V I V
BIOLOGICAL TOX V V I V
OTR V V I V
FNF, , RWM, MWS, SRF I I I I
RADIOLOGICAL MDS, INS I I I I
RDPS I I I I
NUCLEAR FL, NWH I I I I
NKN V V V V
Definition of persistent hazard (In biological or chemical warfare, the characteristic of an agent which pertains to the duration of its
effectiveness in the environment.) is only valid for chemical and biological warfare
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
Table C - 12. Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Persistency
P NP T NKN
AIR V V V V
SURF V V V V
Type of Substance Release Height
NKN V V V V
SUBS V I I V
Table C - 13. Type of CBRN Report versus Type of Substance Container

CHEM V V V V V V V V V V V I V I V V V V V V I V V V
BIO V V V V V I V V V V V I V I V V V V V V I I V V
RAD V I V V V I V V V V V V I V V V I V V V V V V V
Type of CBRN Report
NUC I V V I V I I I I I I I I I V V V I V I V I I I
MIR I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I V I I I I I I I
NKN V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
Note: Include Nuclear Mine as valid combination. All container types are valid for RAD, largely because of possible design of RDD
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX C TO
ATP-45
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45
ANNEX D
ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS/LEGAL ENTRIES/SETS
1. This list contains abbreviations, legal entries, sets and acronyms used within this publication.
Table D - 1. List of Abbreviation, Acronym, Legal Entries and Sets

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation
A Air Sample
act. AA Actual Location
ABD Automated Biological Detector
AC AC Hydrogen Cyanide
ACC Area Control Centre
ACD Automated Chemical Detector
ACPL Agent containing particles per litre
M Atomic Demolition Munitions
ADP Automatic/Automated Data Processing
AEP Allied Engineer Publication
AFLT Aflatoxins
AGCF Air-Ground Correlation Factor
AIR Aircraft
AKNLDG Acknowledge Requirement - Sets introduced to
accommodate APP-11 requirements
ALARA As low as reasonably achievable
ALFA Incident Serial Number
ALFAM Effective Downwind for Yield Group ALFA - Letter M
added to identify meteorological sets
ALFAW Strikwarn Target Identifier - Letter W added to
identify warning sets
ALP Alpha
AM Morning
AM241 Americium
AMBE Americium / Berillium
AN Alpha-Numerical
ANS Alphabetic Numeric Special characters
ANTB Bacillus anthracis
ARD Automated Radiation Detector

ARDD Activated Radiological Dispersion Device
AREAM Area of Validity - Letter M added to identify
meteorological sets
ATP Allied Tactical Publication
B Biological Incident
BAC Bacterial
BACK Background
BARE Bare
BD Buffer Distance
BETA Beta
BIDS Biological Identification and Detection System
BIO BIO Biological
BIOCHEM Biological or chemical Report
BL BL Blister Agent
BLOD Blood Agent
BML Bomblet
BMP Bulk Missile Payload (Bulk Warhead)
D-1 EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45

BOM Bomb
BOM Bomb (delivering Bomblets only)
BOT Cloud Bottom
BOTT Botulinum toxins
BQM2 Becquerel per square metre
BQM3 Becquerel per cubic metre
BQS Becquerel
BRAVO Location of Observer and Direction of Attack or
Incident
BRAVOK Heading of Missile Intercepted
BRAVOM Effective Downwind for Yield Group Bravo - Letter M
BRUB Brucella spp
BSDS Biological Stand-off Detection System
BTL Pressurized Gas Bottle
BUK Bunker
BUMB Burkholderia mallei
BUPB Burkholderia pseudomallei
BWF Basic Wind Forecast
BWM Basic Wind Data Message
BWR BWR Basic Wind Report
BZ BZ 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate
C14 Carbon
C Conditional
C Chemical Incident
C Celcius/Centigrade
C4I Command, control, communication, computer and
intelligence
CAM Chemical Agent Monitor
CAN Cannon
CAS Chemical Abstracts Service
CB Cloud Bottom
CBRN CBRN Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear
CBRN 1 CBRN 1 Observers report
CBRN 2 CBRN 2 Report for passing evaluated CBRN 1 Reports
CBRN 3 CBRN 3 Report for immediate warning of predicted
contamination and hazard areas.
CBRN 4 CBRN 4 Report for reporting detection data and passing
monitoring and survey results.
CBRN 5 CBRN 5 Report for passing information on areas of actual
contamination.
CBRN 6 CBRN 6 Report for passing detailed information on CBRN
incidents.
CBRN ACC CBRN ACC CBRN Area Control Centre
CBRN BWF CBRN BWF CBRN Basic Wind Forecast
CBRN BWM CBRN BWM CBRN Basic Wind Message
CBRN BWR CBRN BWR CBRN Basic Wind Report
CBRN CC CBRN CC CBRN Collection Centre
CBRN CDF CBRN CDF CBRN Chemical Downwind Forecast
CBRN CDM CBRN CDM CBRN Chemical Downwind Message
CBRN CDR CBRN CDR CBRN Chemical Downwind Report
CBRN EDF CBRN EDF CBRN Effective Downwind Forecast
CBRN EDM CBRN EDM CBRN Effective Downwind Message
CBRN EDR CBRN EDR CBRN Effective Downwind Report
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45

CBRN INFO CBRN Information for CBRN 1-6, MIR and HAZWARN
reports
CBRNTYPE Type of CBRN Report
CBRN RWC CBRN RWC CBRN Reporting & Warning Centre
CBRN SCC CBRN SCC CBRN Sub Collection Centre
CBRN CBRN Situation Report
SITREP
CBRN WRC CBRN Warning and Reporting Centre
CBRN ZCC CBRN ZCC CBRN Zone Control Centre
CBUB Coxiella burnetii
CC Collection centre
CCHV Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus
CDF CDF Chemical Downwind Forecast
CDM CDM Chemical Downwind Message
CDR CDR Chemical Downwind Report
Cs-137 CES Cesium-137
CF252 Californium
CF CF Correlation Factor
CFUM2 Colony forming unit per square metre
CFUML Colony forming unit per millitre
CG CG Phosgene
CGH Centigray per Hour
cGy CGY Centigray
CHARLIEM Effective Downwind for Yield Group Charlie - Letter
M added to identify meteorological sets
CHEM CHEM Chemical
CHIV Chikungunya virus
CHOK Choking agent
CK CK Cyanogen chloride
CL36 Chlorine
CLA Chlamydia
CLOUD Visible Cloud
CLPT Clostridium Perfringens toxins
CM Consequence Management
CM244 Curium
CM3 Cubic Centimetre
CMP Canister Missile Payload (Binary agent Warhead)
CO60 Cobalt
Co-60 COB Cobalt-60
CON Generic Storage Container
CONF Confirmed Identification
CONT Continuous
CPDS Chemical Prediction Data Sheet
CRATER Crater Present
CS137 Cesium
CSG Challenge Sub-group
CSH Centisievert per Hour
CSV Centisievert
CX CX Phosgene oxime
DA Total downwind distance of the center of the BIO
cloud in km.
DAY Day
DE Extended distance in km.
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45

DECR Decreasing
DEF Definitive
Deg DEG Degrees
DELTA Date-Time Group of Incident Start and Incident End
DELTAM Effective Downwind for Yield Group DELTA - Letter
DELTAW Date-Time of Strike or Strike Cancelled - Letter W
added to identify warning sets
DEPU Depleted Uranium
DET Other Automated Detector
DET Detected
DEV Device
DF Decay Faster than Normal
DGG Degrees/Grid North
DGM Degrees/Magnetic North
DGT DGT Degrees/True North
DGZ Designated Ground Zero
DHD DHD Downwind Hazard Area Distance
DL DL Leading edge distance in km.
DL Deployed Laboratory
DN Decay Normal
DP DP Di-Phosgene
DPC Damaged Package and Contamination
DRM Nominal Storage Drum (55 Gallons/200 litres)
DS Decay slower than normal
DT Trailing edge distance in km.
DTG DTG Date Time Group
ECHOM Effective Downwind for Yield Group Echo - Letter M
EBOV Ebola virus
EDF Effective Downwind Forecast
EDM EDM Effective Downwind Message
EDR EDR Effective Downwind Report
EDW EDW Effective Downwind
EE Estimated Location
EEEV Eastern equine encephalomyelitis virus
EIH Environmental industrial hazard
ELISA Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay
EMP Electromagnetic Pulse
ERG Emergency Response Guide
ESCB Escherichia Coli
ESD Evidence of Site Disruption
EST Estimated
ETA Eearliest Time of Arrival
Etbv European tick borne encephalitis virus
EVI Evidential
EWS Effective Downwind Speed
EXER Exercise Identification
EXFIRE Explosions and Fire
EXS Exposed Source
F Fahrenheit
FF Fresh Reactor Fuel
FFF Fuel Fabrication Facility
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45

FIRE Burning Fire
FL Nuclear Weapon Fallout
FLAT Flat Terrain
FLAV Flaviviruses
FMS Fissile material storage
FNF Fresh Nuclear Fuel
FOX CBRN Reconnaissance Vehicle
FOXONEW Minimum Safe Distance One - Letter W added to
FOXTWOW Minimum Safe Distance Two - Letter W added to
FOXTROT Location of Attack or Incident
FOXTROTK Location of the IP, Altitude of the Intercept and
Location of the PTP
FOXTROTM Effective Downwind for Yield Group Foxtrot - Letter
FPD Flame Photometric Detector
FRF Fuel Reprocessing Facility
FRTB Francisella tularensis
FT Feet
ft/sec Feet per Second
G G Nerve G agent
GAM Gamma
GA GA Tabun
GB GB Sarin
GC Gas Chromatograph
GD GD Soman
GEN Generator (Aerosol)
GENTEXT CBRN Info
GEODATUM Geodetic Datum
GF GF Cyclo-Sarin
GMT GMT Greenwich Mean Time
GN GN Grid North
GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information
GOLFC Confidence in Delivery and Quantity Information
GOLFK Payload and Efficiency Information
GOLFM Effective Downwind for Yield Group Golf - Letter M
GSPEC Gamma Spectrometer
GZ GZ Ground Zero
H H Mustard agent
HANV Hantaviruses
HAZWARN HAZWARN Hazard Warning
HD HD Mustard distilled
HGMS Hand held Gamma Survey Monitor
HIGH High Confidence
HILL Hill
HM Hectometres (100 metres)
HL HL Mustard-Lewisite
HN HN Nitrogen mustard
HOB HOB Height of Burst
HOTEL Type of Nuclear Burst
HOTELW Number of Surface Bursts - Letter W added to
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45

hPa Hecto Pascal
HQ HQ Headquarters
HR Hour
HT HT Trimeric mustard
IBC Intermediate Bulk Container
IBDS Integrated Biological Detector System
ICPD Inductively Coupled Plasma Detector
ICt ICTXX Incapacitating Dosage
ICt 50 ICT50 Median Incapacitating Dosage
I125 Iodine
I131 Iodine 131
IDXX Incapacitating Dose
ID Inside Dose Rate
ID ID Identification
IMS Ion Mobility Spectrometer
INCP Incapacitating agent
INCR Increasing
IND Indicative
INDIA Release Information on CBRN Incidents
INDIAB Release and Sampling Information on Biological
Incidents
INDIAC Release and Sampling Information on Chemical
Incidents
INDIAR Release and Sampling Information on Radiological
Incidents
INDIAW Number of Bursts in a Multiple Strike - Letter W
added to identify warning sets
INFV Influenza virus
INIT Initial
INS Industrial Source
INT Intelligence based
INT Intact Package or Device
IO Iodine
IP Intercept Point
IPE Individual Protective Equipment
IR Infrared Spectroscope
IR192 Irridium
IRT Irritant
ISN Incident Serial Number
ISO Large ISO containers
INWAT Substance spilled into water
JOA Joint Operations Area
JULIET Flash-To-Bang Time in Seconds
JUNV Junin virus
K40 Potassium
KF Kilofeet (1000 feet)
KG Kilogram
KILO Crater Description
KM Kilometre
km/h KPH Kilometre per Hour
KR85 Krypton
KT KT Kiloton
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45

KTS Knots
L Liquid Sample
L L Lewisite
L Litre
LAT/LONG Latitude and Longitude
LASV Lassa virus
LAYERM Wind Conditions at 2,000m Increments up to 30,000m
- Letter M added to identify meteorological sets
lb Pounds
LC Liquid Chromatograph
LCt LCTXX Lethal Dosage
LCt 50 LCT50 Median Lethal Dosage
LDXX Lethal Dose
LD 50 LD50 Median Lethal Dose
LEAK Continuous Flow from Damaged Pipe or Container
LIDAR Light Detection and Ranging
LIMA Nuclear Burst Angular Cloud Width at H+5 Minutes
LIQ Liquid Sample
LIQUID Liquid
LISN LISN Local Incident Serial Number
LOW Low Confidence
LRGCHEM Chemical - Large (Greater than 1500 litres or
kilograms but equal to or less than 50000 litres or
kilograms)
LRGBIO Biological Large (Greater than 10 kilograms but
equal to or less than 100 kilograms)
LRGRAD Radiological - Large (Fire/Exposed Source)
LSCAD Lightweight Stand-off Chemical Agent Detector
LoC Lines of communication
LSD Least Separation Disctance
LTA Latest Time of Arrival
LTN Long ton
M Mandatory
M Metre
M3 Cubic Metre
MACV Machupo virus
MARV Marburg virus
MCTXX Eye effecting Dosage xx (Miosis) = MCt 1 to MCt 99
MDS Medical Source
MED Medium Confidence
MED MEDCHEM Chemical - Medium (Greater than 200 litres or
kilograms but equal to or less than 1500 litres or
kilograms)
MED MEDBIO Biological - Medium (Greater than 1 kilogram but
equal to or less than 10 kilograms)
MERWARN MERWARN Warning of fallout endangering merchant shipping
MES Measured
MET MET Meteorological
MeV Million electro Volts
MF Multiplication Factor
MIKE Stabilised Cloud Measurement at H+10 Minutes
MIKECB Description and Status of Chemical, and Biological
Substance or Storage or Release Information
MIKER Description and Status of Chemical, Biological and
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45

MIL Mils
MGM2 Milligrams per square metre
mg/M3 MGM3 Milligrams per cubic metre
MGRS Military Geographic Reference System
MGY Milligray
MIN Minute
ML Millitre
MLG Mils/Grid North
MLM Mils/Magnetic North
MLRS MLR Multiple-launch Rocket System
MLT Mils/True North
mg-min/M3 MGMM3 Milligram-minutes per cubic metre
MM3 Cubic millimetre
MNE Mine
MMS Mass Spectrometer
MON Month
MONV Monkeypox virus
MOR Mortar
MPDS Manned Point Detection System
mph MPH Miles per Hour
MPK Milligram/70 kg person
m/sec MPS Metres per Second
MS Manned Survey
MS Mass Spectrometer
MSD Minimum Safe Distance
MSDS Manned Stand-off Detection System
MSGID Message Identifier
MSH Millisievert per Hour
MSL Missile
MSLINT Missile Intercept
MSV Millisievert
MT MT Megaton
MTF Message Text Format
MWS Military Weapon Source
MXR Mixture of radiation emissions
N N Neutral
N No, not conducted
N Nuclear Attack
Num. N Numerical
NARDD Non Activated Radiological Dispersion Device
NATU Natural Uranium
NEG Negative Results
NERV Nerve agent
n NEU Neutron
NF Normalizing Factor
NIL No substance detected (only used in CBRN 4)
NKN NKN Not known
NM NM Nautical Mile
NMR Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
NONE No Crater Present
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45

NOO Number of microorganisms
NOVEMBER Estimated Nuclear Yield in Kilotons
NP NP Non-Persistent
NUC NUC Nuclear
NWH Nuclear Warhead
O Immediate (message)
O Operationally Determined
Obs. OBS Observed
OBS Human observed
OCF Overall Correlation Factor
OD Outside Dose Rate
OEF Operational Exposure Guidance
OHFV Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus

OPER Operation Codeword
ORGIDDFT Organization Designator of Drafter/Releaser
OSCAR Date-Time-Group for Estimated Contour Lines
OISN Official Incident Serial Number
OTR Other (use GENTEXT to specify)
OTR Other substance
OTSB Orientia tsutsugamushi
P32 Phosphorus
P P Persistent
PAGE Poly Acrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
PALT Palytoxin
PAPAA Predicted Release and Hazard Area
PAPAB Detailed Fallout Hazard Prediction Parameters
PAPAC Radar Determined External Contour of Radioactive
Cloud
PAPAD Radar Determined Downwind Direction of Radioactive
Cloud
PAPAR Radiological Hazard Prediction Parameters
PAPAX Hazard Area Location for Weather Period
PC Particle Counting
PCR Polymerise Chain Reaction
PD Personal Dosimeter
PEAK Peak
PENT Penetrating agent
PF Protection Factor
PID Photo Ionisation Detector
PIP Pipe or Pipeline
PLT Plant
PM Afternoon
PM147 Promethium
PO210 Polonium
POOL Large Quantity of Still Liquid
POS Positive results
9
PPB Parts per Billion (10 )
6
PPM Parts per Million (10 )
PRE Presumptive
PROV Provisional Identification
PS PS Chloropicrin
PTP Predicted Target Point
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45

PU238 Plutonium
Pu PU Plutonium
PUFF Single Release of a Cloud
QUEBEC Location of Reading/Sample/Detection and Type of
Sample/Detection
r Radius
R Radiological Incident
RA226 Radium
RAD RAD Radiological
RCP Radiological Contamination Probe
RCT Reactor
RD Remote Detection
RDD Radiological Dispersion Device
RDPS Radiological Device Point Source
RDS Radius
RECCE Reconnaissance
REF Reference
RES Radiation Exposure State
RIA Radioimmunoassay
RIC Rickettsiae
RICB Rickettsia rickettsii
RICT Ricins
RITB Rickettsia typhi
RKT Rocket
RLD Railroad Car
RNDSG Radiological and Nuclear Defence Sub-group
RNP Release from nuclear power plant
RNR Research Nuclear Reactor
ROMEO Level of Contamination, Dose Rate Trend & Decay
Rate Trend
RS Radius of Safety
RURH Ruthenium / Rhodiun
RUP Catastrophic rupture of a tank
RVFV Rift Valley fever virus
RWM Radiological Waste Material
RWS Radioactive waste storage
S S Stable
SA SA Arsin
SALB Salmonella spp
SATB Salmonella Typhi
SAME Same
SAXT Saxitoxins
SBD Simple Bio Detection Kit
SBD Satellite-Based Detection
SC75 Scandium
SCC Sub Collection Centre
SCD Simple Chemical Detection Kit
SCRUB Scrubby Vegetation
SDYB Shigella dysenteriae
SEA Sea
SEC Second
SHL Shell
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45

SHP Ship
SIBCA Sampling and Identification of Biological and Chemical
Agent
SIBCRA Sampling and Identification of Biological, Chemical
and Radiological Agent
SIERRA Date-Time Group of Reading or Initial Detection of
Contamination
SIRA Sampling and Identification of Radiological Agent
SIT Situation Report
SITREP SITREP Situation Report
SL Standard Level
SM Statute Mile
SMLCHEM Chemical - Small (200 litres or kilograms or less)
SMLBIO Biological Small (Less than 1 kilogram)
SMLRAD Radiological - Small (Evidence of Disruption/Intact
Package or Device)
SMP Sub-munitions Missile Payload (Sub-munitions
Warhead)
SNTRY Automated Chemical and Biological Agent Detector
SOIL Soil Sample
SOLID Solid Sample
SOP Standing Operating Procedures
SPEC Radiation Spectrometer
SPILL Small Quantity of Still Liquid
SPR Spray (tank)
SPRAY Spraying
SR90 Strontium
SRF Spent Reactor Fuel
STET Staphylococcal Enterotoxins
STK Stockpile
SUBS Sub surface (SUBS is only used in NUC reports)
SURF Surface (release on ground impact)
STN Short Ton
STRIKWARN Nuclear Strike Warning Message
susp. SUS Suspected
TANGO Terrain/Topography and Vegetation Description
T Thicken agent
TETT Tetradotoxin
TF Transmission Factor
TG TG Tear Gas
TH232 Thorium
TIB TIB Toxic Industrial Biological
TIC TIC Toxic Industrial Chemical
TIH Toxic Industrial hazard
TIM TIM Toxic Industrial Material
TIR TIR Toxic Industrial Radiological
TM170 Thulium
TN True North
TNK Storage Tank (stationary or mobile)
TON Ton
TOP Cloud Top
TOR Torpedo
TOX Toxic molecules
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45

TOX Toxin
TPT Road Transport
TRMT Trichothecene mycotoxins

U U Unstable
U Not Known
U240 Uranium
UAS Un-manned Aerial Survey
UGPK microgram/70 kg person
UGS Un-manned Ground Survey
UN ID Four-digit United Nations Substance Identification
Number. It is an international standard number which
identifies the substance concerned
UNITM Units of Measurement - Letter M added to identify
meteorological sets
UMPD Un-Manned Point Detection
UMDS Un-Manned Detection System
UMSD Un-Manned Stand-off Detection
UMS Un-manned Survey
UNAMB Unambiguous Identification
URBAN Urban
USH Microsievert per hour
USV Microsievert
UTM UTM Universal Transverse Mercator
V V V-agent
VAB Variable
VALLEY Valley
VAP Vapour
VARV Variola virus
VBRAD Vehicle Borne Radiation Detector
VEEV Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus
VEG Vegetation Sample
VICB Vibrio cholerae
VIR Viral
VMT Vomiting agent
VX VX VX
W West
W&R Warning and Reporting
WARN CBRN Warning due to Friendly Targeting of a CBRN
Infrastructure
WATER Water Sample
WEEV Western equine encephalitis virus
WHISKEY Sensor Information
WHISKEYM Surface Weather for the First Two Hour Period - Letter
WK Week
WGS World Geodetic System
WOODS Wooded Terrain
WRC Warning and Reporting Centre
WST Waste
X X Character (N+AN)
XLGCHEM Chemical - Extra Large (Greater than 50000 litres or
kilograms)
XLGBIO Biological - Extra Large (Greater than 100 kilograms)
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX D TO
ATP-45

XLGRAD Radiological - Extra Large (Explosions and
Fire/Damaged Package and Contamination)
XRAYA Actual Contour Information
XRAYB Predicted Contour Information
XRAYM Surface Weather for the Second Two Hour Period -
Letter M added to identify meteorological sets
Y Yes, conducted
YANKEE Downwind Direction And Downwind Speed
YANKEEM Surface Weather for the Third Two Hour Period -
Letter M added to identify meteorological sets
YB169 Yturbium
YELV Yellow fever virus
YPEB Yersinia pestis
YD Yard
Z Flash (message)
ZCC Zone Control Center
ZULU Measured Weather Conditions
ZULUM Period of Validity - Letter M added to identify
meteorological sets
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX E TO
ATP-45
ANNEX E
LEXICON
Notes:
1. The terms and the definitions used within ATP-45(D) are drawn from AAP-6 NATO Glossary
of Terms and Definitions and AAP-21NATO Glossary of CBRN Terms and Definitions. The terms
found in these glossaries are not repeated here.
2. Bracket indicates the short title of the source when applicable.
air stability category

An index (e.g. a Pasquill Number) determined by air temperature and wind speed, which describes
the mixing of CBRN hazards with air.
allocated
CBRN RAD messages which are considered to be from the same radiological incident and linked as a
result of correlation with existing CBRN 2 RAD messages in the system.
approved
A CBRN 2 RAD which has been assessed and considered to be a real incident and has been given
an ALFA Incident Serial Number.
atmosphere
Gaseous envelope surrounding the earth. (Concise Oxford Dictionary)
chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear incident
Any occurrence, resulting from the use of chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear weapons and
devices; the emergence of secondary hazards arising from counter-force targeting; or the release of
toxic industrial material into the environment, involving the emergence of chemical, biological,
radiological and nuclear hazards or effects. Note: Term may be qualified by words such as
`suspected or `confirmed as appropriate to the situation.
chemical casualty
A person who has been affected sufficiently, by a chemical agent to make him incapable of
performing his duties or continuing his mission.
1. Immediate chemical casualty. A person who becomes a casualty within one hour after being
subjected to a chemical attack.
2. Delayed chemical casualty. A person who becomes a casualty more than one hour after being
subjected to a chemical attack (FM3-10).
command, control and information system
An integrated system comprised of doctrine, procedures, organisational structure, personnel,
equipment, facilities and communications which provides authorities at all levels with timely and
adequate data to plan, direct and control their activities.
Contaminated area
The area where a chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear agent or toxic industrial material in solid
or liquid form is actually present.
Correlation
Process to determine the relationship between CBRN messages. Correlation can be carried out by
calculation and/or comparison of messages to see if they conform to pre-set criteria which depends
on whether the messages are CBRN 1 RAD, CBRN 2 RAD or CBRN 4 RAD.
E-1 EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
ANNEX E TO
ATP-45
decay rate (radiological)

The rate of disintegration of radioactive material with the passage to time.
downwind direction
The mean surface downwind direction in the hazard area during the forecast period towards which the
cloud travels. (FM 3-10) Related terms: downwind speed.
downwind speed
The mean surface downwind speed in the hazard area during the forecast period. Related terms:
downwind direction.
elevated release
Any release which, due to fire, momentum, or explosion, is carried above 50 m from the ground is
considered an elevated release.
hazard area
An area in which unprotected personnel and materiel may be affected by a agent or TIM. Note: The
hazard area may be defined as the result of a prediction or may be defined based upon
measurements of contamination (CBRN 4, 5). These hazard areas are the result of CBRN incidents.
meteorological data
Facts or information, pertaining to motions and phenomena of atmosphere, especially for weather
forecasting. (Concise Oxford Dictionary)
overlay
A printing or drawing on a transparent or semitransparent medium at the same scale as a map, chart,
etc. to show details not appearing or requiring special emphasis on the original.
precipitation
Rain, snow etc. falling to ground. (Concise Oxford Dictionary)
release area
The area predicted to be initially affected by a chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear hazard.
Unallocated
CBRN 1 RAD and CBRN 4 RAD messages that cannot be allocated to existing CBRN RAD
messages in the system. Examples are:
CBRN 1 RAD message which correlates with existing messages in the system and is considered
to be from an off-target incident.
CBRN 4 RAD (detection) message which is considered to have preliminary correlation with
existing messages in the system.
E-2 EDITION E, VERSION 1
NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Atp 45 Ede V1 e

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Atp 45 Ede V1 e

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION

ALLIED TECHNICAL PUBLICATION

NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION (NATO)

NATO STANDARDIZATION AGENCY (NSA)

NATO LETTER OF PROMULGATION

1. The enclosed Allied Technical Publication ATP-45 Edition EVersion 1,

2. A TP-45 Edition E Version 1 is effective on a date to be promulgated by the

3. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system,

4. This publication shall be handled in accordance with C-M(2002)60.

RESERVED FOR NATIONAL LETTER OF PROMULGATION

CHAPTER RECORD OF RESERVATION BY NATIONS

III EDITION E, VERSION 1

RECORD OF SPECIFIC RESERVATIONS

[nation] [detail of reservation]

CHAPTER 1 CBRN WARNING AND REPORTING....................................................1

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION ....................................................................1

SECTION II - FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES ...............................................4

SECTION III - COORDINATION..................................................................................8

SECTION IV PLOTTING PROCEDURES ................................................................9

SECTION V CBRN REPORTS ............................................................................... 11

CHAPTER 2 METEOROLOGICAL FACTORS ...........................................................1

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION ....................................................................1

0201. Aim ..............................................................................................................1

SECTION II - CBRN CHEMICAL (BIOLOGICAL) DOWNWIND REPORTS ..............6

SECTION IV - COMPUTATION OF EFFECTIVE DOWNWINDS, USING STANDARD

SECTION V - AREAS OF VALIDITY FOR CBRN METEOROLOGICAL DATA ...... 14

CHAPTER 3 CHEMICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING (ON LAND).......1

SECTION I GENERAL .............................................................................................1

SECTION II CHEMICAL WEAPON HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED

SECTION III CHEMICAL WEAPON HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED

viii EDITION E, VERSION 1

SECTION IV TYPE D, CHEMICAL SUBSTANCE HAZARD PREDICTION -

SECTION V TYPE D, CHEMICAL SUBSTANCE HAZARD PREDICTION -

SECTION VI RECALCULATION OF PREDICTED DOWNWIND HAZARD AREAS

SECTION VII REPORT FORMATTING INSTRUCTIONS AT THE CBRN CENTRE

CHAPTER 4 - BIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING ....................1

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION ....................................................................1

0407. Cases Considered .......................................................................................3

SECTION II - BIOLOGICAL AGENT HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED

SECTION III - BIOLOGICAL AGENT HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED

SECTION IV - PROCEDURES FOR THE INITIAL HAZARD AREA......................... 12

SECTION V - PROCEDURES FOR THE FIRST CDR .............................................. 27

SECTION VI - CALCULATION OF FURTHER HAZARD AREA .............................. 40

SECTION VII - CBRN BIO REPORTS 1- 6 ............................................................... 42

CHAPTER 5 RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING ................1

SECTION I GENERAL INFORMATION ...................................................................1

0503. Hazards from Radiological Releases ..........................................................2

SECTION II RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION PROCEDURES AND

SECTION III RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION SIMPLIFIED

SECTION IV RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION DETAILED

SECTION V RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD WARNING & REPORTING

SECTION VI RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD - EVALUATION AND CALCULATION . 34

CHAPTER 6 NUCLEAR HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING............................1

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION ....................................................................1

SECTION II YIELD ESTIMATION ............................................................................3

SECTION III FALLOUT PREDICTION IN GENERAL ..............................................6

SECTION IV - FALLOUT PREDICTION; SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE .......................8

SECTION V - FALLOUT PREDICTION; DETAILED PROCEDURE......................... 14

SECTION VI - NOMOGRAMS - TABLES - GRAPHS ............................................... 23

SECTION VII - RECORDING AND CALCULATION OF RADIOLOGICAL

0640. Crossing a Fallout Area ............................................................................. 45

SECTION VIII - CBRN NUC REPORTS 1- 6 ........................................................... 107